Volume 9
Number 3 2015
A Journal of Plant Systematics
and
Conservation Biology
Queensland Herbarium
Department of Science, Information Technology and Innovation
Queensland
Government
Editorial Committee
P.I.Forster (editor)
P.D.Bostock (technical advisor)
G.P.Guymer (technical advisor)
Graphic Design
Will Smith
Desktop Publishing
Aniceta Cardoza
Austrobaileya
Vol. 1, No. 1 was published on 1 December 1977
Vol. 9, No. 2 was published on 3 December 2014
Back issues 1(1)—9(1) are available on the JSTOR website
http://www.j stor.org/
Austrobaileya is published once per year.
Exchange: This journal will be distributed on the basis of exchange.
Australian Subscribers: Orders for single issues and subscriptions may be placed. The price
is (GST included): AUD$38.50 per issue for individuals, AUD$66.00 for institutions, including
postage.
Overseas Subscribers: Orders for single issues and subscriptions may be placed. The price is
AUD POA per issue for individuals, AUD$90.00 for institutions, including postage.
All correspondence relating to exchange, subscriptions or contributions to this journal should
be addressed to: The Editor, Austrobaileya, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science,
Information Technology and Innovation (DSITI), Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road,
Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: Paul.Forster@dsiti.qld.gov.au
ISSN 0155-4131
© Queensland Herbarium 2015
Web site: http://www.qld.gov.au/herbarium/publications/
Austrobaileya is the journal of the Queensland Herbarium and publishes peer-reviewed research
on plants, algae, fungi and lichens (systematics, morphology, geography, anatomy, karyology,
conservation biology and botanical history), with special emphasis on taxa from Queensland.
Opinions expressed by authors are their own and do not necessarily represent the policies or view
of the Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science, Information Technology and Innovation.
Austrobaileya 9(3): 321-461 (2015)
Contents
A taxonomic revision of Anisomeles R.Br. (Lamiaceae)
A. R. Bean . 321-381
Three new species of Taeniophyllum Blume (Orchidaceae) from northern
Queensland
B. Gray . 382-392
A taxonomic revision of Cynometra L. (Fabaceae) in Australia with a new
species from the Wet Tropics of Queensland and a range extension to the
mainland
WE. Cooper . 393-403
Olearia cuneifolia A.R.Bean & M.T.Mathieson (Asteraceae: Astereae), a
new species from Queensland
A.R.Bean & M.T.Mathieson .404-407
Eremophila woodiae Edginton (Scrophulariaceae), a new species from
Queensland
M.A.Edginton . 408-415
Rhynchospora croydonensis R.Booth (Cyperaceae), a new species from
northern Queensland
R.Booth .416-420
First record of the Gnetales in Australia: Gnetum gnemon L. (Gnetaceae) on
Badu and Mua Islands, Torres Strait, Queensland
D. G.Fell, D.J.Stanton, D.Williams, F.Loban, F.Nona , T.Stow, J.Wigness ,
E. Manas & G.Uiduldam . 421-430
Plectranthus laetus RI.Forst. and P. ventosus RI.Forst. (Lamiaceae), new
species from Cape York Peninsula, Queensland
P. I. Forster . 431-438
Overlooked plant species names associated with the botanical collections of
Eugene Fitzalan
J.L.Dowe .439-444
A conspectus of Polyscias J.R.Forst. & G.Forst. (Araliaceae) in Queensland,
Australia
A.R.Bean . 445-456
Triunia kittredgei Olde (Proteaceae): a name to be rejected
G.P.Guymer & P.I.Forster . 457-460
Validating the name Habenaria vatia D.L.Jones ex M.T.Mathieson
(Orchidaceae) for a threatened orchid species from Queensland
M.T.Mathieson .461
A taxonomic revision of Anisomeles R.Br. (Lamiaceae)
A.R. Bean
Summary
Bean, A.R. (2015). A taxonomic revision of Anisomeles R.Br. (Lamiaceae). Austrobaileya 9(3):
321-381. The genus Anisomeles R.Br., naturally occurring from southern Asia to northern Australia,
is taxonomically revised, and its phylogenetic placement is discussed. 26 species are recognised,
of which 18 species are newly described (A. antrorsa A.R.Bean, A. brevipilosa A.R.Bean, A.
bundeyensis A.R.Bean, A. carpentarica A.R.Bean, A. dallachyi A.R.Bean, A. eriodes A.R.Bean,
A. farinacea A.R.Bean, A. grandibractea A.R.Bean, A. languida A.R.Bean, A. lappa A.R.Bean, A.
leucotricha A.R.Bean, A. macdonaldii A.R.Bean, A. ornans A.R.Bean, A. papuana A.R.Bean, A.
principis A.R.Bean, A. viscidula A.R.Bean, A. vulpina A.R.Bean, A. xerophila A.R.Bean), and one,
A. ajugacea (F.M.Bailey & F.Muell.) A.R.Bean, is a new combination. Diagnostic morphological
characters are discussed, and a comprehensive identification key to the species and four regional keys
are provided. A summary of the chemical properties and cytology of two common Asian species
is presented. Illustrations, images and detailed distribution maps are provided for all species, and
their ecology and phytogeography are discussed. Lectotypes are chosen for Anisomeles candicans
Benth., A. cuneata J.Jacq. ex Fenzl, A. heyneana Benth., A. inodora R.Br., A. moschata R.Br. and A.
salviifolia R.Br.
Key Words: Lamiaceae, Anisomeles, Anisomeles ajugacea, Anisomeles antrorsa, Anisomeles
brevipilosa, Anisomeles bundeyensis, Anisomeles carpentarica, Anisomeles dallachyi, Anisomeles
eriodes, Anisomeles farinacea, Anisomeles grandibractea, Anisomeles languida, Anisomeles
lappa, Anisomeles leucotricha, Anisomeles macdonaldii, Anisomeles ornans, Anisomeles papuana,
Anisomeles principis, Anisomeles viscidula, Anisomeles vulpina, Anisomeles xerophila, Epimeredi,
Asia flora, Australia flora, Malesia flora, nomenclature, new species, indumentum, morphology,
identification keys, distribution maps, conservation status
A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science, Information Technology and Innovation,
Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. E-mail: Tony.
Bean@dsiti.qld.gov.au
Introduction
Anisomeles R.Br. is a genus belonging to
Lamiaceae subfamily Lamioideae (Harley et
al. 2004). Its species are short-lived perennial
shrubs distributed in northern Australia,
Malesia and southern Asia. The genus was
described by Robert Brown (Brown 1810),
with three species, A. salviifolia R.Br., A.
moschata R.Br. and A. inodora R.Br., based
on specimens that he himself collected
from northern Australia, and a specimen
collected earlier by Banks and Solander. Soon
afterwards, it was realised that two species
named by Linnaeus from India (Nepeta indica
L. and Nepeta malabarica L.) were referable
to Anisomeles (Sims 1819).
Bentham (1848) provided a comprehensive
taxonomic treatment of Anisomeles , where he
enumerated eight species - the three species
of Brown from Australia, and five from India
and south-east Asia. Later, Bentham (1870)
recognised only one species (A. salviifolia) for
Australia, but at the same time documented
four ‘forms’, with Brown’s three species
associated with two of these forms. He
commented, “with the very large number [of
specimens] from various localities now before
me, I am unable to assign any positive limits
to any of the following [forms]”. Bentham’s
taxonomy was subsequently followed,
and hence A. salviifolia was applied to all
Australian populations of Anisomeles for
many years. Domin (1928) maintained A.
salviifolia as the sole Australian species, but
erected several varieties based partly on the
Accepted for publication 13 August 2015
322
differing indumentum patterns. None of these
varieties was accepted by Australian botanists
of the time.
Keng (1969) used the name Anisomeles
salviifolia for some Malesian material, but
later he (Keng 1978) considered that even A.
salviifolia could not be maintained, reducing
it to a synonym of A. malabarica (L.) R.Br.
On this basis, the name A. malabarica was
subsequently adopted by all Australian
herbaria for nearly all Australian Anisomeles
specimens, and this has been mainly the
status quo until this revision. Bhatti &
Ingrouille (1996) used the name A. salviifolia
for specimens originating in Australia and
New Guinea, although this was partly based
on the erroneous belief that all four anthers
in A. salviifolia are dithecous. In fact, all
Anisomeles species have the same pattern of
two dithecous anthers and two monothecous
anthers in each flower.
Harley et al. (2004) accepted three
species for the genus, but did not name
them. Govaerts et al. (2013) have accepted
five Anisomeles species, with four occurring
in southern Asia and Malesia (A. candicans
Benth., A. heyneana Benth., A. indica (L.)
Kuntze, A. malabarica ), and two occurring
in Australia (A. malabarica, A. salviifolia).
In the current paper, the four Asian/Malesian
species accepted by Govaerts et al. (2013) are
maintained, and two are added; A. principis
A.R.Bean (found in Timor) and A. papuana
A.R.Bean (found inNewGuinea, the Moluccas
and Torres Strait, Queensland). For Australia,
23 species are recognised, being A. salviifolia
and 22 other species, including 18 species
newly named. The present study clearly
demonstrates that A. malabarica does not
occur in Australia. The taxonomic Tumping’
currently applied to Australian Anisomeles is
a legacy of the statements of Bentham (1870),
reinforced by Keng (1978), to the effect
that Anisomeles is a diffuse genus, where
intergradation is rife and there are no discrete
taxa. The current author has found that this is
not the case. While there is certainly evidence
of intergradation between some species,
many are eminently discrete and separable
from each other by discontinuities in readily
Austrobaileya 9(3): 321-381 (2015)
observable morphological characters. The
differences are often subtle, but they are at
least as robust as differences used to separate
species in other genera of Lamiaceae, and in
other related families.
Rothmaler (1944) maintained that
the generic name Epimeredi Adans. is
synonymous with Anisomeles , and that
the former should replace the latter. As a
consequence, Epimeredi was taken up for
a time by some Australian herbaria. An
unsuccessful proposal to conserve Anisomeles
against Epimeredi was made by Subramanyam
& Henry (1969). In the meantime, Backer
and Backhuisen van den Brink (1965) had
decided that Adanson’s original material
of Epimeredi probably did not include any
specimen referable to Anisomeles , and so
they maintained Anisomeles as the accepted
generic name. Parkinson (1987) considered
that none of Adanson’s unconserved generic
names were validly published. However, this
conclusion was refuted by Wilbur (1989), and
the current consensus amongst the botanical
community is that Adanson’s genera are
validly published.
I have examined high quality images of
the four Lamiaceae specimens in the Adanson
Herbarium (P-Ad.) that have Epimeredi
written on the label; these four specimens
comprise three different species. Only one of
these specimens (P00680377) can be linked
to the protologue, as one of its labels includes
the notation “h. Reg Par 1754”. This is a
reference to the Hortus Regius Parisiensis ,
cited in the protologue. The date 1754
precedes the publication date for Epimeredi ,
and the specimen is therefore original
material. This specimen is readily identifiable
as Anisomeles malabarica. The inevitable
conclusion is that Epimeredi Adans. (1763)
and Anisomeles R.Br. (1810) are congeneric.
A proposal to conserve Anisomeles against
Epimeredi is currently under consideration
by the Nomenclature Committee for Vascular
Plants (Bean 2015).
Materials and methods
This revision is based mainly on a
morphological examination of 1300 herbarium
Bean, Revision of Anisomeles
323
specimens, including 370 specimens held at
BRI. Specimen loans were obtained from
A, BKF, BM, CANB, DNA, E, G, GH, K,
L, MEL, NT, NY, P, PERTH, PR and SING.
Specimen images from E, K, MH, P and W
have either been received or viewed on the
internet. In most cases, the delicate corolla
has been examined after reconstitution
in boiling water, although spirit material
and photographic images were available
for several species, especially those from
Queensland. Close-up photographic images
of flowers have assisted in assessing corolla
characters. The author has made limited field
studies in Queensland and Northern Territory.
Data on 72 morphological characters for
the 26 species were entered into a matrix
using the Delta editor (Dallwitz et al. 1999
onwards). INTKEY software (Dallwitz et al.
1995 onwards) facilitated the development
of an interactive key, and the retrieval of
diagnostic characters for each taxon. Natural
language descriptions were also derived
from the data stored in Delta format. Where
sequential measurements are given as e.g.
5-7.5 or 8.3-10 this means that the 5 or 10 is
equivalent to 5.0 or 10.0 respectively.
The distribution maps were compiled
using DIVA-GIS Version 7.5.0, using localities
or geocodes given on the labels of specimens
and specimen images from the herbaria listed
above.
Commonly used abbreviations in the
specimen citations are HS (Homestead), NP
(National Park), Mt (Mount or Mountain;
some place or locality names are correctly
Mountain in terms of official names
[Geoscience Australia 2015]) and SF (State
Forest). Species treatments are arranged
alphabetically.
Conservation assessments are made
using the IUCN (2012) criteria but are only
recommendations as they have not been
enacted into Legislation.
Phylogenetic relationships
Cantino (1992) hypothesised a close
relationship between Anisomeles and
Pogostemon Desf. based on the shared
presence of minute leaf epidermal glands
with a unicellular cap, ‘bearded’ staminal
filaments and a lustrous pericarp. This close
relationship was further supported by the
pollen study of Abu-Asab & Cantino (1994),
with both genera shown to have very similar
pollen grains, with regular polygonal lumina
and large perforations.
Phylogenetic reconstruction using
molecular data has determined that
Anisomeles belongs in the subfamily
Lamioideae, tribe Pogostemoneae Briq.
(Scheen et al. 2010; Bendiksby et al. 2011),
and is sister to Pogostemon. Other genera in
the ‘Pogostemoneae a’ clade are Colebrookea
Sm., Craniotome Reichb. and Microtoena
Prain; these three genera are endemic to
south-east Asia. Pogostemon has a similar
distribution to Anisomeles, but with its species
diversity centred in India.
Uses and chemical properties
Indian people have used both Anisomeles
malabarica (Malabar catmint) and A. indica
(Indian catmint) as medicinal herbs for
centuries. A. malabarica has been traditionally
used to treat amentia, anoxeria, fevers,
halitosis, intestinal worms, swellings and
rheumatism (Chopra et al. 1956; Warrier et al.
1994). In recent years, chemical investigations
have sought to discover the reasons for
the perceived efficacy of Anisomeles spp.
Jeyachandran et al. (2007) claimed that an
extract from A. malabarica has anti-cancer
properties based on a study of liver disease
in mice. Kavitha et al. (2012) reported that
ethanol ic extracts and diethyl ether extracts
of A. malabarica had a statistically significant
inhibitory effect against a range of bacteria,
including Staphylococcus aureus and
Escherischia coli. Similarly, Mohanraj et al.
(2012) found an inhibitory effect against four
pathogenic bacteria, using a methanol extract
from A. malabarica.
Baranwal etal. (2012) stated that A. indica
is a source of medically active compounds
having various positive pharmacological
effects. They made reference to more than
a dozen scientific papers that document the
bioactivity of A. indica , as an analgesic, a
324
natural herbicide, an antioxidant, an anti¬
microbial agent, an anti-inflammatory, an
inhibitor of the HIV virus, and an inhibitor of
tumour cell proliferation.
Chemical analysis of Anisomeles indica
has revealed the presence of numerous
terpenoid compounds, including Anisomelic
Acid (Arisawa et al. 1986), and 15 essential
oil constituents (Yadava & Barsainya
1998). Anisomeles malabarica has been
shown to possess Anisomelic Acid, as
well as Anisomelolide, Malabaric Acid,
2-Acetoxymalabaric Acid, Anisomelyl
Acetate and Anisomelol (Preethy et al. 2013),
and essential oils.
Surprisingly, the available literature on
Australian Aboriginal ethnobotany makes no
mention of Anisomeles spp. Nor have there
been any chemical analyses performed on
Australian Anisomeles spp.
Ecology and phytogeography
All Anisomeles species are short-lived
perennial shrubs. In areas where the climate
is mesic, there may be continual growth for
some years. In places that are very dry for
part of the year, the leaves abscise and the
stems die back to ground level, then new
stems sprout from a woody rootstock upon the
arrival of the wet season. The same response
occurs after a fire. Anisomeles spp. do not
seem to be pioneer plants that colonise newly
burnt ground, but they are certainly fire-
adapted.
The present author was unable to
germinate any Anisomeles seeds. I tried
fresh field-collected seeds, as well as seeds
extracted from recently collected herbarium
specimens. A few seeds from each seedlot
were dissected to confirm the presence of
a plump embryo. Seedlots were variously
untreated, hot-water treated, or scarified. All
seeds were placed in petri dishes on blotting
paper and kept moist for five weeks, with
temperatures ranging from 17° to 27° C. No
germination was recorded for any treatment
or seedlot. Aluri (1992) similarly reported
failure in germinating seeds of A. indica ,
using different unspecified treatments in a
greenhouse, and he concluded that there are
Austrobaileya 9(3): 321-381 (2015)
unknown barriers for breaking dormancy
and subsequent germination. In contrast,
Fryer (2006) recorded that Anisomeles seeds
germinated at Kings Park, Perth, in 9-42
days with no special treatment.
Anisomeles species inhabit a wide range of
soil types, from sands to clays, but in all cases
freely draining. In some instances, the soil
is skeletal in rocky gorges and escarpments.
The parent material can be sandstone, granite,
limestone or basalt. The distribution of some
species extends into littoral areas including
continental islands, but they usually occur
away from the direct influence of salt-laden
winds.
Aluri (1992) reported that Anisomeles
malabarica and A. indica are pollinated
mainly by sunbirds ( Nectarinia sp.) and
carpenter bees (Xylocopa spp.). The bees
land on the lower corolla lip and insert their
proboscis into the base of the flower, and in
so doing the stigma brushes against the back
of its head and its thorax. The sunbird lands
on the inflorescence rachis and probes several
flowers in the vicinity, contacting the stigma
with its pollen-laden bill and forehead.
No hybrids between Anisomeles spp. have
been reported in Australian literature, nor
indicated on specimen labels, nor observed
by the current author. However, Aluri
(1992) has reported the existence of a single
individual with morphological characteristics
intermediate between A. malabarica and
A. indica , naturally occurring at Turimella,
India. Aluri & Subba Reddi (1989) bagged
unmanipulated flowers of A. malabarica and
A. indica , and found that the plants were self-
and cross-compatible and self- and cross-
pollinating. Fruit and seed production was
higher in cross-pollinated plants, but plants
can produce limited seed in the absence of
pollinators.
Anisomeles is distributed in northern
Australia, Malesia and southern Asia. It
extends west as far as Pakistan, north to the
Himalayan Range, and east to the Ryukyu
Islands of Japan. It is widespread in India
and south-east Asia, and occurs, somewhat
sporadically, in the islands of Malesia. It
Bean, Revision of Anisomeles
325
is found in Australia as far south as the
Queensland-New South Wales border. Most
members of the genus are confined to the
tropics; only A. moschata extends south
of the Tropic of Capricorn, while only A.
indica extends north of the Tropic of Cancer.
The species diversity is greatest in tropical
Australia, especially the ‘Top End’ of Northern
Territory and in northern Queensland. The
genus has not been recorded on any of the
islands of the southern Pacific Ocean, except
as a naturalised alien.
Ctyology
Krishnappa & Basavaraj (1982) reported
2 n = 34 for Anisomeles indica , and several
other studies have confirmed this. The same
authors reported 2 n = 34 for A. malabarica;
this is supported by most other studies, but
Thoppil & Jose (1998) recorded 2n = 32. No
chromosome counts have been published for
Australian Anisomeles spp.
Discussion of morphological characters
1. Habit
Anisomeles species may be prostrate (Fig.
IB) or may reach three metres in height,
according to labels of specimens from both
Asia and Australia, but more usually they
are in the height range 0.6-1.5 m (Fig. 1C).
Upright plants may become top-heavy and
lean over with large stems resting on the
ground, but continuing to grow; such plants
have here been termed procumbent.
2. Stem indumentum
Anisomeles species display a range of hair
types, and the structure, direction, density
and size of hairs are all diagnostic. The three
common hair types are 1. the hispid hair (Fig.
2A). This hair type is erect (± perpendicular
to the stem), relatively straight, eglandular,
multicellular and longer than 1 mm. The
presence of this hair type is partly related
to ontogeny. Most species have dense hispid
hairs throughout the stem on young plants, but
as the plant ages these are usually lost, at least
from the upper portions of the plant. From the
small proportion of herbarium specimens that
include the entire plant, it is evident that in the
majority of species, hispid hairs persist at the
basal part of the stem on mature plants. They
are apparently absent in A. farinacea and A.
ornans. In this study, comparisons between
taxa involving this hair type were made only
from the upper stems, 1-3 nodes below the
most proximal verticil. 2. the short, curved,
eglandular hair (Fig. 2B). This type is found
on the majority of taxa, and varies in density
from very sparse to dense, though on any
given taxon, the density is relatively uniform.
On the stems of a few species, these hairs
are antrorse; but in most species the hairs
are retrorse. In some taxa with very densely
tomentose stems, the hairs are somewhat
variable in direction. 3. the stalked glandular
hair (Fig. 2C). These are 0.1-0.3 mm long
and erect. They are frequently present on
the calyx and rachis, but on the stems they
are usually (depending on the taxon) either
abundant or absent.
The hair types present, in combination with
their density, allows the partial identification
of many species from sterile material.
3. Leaf morphology and indumentum
Leaf shape is more or less consistent for
any given taxon, and the leaf base may be
attenuate, narrowly cuneate, broadly cuneate
or obtuse (Figs. 3, 4, 5). The leaves of all
species are lobed, with the margins being
crenate, dentate or serrate. The shape, number
and the depth of the lobes are diagnostic for
some species. At the peak of each lobe is a
prominent gland. The length of the petiole
relative to the lamina is also a useful measure
that discriminates some taxa.
For the purposes of this paper, the ‘cauline
leaves’ are defined as those that are three or
more nodes below the most proximal verticil.
The ‘upper leaves’, i.e. those adjacent to or 1
or 2 nodes below the most proximal verticil,
have been measured only when cauline
leaves are not available. The ‘leaves’ or
‘bracts’ subtending a verticil (except the most
proximal) are referred to as ‘floral bracts’.
The indumentum types present on the
leaves are often the same as on the stems, but
the direction is never retrorse - they are either
antrorse, erect, or flexuose with no fixed
direction. The difference in density between
326
Austrobaileya 9(3): 321-381 (2015)
Fig. 1 . Anisomeles spp. photographed in the wild. A. flower of A. languida. B. habit of A. languida. C. flowering
plant of A. carpentarica. D. flower of A. macdonaldii. A & B from McDonald KRM14297 (BRI); C from Cowie 10489
(DNA); D from McDonald KRM14083 & Guymer (BRI).
Bean, Revision of Anisomeles
327
Fig. 2. Indumentum types of Anisomeles spp. A. stem
of A. languida with hispid hairs and short curved
eglandular hairs B. stem of A. moschata with short
curved eglandular hairs only. C. stems of A. viscidula
with stalked glandular hairs only. A from McDonald
KRM14297 (BRI), B from Batianoff 940683 & Price
(BRI), C from Egan 5038 (DNA).
the upper and lower surfaces is sometimes
diagnostic, as is the length of the hairs on both
surfaces.
4. Inflorescence structure
In all species, the inflorescence comprises
few to many verticils arranged in a spike¬
like structure at the end of each branch. Each
verticil comprises two cymose inflorescences
on opposite sides of the stem. There is much
variation in the branching pattern of the
cymes, the number of flowers per cyme, and
the distance between the individual flowers
or fruits. The leaves or bracts subtending the
verticil (except the lowest one) are referred to
as ‘floral bracts’. All other leaf-like structures
within the cymes are termed ‘bracteoles’.
There are three cyme types (Fig. 6): 1. entirely
monochasial, where every flower is borne on
328
Austrobaileya 9(3): 321-381 (2015)
Fig. 3. Cauline leaves of Anisomeles spp. (all x0.8): A. A. ajugacea (Wannan 3568 & Verdec, BRI). B. A. brevipilosa
(i O’Neill 72 , DNA). C. A. bundeyensis (Fensham 559 , DNA). D. A. candicans (Mokim 586 , G). E. A. carpentarica
(Russell-Smith 2866 & Lucas , DNA). F. A. dallachyi ( Dallachy s.n., MEL 1551746). G. A. grandibractea (Dunlop
4438 , DNA). H. A. eriodes (Forster PIF32572 & McDonald , BRI). I. A. farinacea (Edinger 496 , PERTH). Del. W.
Smith.
Bean, Revision of Anisomeles
329
Fig. 4. Cauline leaves of Anisomeles spp. (all x0.8): A. A. grandibractea {Lazarides 9106 , DNA). B. A. heyneana
{Sinclair 4562 , E). C. A. inodora {Forster PIF32933 , BRI). D. A. indica {Lei 110 , NY). E. A. languida {McDonald
KRM14297, BRI). F. A. lappa {Forster PIF12777 & Bean , BRI). G. A. leucotricha {Michell & Risler 1520 , DNA). H. A.
macdonaldii {McDonaldKRM3899 & Little , BRI). I. A. malabarica {Wight 2173 , NY). J. A. moschata {Bean 26462 ,
BRI). Del. W. Smith.
330
Austrobaileya 9(3): 321-381 (2015)
Fig. 5. Cauline leaves of Anisomeles spp. (all x0.8): A. A. moschata (McDonald KRM938, BRI). B. A. moschata
(Fensham 5361 & Butler , BRI). C. A. ornans {Hubbard & Winders 7710 , BRI). D. A. papuana (Pullen 7199 , BRI). E.
A. principis (Kenneally 8922 , PERTH). F. A. salviifolia (Randell 821 , DNA). G. A. viscidula (Eichler 22501 , DNA).
H. A. vulpina (Jensen 3350 & Kemp , BRI). I. A. antrorsa (Bean 13601 , BRI). J. A. xeropliila (Albrecht 7633 & Latz ,
NT). Del. W. Smith.
a single zig-zag rachis (i.e. two monochasia
per verticil); 2. once-dichasial, where the
first branch of the cyme is dichasial, and
thereafter monochasial (i.e. four monochasia
per verticil); and 3. twice-dichasial, where
the first two basal branches of the cyme are
dichasial, and thereafter monochasial (i.e.
eight monochasia per verticil). The cyme type
has a direct influence on the overall shape
of the verticil. The ‘entirely monochasial’
Bean, Revision of Anisomeles
331
Fig. 6. Diagrams of infloresence types in Anisomeles. A. entirely monochasial. B. once dichasial at base. C. twice
dichasial at base.
cyme results in a lax slender inflorescence
where each flower or fruit is clearly visible.
The ‘twice-dichasiaf cyme results in a
compact sub-globose inflorescence where the
branching pattern is difficult to see and many
of the flowers or fruits are obscured. The
‘once-dichasiaf cyme is of an intermediate
form. Inflorescence characters have been
assessed using fruiting material, where the
internodes are fully expanded, and it is easier
to detect the patterns involved. The number
of flowers per monochasium is typically
quite variable within species, but is of some
diagnostic value. The distance between the
individual flowers or fruits (it is the fruiting
distance that is measured in this paper) is
diagnostic for some species. Adjacent fruits
can be as much as 12 mm apart, giving rise to
a very lax cyme, or as little as 0.7 mm apart,
resulting in a congested cyme.
5. Corolla colour, shape and indumentum
(Figs. 1A, ID, 7A-C).
The corolla is predominantly pink or mauve
to purple for most species with areas of white
usually present. In Anisomeles heyneana , the
corolla is often pure white. The descriptions of
flower colour given on herbarium labels are so
varied or generalised that it makes any analysis
of the character quite pointless. The corolla
shape is remarkably consistent throughout
the genus; it consists of a small entire upper
lip, adjacent to or in contact with the stamens;
and a large lower lip, generally somewhat
recurved. The two terminal lobes are obtuse
and mostly fused, with an emarginate apex
indicating their fusion; the lateral lobes are
similarly obtuse and scarcely extend past the
base of the lateral lobes. Between the lateral
lobes is an area here dubbed the ‘platform’,
a roughly rectangular area bounded by the
lateral lobes, terminal lobes, and the throat.
The platform is sometimes flat, but often
somewhat raised or puckered, and in some
species, it bears relatively long stiff hairs. The
number of these hairs is of diagnostic value.
Within the corolla tube is the annulus, which
is surmounted by many tiny stiff erect hairs.
6. Fruiting calyx morphology
The calyx in Anisomeles grows in size from
the budding stage to anthesis and through
to fruiting, and measurements of the calyx
near anthesis will vary greatly depending on
the exact stage of floral development. All of
the features of the flowering calyx are also
present on the fruiting calyx, and are more
easily seen and assessed on the latter, and
measurements are more reliable as the calyx
has by then stopped growing.
The fruiting calyx offers a number of very
diagnostic morphological characters, which
have been assessed and measured from dried
pressed material at the fruiting stage, where
the nutlets (Fig. 7H) are mature or nearly so.
332
Austrobaileya 9(3): 321-381 (2015)
Fig. 7. Anisomeles floral morphology. A. face-on view of corolla, showing lateral and terminal lobes of the lower lip,
the corolla platform (dappled light and dark area) and the upper lip enclosing the stamens x4. B. lateral view of the
corolla and stamens x4. C. opened out flower showing the corolla lobes, the annulus (near base of stamens) and the
hairy filaments x8. D. stigma, showing unequal lobes x40. E. upper part of stamens and style showing hairy filaments,
monothecous anthers and dithecous anthers xl2. F. cylindrical calyx x8. G. obconical calyx x4. H. nutlet xl6. A-D
from A. moschata (Forster PIF28444, BRI); E from A. lappa (Forster PIF12777, BRI); F from A. moschata (Elsol 9,
BRI); G from A. indica (Newman et al. LA0486 , E); H from A. moschata (Stanley 592 , BRI). Del. W. Smith.
Bean, Revision of Anisomeles
333
The overall shape of the fruiting calyx is
very often cylindrical (Fig. 7F), or at times
narrowly campanulate, but in the Asian
species, A. indica, it is obconical (Fig. 7G).
The shape may be quantified by using the
ratio of the length versus the width (measured
as the maximum distance across calyx lobe
apices on dried material). The external surface
of the calyx is more or less smooth, apart from
the 5 or 10 rather faint longitudinal ribs, and
the external indumentum tends to reflect
that of the stems and leaves, and is often
diagnostic. The inner surface of the calyx is
often glabrous, but there is frequently a zone
of long dense hairs distal from the nutlets.
The calyx lobes are very often acute i.e.
tapering evenly to the apex, but in a few
species, most notably A. malabarica , they are
acuminate to attenuate, and the lobes have
a long and slender apex. The inner surface
of the calyx lobes is notable for the network
of anastomosing raised veins, including
an intramarginal vein that runs close to the
margin but not confluent with it. Between the
margin and this intramarginal vein are found
the calyx ‘fringe’ hairs; densely clustered
erect eglandular multicellular hairs. The
fringe hairs are highly diagnostic, because
they are, with very few exceptions, consistent
in length and pattern for any given species
(Figs. 8, 9,10,11). In some species the length
of the fringe hairs is ± constant from calyx
lobe sinus to calyx lobe apex, while in other
species the hair length decreases from sinus
to apex.
Taxonomy
Anisomeles R.Br., Prodr. 503 (1810), nom.
cons, prop.. Bean (2015). Lectotype: A.
moschata R.Br., chosen by Subramanyam &
Henry (1969).
Epimeredi Adans., Fam. PI. (Adanson)
192 (1763), nom. cons. rej. Lectotype: E.
malabaricus (R.Br.) Rothm., chosen by
Subramanyam & Henry (1969).
Perennial herbs or shrubs, with erect,
procumbent or prostrate stems arising from
a woody rootstock, usually aromatic. Sessile
glands present on nearly all plant parts.
Stems square in cross-section; indumentum
of unbranched multicellular, eglandular
hairs (short or long, curved or straight)
and/or short erect unicellular gland-tipped
hairs. Leaves petiolate, opposite, decussate,
margins crenate to dentate; the cauline leaves
transforming abruptly or gradually to the
floral bracts of the verticil. Inflorescences
terminal, spicate, indeterminate, of several
verticils at the apex of each branch; lowest
verticil borne in axil of cauline leaves, all other
verticils subtended by floral bracts. Verticils
few to many flowered, congested or lax;
branching of cymes initially often dichasial,
then monochasial, with a single flower at
each node, bracteoles persistent. Flowers
bisexual. Calyx gamosepalous, symmetric,
lengthening after anthesis, then somewhat
swollen at the proximal end; tube obconical
to narrowly campanulate or cylindrical, outer
surface with 5 or 10 longitudinal ribs, inner
surface frequently with dense multicellular
hairs on medial section; lobes 5, acute,
acuminate or attenuate, equal; outer surface
more or less smooth, inner surface with
several raised anastomosing veins, including
an intramarginal vein, and with a fringe
of straight multicellular hairs between the
intramarginal vein and the inner margin.
Corolla zygomorphic, 2-lipped, upper lip
entire, hooded, white; lower lip 3-lobed,
median lobe large, reflexed, broadening
distally and usually emarginate or bipartite.
Stamens 4, all fertile; staminal filaments
raised, adjacent to upper corolla lip, coherent
near apex, with many spreading multicellular
hairs distally or medially. Anterior anthers
transversely 2-celled, cells parallel; posterior
anthers transversely 1-celled. Style gynobasic,
glabrous; stigma branches 2, unequal. Nutlets
brown to black, smooth, glossy, with a small
basal scar.
26 species in southern Asia, Malesia and
Australia, 23 species occurring in Australia
(20 endemic).
Etymology
From the Greek anisos meaning unequal, and
melos meaning ‘a limb, or a part’, presumably
in reference to the corolla, in which the upper
lip is far smaller than the lower lip.
334
Austrobaileya 9(3): 321-381 (2015)
Fig. 8. Inner surface of fruiting calyx lobes, showing fringe hairs. A. A. ajugacea (Wannan 3568 & Verdec, BRI). B.
A. antrorsa (Bean 13601, BRI). C. A. brevipilosa (O’Neill 72, DNA). D. A. bundeyensis (Fensham 559, DNA). E. A.
candicans (Mokim 586, G). F. A. carpentarica (Russell-Smith 2866 & Lucas, DNA). G. A. dallachyi (Dallachy s.n.,
MEL 684770). H. A. grandibractea (Dunlop 4438, DNA).
Bean, Revision of Anisomeles
335
Fig. 9. Inner surface of fruiting calyx lobes, showing fringe hairs. A. A. eriodes {Forster PIF32572 & McDonald , BRI).
B. A. farinacea (Edinger 496 , PERTH). C. A. grandibractea {Lazarides 9106 , DNA). D. A. heyneana {Sinclair 4562,
E). E. A. indica {Singh 287, NY). F. A. inodor a {Forster PIF32933, BRI). G. A. languida {McDonald KRM14297, BRI).
H. A. lappa {Forster PIF30742 & McDonald, BRI).
336
Austrobaileya 9(3): 321-381 (2015)
Fig. 10 . Inner surface of fruiting calyx lobes, showing fringe hairs. A. A. leucotricha (Michell & Risler 1520 , DNA).
B. A. macdonaldii ( McDonaldKRM3899 & Little , BRI). C. A. malabarica ( Wight 2173 , NY). D. A. moschata ( Bean
26462 , BRI). E. A. ornans ( Bean 18853 , BRI). F. A. papuana ( Pullen 7199 , BRI). G. A. principis ( Kenneally 8922,
PERTH). H. A. salviifolia (Randell 821, DNA).
Bean, Revision of Anisomeles
337
Fig. 11. Inner surface of fruiting calyx lobes, showing fringe hairs. A. A. viscidula (Eich/er 22501 , DNA). B. A.
vulpina (Jensen 3350 & Kemp , BRI). C. A. xerophila (Albrecht 7633 & Latz , NT).
Key to species of Anisomeles
1 Upper stems white, indumentum very dense, hairs completely obscuring
stem at *40 magnification.2
1. Upper stems not white, indumentum very sparse to dense, stem surface
visible at *40 magnification.7
2 Leaf and stem indumentum appressed, retrorse, hairs 0.05-0.2 mm long.3
2. Leaf and stem indumentum woolly, hairs without fixed direction, 0.4-1.2 mm long . . . .4
3 External calyx hairs moderately dense to dense, spreading, 0.3-0.8 mm
long; style 12-13 mm long; leaves often narrow (3-6.6 times longer than
wide).3. A. brevipilosa
3. External calyx hairs very dense, appressed, 0.15-0.25 mm long;
style 9.5-10.5 mm long; leaves often broader (2.8-3.5 times longer than
wide).9. A. farinacea
4 Fruiting calyx lobes attenuate, 3.1-5.3 mm long; external calyx hairs
1.2-1.5 mm long.18. A. malabarica
4. Fruiting calyx lobes acute, 1.8-3.3 mm long; external calyx hairs 0.5-1 mm long.5
338 Austrobaileya 9(3): 321-381 (2015)
5 Cauline leaves with 7-14 pairs of marginal lobes; low shrub 30 to 60 cm;
verticils widely separated.20. A. ornans
5. Cauline leaves with 12-20 pairs of marginal lobes; shrub (40—) 60-200 cm;
verticils not widely separated, sometimes overlapping.6
6 Bracteoles 0.3-0.8 mm wide; corolla platform glabrous; calyx fringe
hairs 0.2-0.35 mm long at apical end.8. A. eriodes
6. Bracteoles 0.9-1.2 mm wide; corolla platform with 20-100
hairs; calyx fringe hairs 0.5-1 mm long at apical end.23. A. salviifolia
7 Erect glandular hairs (0.1-0.3 mm long) frequent to abundant on upper
stems and inflorescence rachis.8
7. Erect glandular hairs absent from upper stems and rachises, although
sessile glands usually present.11
8 Patent hispid hairs absent from upper stems; cymes twice dichasial at
base; cauline leaves 120-150 mm long; bracteoles 6.4-11 mm long. . .4. A. bundeyensis
8. Patent hispid hairs present (often frequent) on upper stems; cymes
monochasial or once dichasial at base; cauline leaves 51-110 mm long;
bracteoles 2.5-7.5 mm long.9
9 Cauline leaves 1.2-1.9 times longer than wide, base obtuse; corolla upper
lip 5.8-67 mm long.17. A. macdonaldii
9. Cauline leaves 2-3.8 times longer than wide, base cuneate; corolla
upper lip 3.5-57 mm long.10
10 Glandular hairs not extending to lower stems; hairs sparse on upper
leaf surface; corolla platform glabrous; nutlets 17-1.9 mm long.7. A. dallachyi
10. Glandular hairs extending to lower stems; hairs moderately dense to dense
on upper leaf surface; corolla platform with 1-20 hairs; nutlets
1.9-2.2 mm long.24. A. viscidula
11 All calyx fringe hairs < 0.4 mm long.12
11. Calyx fringe hairs > 0.4 mm long, at least at the sinus end.19
12 Floral bracts consistently longer than verticils.13
12. Floral bracts not consistently longer than verticils.14
13 Hispid hairs frequent on upper stems; 4-10 pairs of marginal lobes on
cauline leaves; plants prostrate or procumbent; Qld.15. A. lappa
13. Hispid hairs absent from upper stems; 12-27 pairs of marginal
lobes on cauline leaves; plants erect; N.T.10. A. grandibractea
14 Fruiting calyces obconical, 5-7.5 mm wide at lobe apices; corolla
platform with > 100 hairs.12. A. indica
14. Fruiting calyces cylindrical to narrowly campanulate, 2-5 mm wide
at lobe apices; corolla platform glabrous or with many fewer than 100 hairs.15
15 Petioles 0-3 mm long; plants prostrate.16
15. Petioles 3.5-31 mm long; plants erect.17
Bean, Revision of Anisomeles 339
16 Marginal lobes of cauline leaves 2.5-5.1 mm deep; longest leaf hairs 1-2.5
mm long; corolla annulus hairs 0.4-0.5 mm long; corolla platform
glabrous.1. A. ajugacea
16. Marginal lobes of cauline leaves 0.8-1.7 mm deep; longest leaf hairs
0.6-0.9 mm long; corolla annulus hairs 0.15-0.2 mm long; corolla
platform with 1-20 hairs.2. A. antrorsa
17 Hairs on upper leaf surface 0.9-1.3 mm long; leaves 27-50 mm long;
peduncles on lowermost verticil 0-1 mm long.25. A. vulpina
17. Hairs on upper leaf surface 0.2-0.8 mm long; leaves 44-152 mm
long; peduncles on lowermost verticil (0—)1—15 mm long.18
18 Corolla platform with 20-100 hairs; style 10-12 mm long;
fruiting calyces 7-8.9 mm long.6. A. carpentarica
18. Corolla platform with 1-20 hairs; style 12-14 mm long; fruiting calyces
8.2-11.0 mm long.22. A. principis
19 Longest hairs on the upper leaf surface 0.1-0.25 mm long.20
19. Longest hairs on the upper leaf surface 0.25-2 mm long.22
20 Leaves and stems green, indumentum sparse to moderately dense;
corolla platform glabrous.13. A. inodora
20. Leaves and stems grey or grey-green, indumentum moderately dense
to dense; corolla platform with at least some hairs.21
21 Marginal lobes of cauline leaves 4-16 pairs, lobes serrate; calyx fringe
hairs 0.15-0.3 mm long at apical end.3. A. brevipilosa
21. Marginal lobes of cauline leaves 15-37 pairs, lobes crenate; calyx fringe
hairs 0.7-1.4 mm long at apical end.16. A. leucotricha
22 Longest hairs on leaves 0.9-2 mm long.23
22. Longest hairs on leaves 0.25-0.7 mm long.24
23 Stems with patent hispid hairs; plants procumbent; external hairs on
fruiting calyx 1.1-2.4 mm long.14. A. languida
23. Stems without patent hispid hairs; plants erect; external hairs
on fruiting calyx 0.6-1 mm long.25. A. vulpina
24 Lower leaf surface glabrous or with sparse hairs (> 0.2 mm apart);
outside of fruiting calyx with a mix of glandular and
eglandular hairs.11. A. heyneana
24. Lower leaf surface with moderately dense to dense hairs (< 0.2 mm
apart); outside of fruiting calyx with eglandular hairs only.25
25 Nutlets 1.5-1.7 mm long; cauline leaves with 19-33 pairs of marginal
lobes.21. A. papuana
25. Nutlets 1.8-2.2 mm long; cauline leaves with 3-18 pairs of marginal lobes.26
26 Fruiting calyces 8.9-10.2 mm long; fruiting calyx lobes 3-3.5 mm long . . 5. A. candicans
26. Fruiting calyces 5.8-8.6 mm long; fruiting calyx lobes 1.5-2.5 mm long.27
27 Corolla platform glabrous; petioles 21-38% of lamina length.19. A. moschata
27. Corolla platform with 20-100 hairs; petioles 13-22% of lamina length . . 26. A. xerophila
340
Austrobaileya 9(3): 321-381 (2015)
Key to the Asian and Malesian species of Anisomeles
1 Upper stems white, indumentum very dense, hairs completely obscuring
stem at *40 magnification.18. A. malabarica
1. Upper stems not white, indumentum very sparse to dense, stem surface
visible at x40 magnification.2
2 All calyx fringe-hairs < 0.4 mm long.3
2. Calyx fringe-hairs > 0.4 mm long, at least at the sinus end.4
3 Fruiting calyces obconical, 5-7.5 mm wide at lobe apices; corolla platform
with more than 100 hairs.12. A. indica
3. Fruiting calyces cylindrical to narrowly campanulate, 2.0-5 mm wide at
lobe apices; corolla platform glabrous or with fewer than 20 hairs . . . . 22. A. principis
4 Lower leaf surface glabrous or with sparse hairs (> 0.2 mm apart);
outside of fruiting calyx with a mix of glandular and eglandular hairs . . 11. A. heyneana
4. Lower leaf surface with moderately dense to dense hairs (< 0.2 mm apart);
outside of fruiting calyx with eglandular hairs only.5
5 Nutlets 1.5-1.7 mm long; fruiting calyx 6.2-8.3 mm long; cauline
leaves with 19-33 pairs of marginal lobes.21. A. papuana
5. Nutlets 1.8-2.2 mm long; fruiting calyx 8.9-10.2 mm long; cauline
leaves with 3-18 pairs of marginal lobes.5. A. candicans
Key to the Western Australian species of Anisomeles
1 Upper stems white, indumentum very dense, hairs completely obscuring
stem at x40 magnification.2
1. Upper stems not white, indumentum very sparse to dense, stem surface
visible at x40 magnification.3
2 External calyx hairs moderately dense to dense, spreading, 0.3-0.8 mm
long; style 12-13 mm long; leaves often narrow (3-6.6 times longer than
wide).3. A. brevipilosa
2. External calyx hairs very dense, appressed, 0.15-0.25 mm long;
style 9.5-10.5 mm long; leaves often broader (2.8-3.5 times longer than
wide).9. A. farinacea
3 Erect glandular hairs (0.1-0.3 mm long) frequent to abundant on upper
stems and inflorescence rachis.24. A. viscidula
3. Erect glandular hairs absent from upper stems and rachises, although
sessile glands usually present.4
4 Corolla platform with 1-20 hairs; hairs on the leaves 0.25-0.8 mm long . . 22. A. principis
4. Corolla platform glabrous; hairs on the leaves 0.15-0.25 mm long.13. A. inodora
Bean, Revision of Anisomeles
341
Key to the Northern Territory species of Anisomeles
1 Upper stems white, indumentum very dense, hairs completely obscuring
stem at x40 magnification.2
1. Upper stems not white, indumentum very sparse to dense, stem surface
visible at x40 magnification.4
2 Leaf and stem indumentum appressed, retrorse, hairs 0.05-0.2 mm long.3
2. Leaf and stem indumentum woolly, hairs without fixed direction,
0.4-1.2 mm long.23. A. salviifolia
3 External calyx hairs moderately dense to dense, spreading, 0.3-0.8 mm
long; style 12-13 mm long; leaves often narrow (3-6.6 times longer than
wide).3. A. brevipilosa
3. External calyx hairs very dense, appressed, 0.15-0.25 mm long;
style 9.5-10.5 mm long; leaves often broader (2.8-3.5 times longer than
wide).9. A. farinacea
4 Erect glandular hairs (0.1-0.3 mm long) frequent to abundant on upper
stems and inflorescence rachis.5
4. Erect glandular hairs absent from upper stems and rachises, although
sessile glands usually present.6
5 Patent hispid hairs absent from upper stems; cymes twice dichasial at
base; cauline leaves 120-150 mm long; bracteoles 6.4-11 mm long. . .4. A. bundeyensis
5. Patent hispid hairs present (often frequent) on upper stems; cymes
monochasial or once dichasial at base; cauline leaves 51-110 mm long;
bracteoles 2.5-7.5 mm long.24. A. viscidula
6 Fruiting calyx fringe-hairs < 0.4 mm long.7
6. Fruiting calyx fringe-hairs > 0.4 mm long, at least at the sinus end.8
7 Floral bracts consistently longer than verticils; fruiting calyx
8.7-11 mm long.10. A. grandibractea
7. Floral bracts not consistently longer than verticils; fruiting calyx
7-8.9 mm long.6. A. carpentarica
8 Longest hairs on the upper leaf surface 0.25-0.4 mm long.26. A. xerophila
8. Longest hairs on the upper leaf surface 0.1-0.25 mm long.9
9 Leaves and stems green, indumentum sparse to moderately dense; corolla
platform glabrous.13. A. inodora
9. Leaves and stems grey or grey-green, indumentum moderately
dense to dense; corolla platform with at least some hairs.10
10 Marginal lobes of cauline leaves 4-16 pairs, lobes serrate; fruiting calyx
fringe hairs 0.15-0.3 mm long at apical end.3. A. brevipilosa
10. Marginal lobes of cauline leaves 15-37 pairs, lobes crenate; fruiting
calyx fringe hairs 0.7-1.4 mm long at apical end.16. A. leucotricha
342
Austrobaileya 9 ( 3 ): 321-381 ( 2015 )
Key to the Queensland species of Anisomeles
1 Upper stems white, indumentum very dense, hairs completely obscuring
stem at x40 magnification.2
1. Upper stems not white, indumentum very sparse to dense, stem surface
visible at x40 magnification.3
2 Cauline leaves with 7-14 pairs of marginal lobes; low shrub 30 to 60 cm
tall; verticils widely separated.20. A. ornans
2. Cauline leaves with 12-20 pairs of marginal lobes; shrub (40—) 60-200
cm tall; verticils not widely separated, sometimes overlapping.8. A. eriodes
3 Erect glandular hairs (0.1-0.3 mm long) frequent to abundant on upper
stems and inflorescence rachis.4
3. Erect glandular hairs absent from upper stems and rachises, although
sessile glands usually present.5
4 Cauline leaves 1.2-1.9 times longer than wide, base obtuse; corolla upper
lip 5.8-67 mm long; glandular hairs extending to lower stems . . . . 17. A. macdonaldii
4. Cauline leaves 2.4-3.8 times longer than wide, base cuneate; corolla upper
li 3.8-57 mm long; glandular hairs not extending to lower stems .... 7. A. dallachyi
5 Fruiting calyx fringe-hairs < 0.4 mm long.6
5. Fruiting calyx fringe-hairs > 0.4 mm long, at least at the sinus end.10
6 Floral bracts consistently longer than verticils.15. A. lappa
6. Floral bracts not consistently longer than verticils.7
7 Petioles 0-3 mm long; plants prostrate.8
7. Petioles 3.5-31 mm long; plants erect.9
8 Marginal lobes of cauline leaves 2.5-5.1 mm deep; longest leaf hairs
1-2.5 mm long; corolla annulus hairs 0.4-0.5 mm long; corolla
platform glabrous.1. A. ajugacea
8. Marginal lobes of cauline leaves 0.8-17 mm deep; longest leaf hairs
0.6-0.9 mm long; corolla annulus hairs 0.15-0.2 mm long; corolla
platform with 1-20 hairs.2. A. antrorsa
9 Hairs on upper leaf surface 0.9-1.3 mm long; leaves 27-50 mm long;
peduncles on lowermost verticil 0-1 mm long.25. A. vulpina
9. Hairs on upper leaf surface 0.2-0.8 mm long; leaves 44-152 mm long;
peduncles on lowermost verticil (0—)1—15 mm long.6. A. carpentarica
10 Fongest hairs on the upper leaf surface 0.1-0.25 mm long.11
10. Fongest hairs on the upper leaf surface 0.25-2.0 mm long.12
11 Feaves and stems green, indumentum sparse to moderately dense;
corolla platform glabrous.13. A. inodora
11. Feaves and stems grey or grey-green, indumentum moderately dense
to dense; corolla platform with at least some hairs.3. A. brevipilosa
12 Fongest hairs on leaves 0.9-2 mm long.13
12. Fongest hairs on leaves 0.25-0.7 mm long.14
Bean, Revision of Anisomeles
343
13 Stems with patent hispid hairs; plants procumbent; external hairs on
fruiting calyx 1.1-2.4 mm long. 14. A. languida
13. Stems without patent hispid hairs; plants erect; external hairs on fruiting
calyx 0.6-1 mm long. 25. A. vulpina
14 Nutlets 1.5-1.7 mm long; cauline leaves with 19-33 pairs of marginal lobes 21. A. papuana
14. Nutlets 1.8-2.2 mm long; cauline leaves with 3-18 pairs of marginal lobes. 15
15 Corolla platform glabrous; petioles 21-38% of lamina length. 19. A. moschata
15. Corolla platform with 20-100 hairs; petioles 13-22% of lamina length . . 26. A. xerophila
I. Anisomeles ajugacea (F.M.Bailey &
F.Muell.) A.R.Bean comb, nov.; Teucrium
ajugaceum F.M.Bailey & F.Muell., Synop.
Queensl. FI. Second Suppl. 48 (1888). Type:
Australia: Queensland. Cook District:
Musgrave Electric Telegraph Station,
undated, T. Bard ay-Millar s.n. (holo: BRI
[AQ340432], 2 sheets).
Anisomeles sp. (Big Coleman River
J. R.Clarkson+ 7119); Henderson (2002).
Procumbent shrub, 0.05-0.2 m high. Upper
stems and rachises with patent hispid hairs;
short curved hairs absent or retrorse, sparse;
stalked glandular hairs absent; sessile glands
8-32 mm 2 . Cauline leaves 16-29 mm long,
14-24 mm wide, 1.1-1.4 times longer than
wide, base narrowly cuneate (< 60°) or
attenuate; marginal lobes dentate, irregular
or regular, 2-4 on each side, acute, 2.5-5.1
mm deep; petioles 0-3 mm long, 0-13%
of lamina length. Lamina upper surface
indumentum appressed, eglandular, 1-2.2
mm long, moderately dense (hairs 0.1-0.2
mm apart) or dense (hairs < 0.1 mm apart),
sessile glands 8-112 mm 2 ; lower surface
indumentum appressed, eglandular, 1-2.5
mm long, moderately dense (hairs 0.1-0.2 mm
apart) or dense (hairs < 0.1 mm apart), sessile
glands 8-96 mm 2 ; transition from leaves to
floral bracts gradual. Floral bracts ovate or
broadly ovate, 5-13 mm long, 3-7 mm wide,
not consistently exceeding verticils. Verticils
(inflorescence clusters) all separated on
rachis, cymes entirely monochasial, with 3-5
flowers per monochasium, peduncles 0-3 mm
long on lowermost cluster; bracteoles obovate
or spathulate, 5-10 mm long, 1-3 mm wide.
Corolla tube same length as calyx; annulus
3.3-5 mm from base of corolla, annulus
hairs 0.4-0.5 mm long; upper lip elliptical,
4-6.6 mm long, with glandular hairs on outer
surface or with eglandular hairs on outer
surface; lower lip pink, 5.6-67 mm long to
end of lateral lobes, 9.8-11.3 mm long overall,
glabrous on platform. Longest stamens 12-14
mm long from base of corolla tube; filament
hairs 0.35-0.5 mm long, mainly along middle
part or mainly at distal end. Style 12.7-15.5
mm long; longer stigma lobe 0.85-1.2 mm
long, shorter stigma lobe 0.4-0.65 mm long.
Fruiting calyces 2-5 mm apart on rachilla;
fruiting calyx narrowly campanulate, 7-8 mm
long, 3.4-5 mm wide at lobe apices, 1.5-2.1
times longer than wide, exterior surface with
all hairs same size and type, hairs eglandular,
1.5-2.1 mm long, sessile glands 48-128 mm 2 ;
lobes acute, 2.6-3 mm long. Fruiting calyx
fringe hairs about the same length throughout,
0.2-0.35 mm long at apical end, 0.1-0.25 mm
long at sinus end, sinus hairs absent, inner
surface of tube glabrous. Nutlets 2.3-2.6 mm
long. Figs. 3A, 8A.
Additional selected specimens examined : Australia:
Queensland. Cook District: Near Little Laura River,
SSW of Laura, Jul 1990, Bean 1906 (BRI); 28.3 km from
the Kennedy River on the Jedda Creek track to King
River Station, Jun 1981, Clarkson 3717 (BRI, K, MO,
PERTH); 2 km S of the Big Coleman River on the Coen
to Musgrave Road, May 1987, Clarkson 7119 & Simon
(BRI, NSW); 3.5 km N of South Five Mile Creek on the
Peninsula Developmental Road, Apr 1991, Clarkson
8929 & Neldner (BRI, K); 27 km N of Musgrave, Cape
York Peninsula, Jun 2004, Foley s.n. (BRI [AQ610577]);
21.4 km E of Musgrave, May 2004, Gray 8910 (BRI,
CANB, CNS, NSW); Musgrave Electric Telegraph
Station, May 1891, Jacobson s.n. (BRI [AQ161262]);
25 km by road towards Jowalbinna from Peninsula
Development Road, Jul 2007, McDonald KRM6826 &
Johnson (BRI); 6.7 km along Pormpuraaw Road from
Gulf Development Road junction near Musgrave, May
2010, McDonald KRM9188 (BRI, CNS); N of Musgrave
on Cape York Development Road, just S of Red Blanket
Creek, May 2004, Wannan BSW3496 & Graham (BRI);
344
S of Musgrave, May 2004, Wannan 3564 & Verdec
(BRI); N of Musgrave, May 2004, Wannan 3568 &
Verdec (BRI); W of Musgrave, Jun 2004, Wannan
3598 (BRI); 0.5 km S of Bamboo Creek, 6 km SW of
Spion Kop, Jun 2005, Wannan 4018 & Beasley (BRI);
Telegraph Track, ‘Bamboo’, Cape York Peninsula, Jun
2008, Wannan 5223 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Anisomeles
ajugacea is endemic to Queensland. Most
records are within a 40 km radius of Musgrave,
Cape York Peninsula, and there are a couple
of records further south near Laura (Map 1).
It inhabits low rises or flats in woodland of
Eucalyptus tetrodonta F.Muell. and Corymbia
spp. on white sandy soils.
Phenology : Flowers are recorded from April
to July; fruits between May and August.
Notes : Anisomeles ajugacea is a highly
distinctive species because of its short
truncate leaves with just 2-4 pairs of lobes,
the petioles 0-3 mm long, the exterior calyx
hairs to 2.0 mm long, and the abundant
antrorse to erect hispid hairs on the stems and
leaves. It can produce prostrate stems up to 3
metres long ( Wannan 3564 & Verdec).
This species was placed in the genus
Teucrium by F.M. Bailey and F. Mueller, but
it clearly belongs in Anisomeles , due to its
gynobasic style, 2-lipped corolla, 2-celled
anterior anthers, and the nutlets with a very
small, basal areole.
Conservation status : Least Concern.
2. Anisomeles antrorsa A.R.Bean sp. nov.
habitu prostrato serpente, pilis antrorsis
insidentibus cauli, foliis parvis, cymis
perfecte monochasialibus et nuculis 2.5-27
mm longis distinguitur. Typus: Australia:
Queensland. Cook District: 13.7 km along
New Pennefather River Road, N of Weipa, 11
July 1998, A.R. Bean 13601 (holo: BRI).
Prostrate shrub, 0.1-0.4 m high. Upper stems
and rachises without patent hispid hairs, or
with patent hispid hairs; short curved hairs
antrorse, moderately dense or dense; stalked
glandular hairs absent. Cauline leaves 17-33
mm long, 9-21 mm wide, 1.4-2.4 times longer
than wide, base obtuse or broadly cuneate (>
60°) or narrowly cuneate (< 60°) or attenuate;
marginal lobes crenate or dentate, regular,
Austrobaileya 9(3): 321-381 (2015)
3-8 on each side, acute or obtuse, 0.8-17
mm deep; petioles 1.5-4 mm long, 5-15%
of lamina length. Lamina upper surface
indumentum erect or curved, eglandular, 0.6-
0.9 mm long, sparse (hairs > 0.2 mm apart)
or moderately dense (hairs 0.1-0.2 mm apart),
sessile glands 64-80 mm 2 ; lower surface
indumentum erect or curved, eglandular,
0.6-0.8 mm long, sparse (hairs > 0.2 mm
apart) or moderately dense (hairs 0.1-0.2 mm
apart), sessile glands 48-112 mm 2 ; transition
from leaves to floral bracts gradual. Floral
bracts ovate or broadly ovate, 6-25 mm long,
5-18 mm wide, not consistently exceeding
verticils or consistently exceeding verticils.
Verticils (inflorescence clusters) all separated
on rachis, cymes entirely monochasial, with
3-7 flowers per monochasium, peduncles 0-4
mm long on lowermost cluster; bracteoles
spathulate or linear, 4-5.8 mm long, 0.4-1.1
mm wide. Corolla tube same length as calyx;
annulus 1.9-2.5 mm from base of corolla,
annulus hairs 0.15-0.2 mm long; upper lip
ovate or elliptical, 5-5.6 mm long, with
eglandular hairs on outer surface; lower
lip 4.5-5.5 mm long to end of lateral lobes,
9-10 mm long overall, with 1-20 eglandular
hairs on platform. Longest stamens 11.5-12
mm long from base of corolla tube; filament
hairs 07-1.1 mm long, mainly at distal end.
Style 11.5-12.5 mm long; longer stigma
lobe 0.65-0.75 mm long, shorter stigma lobe
0.4-0.5 mm long. Fruiting calyces 2-3.5 mm
apart on rachilla; fruiting calyx cylindrical,
7-7.3 mm long, 2-3.3 mm wide at lobe apices,
2-3 times longer than wide, exterior surface
with hairs of different sizes or types or with
all hairs same size and type, hairs glandular
or hairs eglandular, 07-1.3 mm long, sessile
glands 80-192 mm 2 ; lobes acute, 2.3-3 mm
long. Fruiting calyx fringe hairs about the
same length throughout, 0.15-0.4 mm long
at apical end, 0.15-0.4 mm long at sinus end,
inner surface of tube with sparse long hairs
in medial section or glabrous. Nutlets 2.5-27
mm long. Figs. 51, 8B.
Additional specimens examined : Australia:
Queensland. Cook District: 4.3 km NW of Beagle
North Camp, c. 41 km NNE of Aurukun, May 1982,
Clarkson 4331 (BRI); Red Beach, Weipa area, in 1980,
Herrman s.n. (CANB); Andoom, E of Botchitt Swamp,
17.5 km NW of Lorim Point, Jan 1981, Morton AM1021
Bean, Revision of Anisomeles
345
(BRI); Community orchard and garden, Mapoon (Old
Mapoon), Mar 2005, Waterhouse BMW7207 (BRI,
CANB); Mapoon, near dump, Jun 2008, Wannan 5283 &
Graham (BRI, NSW).
Distribution and habitat : Anisomeles
antrorsa is endemic to Queensland. It is
confined to the western coast of Cape York
Peninsula between Old Mapoon and North
Camp, over a distance of c. 120 km (Map
2). It grows in sandy soil in open forest
dominated by Eucalyptus tetrodonta and
Corymbia nesophila (Blakely) K.D.Hill &
L.A.S.Johnson.
Phenology : Flowers are recorded from
January to July; fruits from May to July.
Notes : Anisomeles antrorsa is distinguished
by the antrorse hairs on the stems, the small
leaves with short petioles, the prostrate
trailing habit, the long nutlets (2.5-27 mm),
and the short calyx fringe hairs. It is most
closely related to A. ajugacea , but differs by
the shallower leaf marginal lobes, the shorter
hairs on the leaves and the exterior of the
calyx, the corolla platform with 1-20 hairs
(versus glabrous) and the hairs of the corolla
tube annulus only 0.15-0.2 mm long (versus
0.4-0.5 mm long).
Conservation status : Least Concern.
Etymology : From the Latin antrorsus ,
meaning ‘forward pointing’, and given in
reference to the antrorsely directed hairs on
the stems in this species.
3. Anisomeles brevipilosa A.R.Bean sp.
nov. pilis cauli et paginae inferiori foliorum
insidentibus longitudine minus quam 0.2
mm, pilis exterioribus calycis fructificantis
0.3-0.7 mm longis, pedunculis longis
cymarum imarum et foliis crebro lanceolatis
distinguitur. Typus: Australia: Northern
Territory. Limmen National Park, c. 1 km N
of southern lost city turnoff, southern park
boundary, 22 April 2008, D.L. Lewis 733
(holo: DNA; iso: MO).
Erect or spreading shrub, 0.6-2 m high.
Upper stems and rachises without patent
hispid hairs; short curved hairs retrorse,
dense or very dense, obscuring stem surface
at x40 magnification; stalked glandular hairs
absent; sessile glands 96-192 mm 2 . Cauline
leaves 57-93 mm long, 13-23 mm wide,
3-6.6 times longer than wide, base narrowly
cuneate (< 60°) or attenuate; marginal lobes
serrate, irregular or regular, 4-16 on each
side, obtuse, 0.2-2 mm deep; petioles 8-20
mm long, 9-35% of lamina length. Lamina
upper surface indumentum erect or curved,
eglandular or appressed, eglandular 0.1-0.2
mm long, sparse (hairs > 0.2 mm apart),
moderately dense (hairs 0.1-0.2 mm apart) or
dense (hairs < 0.1 mm apart), sessile glands
8-112 mm 2 ; lower surface indumentum erect
or curved, eglandular or appressed, eglandular
0.1-0.2 mm long, moderately dense (hairs
0.1-0.2 mm apart) or dense (hairs <0.1 mm
apart) or very dense, obscuring surface at x40
magnification, sessile glands 48-256 mm 2 ;
transition from leaves to floral bracts abrupt.
Floral bracts linear or lanceolate, 4-28 mm
long, 1-6 mm wide, not consistently exceeding
verticils. Verticils (inflorescence clusters)
overlapping near apex or all separated on
rachis, cymes entirely monochasial, or once
dichasial at base then monochasial, or twice
dichasial (±globose), with 3-12 flowers per
monochasium, peduncles 1-20 mm long on
lowermost cluster; bracteoles spathulate or
linear, 2.5-75 mm long, 0.3-1 mm wide.
Corolla tube longer than calyx, or same length
as calyx; annulus 3.5-3.8 mm from base of
corolla, annulus hairs 0.2-0.25 mm long;
upper lip elliptical, 4.5-5.2 mm long, with
glandular hairs on outer surface; lower lip
5.5-6.8 mm long to end of lateral lobes, 11.7-
13.1 mm long overall, with 20-100 eglandular
hairs on platform. Longest stamens 12-13
mm long from base of corolla tube; filament
hairs 07-1.2 mm long, mainly at distal end.
Style 12-13 mm long; longer stigma lobe
0.6-07 mm long, shorter stigma lobe 0.4-0.5
mm long. Fruiting calyces 0.9-3 mm apart on
rachilla; fruiting calyx cylindrical, 6.6-10 mm
long, 2.9-4.2 mm wide at lobe apices, 2.3-2.8
times longer than wide, exterior surface with
all hairs same size and type, hairs eglandular,
0.3-0.8 mm long, moderately dense to dense,
sessile glands 96-176 mm 2 ; lobes acute,
17-3.9 mm long. Fruiting calyx fringe hairs
longer at sinus end than at apical end, 0.15—
0.3 mm long at apical end, 07-1.2 mm long at
346
sinus end, sinus hairs absent, inner surface of
tube with dense ring of long hairs in medial
section or with sparse long hairs in medial
section. Nutlets 2-2.3 mm long. Figs. 3B, 8C.
Additional specimens examined : Australia: Western
Australia. Nimbing Range, NNW of Kununurra, May
1996, Keighery 15255 (PERTH); banks of Packsaddle
Creek, near Kununurra, Aug 1974, Kenneally 1938
(CANB, PERTH); The Gorge, Station Creek, 35 km NNE
of Carlton Hill HS, Mar 1978, Lazarides 8475 (CANB,
PERTH); c. 97 km N of Kununurra on road to coast N
of Ningbing, Jul 1995, Mitchell 4005 (CANB, PERTH);
Summit of Poompangala Hill, c. 8 km W of Kalumburu,
Apr 1991, Willing 265 (PERTH). Northern Territory,
near Caranbirini Waterhole, SW of Borroloola, Jun 1999,
Bean 15048 (BRI); 33 km N of Victoria River Downs
HS, Jun 2005, Bean 24129 (BRI, DNA, MEL); 25 miles
[41.7 km] E of Timber Creek, May 1968, Byrnes NB743
(BRI); 35 miles [56 km] SW of Borroloola, Mar 1959,
Chippendale 5553 (BRI, CANB, L, MEL, PERTH); c.
1.9 km NNE of Pungalina HS on Calvert River Road,
Pungalina Wildlife Sanctuary, Jun 2011, Jensen 2375
(BRI, DNA); 17 km SW of Kalkarmdji, May 2010, Latz
25553 (DNA, NT); Nicholson River area, Jun 1974,
Maconochie 1992 (AD, BRI, CANB, K, MO, NT);
Site 141, Kidman Springs Research Station, Aug 1990,
Manning V627 (DNA); 50 km SW of Borroloola, Jun
1977, Must 1551 (BRI, CANB, DNA, NT); 7.5 km S of
Timber Creek racecourse, Jul 1977, Must 1564 (DNA,
CANB, NT); Gregory NP, beside tributary of Bullock
Paddock Creek, Apr 1996, O’Neill 72 (DNA, MO); 4
miles [6 km] SSE of Coolibah Station, Jun 1952, Perry
2865 (BRI, CANB, NT); 14 km from Settlement Creek
on road to Calvert Hills, 1 km E of jump-up. May 1978,
Simon 3124 & Farrell (BRI); Daly River Aboriginal
Reserve, c. 95 km SE from Port Keats Mission, May
1994, Walsh 3727 (DNA, MEL); 5 km W of Robinson
River, Gulf of Carpentaria, May 1985, Wightman 1886
& Leach (BRI, CANB, DNA, K, PERTH); Fish River
station, Apr 2012, Wirf 710 (CANB, DNA). Queensland.
Burke District: Settlement Creek, 25 miles [40 km]
from coast. Gulf of Carpentaria, Jun 1948, Perry 1201
(BRI, CANB, PERTH); Gregory River crossing near
Riversleigh Station, Jun 1989, Purdie 3585 (CANB);
Bowthorn Station, 33.5 km NNW of HS, Jun 2006,
Thompson WES796 & Morgan (BRI, NSW); 100 km
WSW of Burketown, May 2008, Thompson WES1484 &
Wilson (BRI, DNA).
Distribution and habitat: Anisomeles
brevipilosa is widespread in the Northern
Territory, and extends to near Kununurra in
Western Australia, and the extreme north¬
west of Queensland (Map 3). It grows in dry
watercourses or on sandy colluvium, over
sandstone or limestone substrates.
Phenology : Flowers are recorded from March
to June; fruits from April to June.
Austrobaileya 9(3): 321-381 (2015)
Notes : Anisomeles brevipilosa can often be
distinguished solely by its narrow leaves,
up to 6.6 times longer than broad. However,
populations from the Victoria River Downs
area have broader leaves than usual, i.e. 3-4
times longer than broad. Very often, the stem
indumentum is extremely dense, obscuring
the stem surface at *40 magnification, but in
some localities the stem indumentum is dense
or moderately dense.
Anisomeles brevipilosa is closely allied to
A. far inace a; they both have extremely short
hairs (< 0.2 mm) on their leaves and upper
stems. A. brevipilosa is distinguished from A
farinacea by the presence of hispid hairs at
the base of the plant, hairs 0.3-0.8 mm long
on the outside of the calyx (versus 0.15-0.25
mm long), and not obscuring the calyx surface
(surface obscured in A. farinacea ), the lower
corolla lip 11.7-13.1 mm long (versus 6.4-10
mm long), and style 12-13 mm long (versus
9.5-10.5 mm long).
Conservation status: Least Concern.
Etymology: From the Latin brevis meaning
short and pilosus hairy. This is in reference to
the very short hairs on the stems and leaves of
this species.
4. Anisomeles bundeyensis A.R.Bean
sp. nov. pilis glandularibus abundantibus
caulibus insidentibus, foliis basalibus 125—
145 mm longis, bracteolis longissimis, cymis
bis dichasialibus in verticillis et calycibus
fructificantibus 11.4-12.6 mm longitudine
distinguitur. Typus: Australia: Northern
Territory. Mt Bundey East, 14 May 1987, R.
Fensham 559 (holo: DNA).
Erect or spreading shrub, 1-1.5 m high. Upper
stems and rachises without patent hispid hairs;
short curved hairs absent; stalked glandular
hairs abundant; glandular hairs extending
to lower stems; sessile glands 8-48 mm 2
Cauline leaves 120-150 mm long, 55-67
mm wide, 2-2.4 times longer than wide, base
obtuse or broadly cuneate (> 60°); marginal
lobes dentate or serrate, regular, 26-35 on
each side, acute, 1.5-2.2 mm deep; petioles
23-30 mm long, 18-21% of lamina length.
Lamina upper surface indumentum of erect
glandular hairs and curved eglandular hairs
Bean, Revision of Anisomeles
347
0.25-0.3 mm long, moderately dense (hairs
0.1-0.2 mm apart), sessile glands 8-48 mm 2 ;
lower surface indumentum of erect glandular
hairs 0.25-0.3 mm long, moderately dense
(hairs 0.1-0.2 mm apart), sessile glands 32-
80 mm 2 ; transition from leaves to floral bracts
abrupt. Floral bracts elliptical or ovate, 5-15
mm long, 2-4.5 mm wide, not consistently
exceeding verticils. Verticils (inflorescence
clusters) overlapping near apex, cymes twice
dichasial (± globose), with 4-7 flowers per
monochasium, peduncles 0-1 mm long on
lowermost cluster; bracteoles spathulate or
linear, 6.4-11 mm long, 0.8-1.6 mm wide.
Corolla tube shorter than calyx; annulus 3.4-4
mm from base of corolla, annulus hairs 0.25-
0.35 mm long; upper lip ovate or elliptical,
4.5-4.8 mm long, with glandular hairs on
outer surface; lower lip 7-7.2 mm long to end
of lateral lobes, 12-13.4 mm long overall, with
more than 100 eglandular hairs on platform.
Longest stamens 12-13 mm long from base
of corolla tube; filament hairs 1.2-1.3 mm
long, mainly at distal end. Style 12.5-13.5
mm long; longer stigma lobe 0.65-0.75 mm
long, shorter stigma lobe 0.55-0.7 mm long.
Fruiting calyces 0.7-1.1 mm apart on rachilla;
fruiting calyx cylindrical, 11.4-12.6 mm
long, 3.2-4 mm wide at lobe apices, 3.1-3.6
times longer than wide, exterior surface with
all hairs same size and type, hairs glandular,
0.25-0.35 mm long, sessile glands 8-32 mm 2 ;
lobes acute, 3.3-4.4 mm long. Fruiting calyx
fringe hairs about the same length throughout,
0.15-0.25 mm long at apical end, 0.15-0.25
mm long at sinus end, sinus hairs absent,
inner surface of tube with sparse long hairs
in medial section or glabrous. Nutlets 2.3-2.4
mm long. Figs. 3C, 8D.
Additional specimens examined: Australia: Northern
Territory. Mt Bundey, Arnhem Highway, Mar 1987,
Dunlop 6884 & Wightman (DNA).
Distribution and habitat: Anisomeles
bundeyensis is endemic to the Northern
Territory. It is known only from Mt Bundey
and nearby Mt Bundey East, SE of Darwin
(Map 2). It grows on granite outcrops.
Phenology : Flowers are recorded for March
and May; fruits recorded in May.
Notes: Anisomeles bundeyensis is
distinguished by the abundant glandular hairs
on the stems, the very long bracteoles, the
twice-dichasial cymes on the verticils, and
the long fruiting calyces. It is closely related
to A. viscidula, but differs by the lack of
retrorse eglandular hairs and hispid hairs on
the stems, the considerably larger corolla, the
twice-dischasially branched cymes and the
fruiting calyces only 1-1.5 mm apart.
Conservation status: This species has a very
restricted Area of Occupancy (<20 km 2 ), and
is known from just two locations. A status of
Vulnerable, criterion D2, is recommended.
Etymology: Named for the location of Mount
Bundey.
5. Anisomeles candicans Benth. in Wall.,
PI. Asiat. Rar. 1: 59 (1830); Epimeredi
candicans (Benth.) Rothm., Repert. Spec.
Nov. Regni Veg. 53: 12 (1944). Type citation:
Yenangheun, ripae Irawaddi. Type: Burma.
Yenanghuen [Yenangyaung], ripae Irawaddi,
in 1826, [Wallich Cat. No. 2038] (lecto [here
designated]: K 000846316, image!).
Anisomelesmalabaricavm. nigrescens Benth.
in Wall., PI. Asiat. Rar. 1: 59 (1830). Type
citation: ad ripas Irawaddi. Types: Burma.
Prome, in 1826, [Wallich Cat. No. 2037] (syn:
K); Irawaddi River, [1826], [Wallich Cat. No.
2037/4] (syn: K; syn: BM 000984304).
Shrub, height unknown. Upper stems and
rachises without patent hispid hairs; short
curved hairs retrorse, moderately dense;
stalked glandular hairs absent; sessile glands
8-32 mm 2 . Cauline leaves 65-91 mm long, 15-
32 mm wide, 2.6-4.3 times longer than wide,
base narrowly cuneate (< 60°) or attenuate;
marginal lobes crenate or dentate, irregular or
regular, 11-18 on each side, acute or obtuse,
0.6-2.1 mm deep; petioles 9-17 mm long, 13-
20% of lamina length. Lamina upper surface
indumentum erect or curved, eglandular,
0.3-0.4 mm long, moderately dense (hairs
0.1-0.2 mm apart), sessile glands 48-80 mm 2 ;
lower surface indumentum erect or curved,
eglandular, 0.4-0.6 mm long, dense (hairs
< 0.1 mm apart), sessile glands 8-32 mm 2 ;
transition from leaves to floral bracts abrupt.
Floral bracts lanceolate or elliptical, 6-45
348
mm long, 2-16 mm wide, not consistently
exceeding verticils. Verticils (inflorescence
clusters) all separated on rachis, cymes once
dichasial at base then monochasial, with 6-9
flowers per monochasium, peduncles 4-24
mm long on lowermost cluster; bracteoles
spathulate or linear, 3.8-8.5 mm long, 0.4-1.3
mm wide. Corolla unknown. Fruiting calyces
1.5-1.8 mm apart on rachilla; fruiting calyx
narrowly campanulate or cylindrical, 8.9-10.2
mm long, 3.6-5 mm wide at lobe apices, 1.9-
2.5 times longer than wide, exterior surface
with all hairs same size and type, hairs
eglandular, 0.4-0.6 mm long, sessile glands
48-96 mm 2 ; lobes acute, 3-3.5 mm long.
Fruiting calyx fringe hairs longer at sinus end
than at apical end, 0.2-0.5 mm long at apical
end, 1-1.4 mm long at sinus end, sinus hairs
present, inner surface of tube with dense ring
of long hairs in medial section. Nutlets 2-2.1
mm long. Figs. 3D, 8E.
Additional specimens examined: Burma. Shingaung
road, Minbu, Nov 1902, Mokim 575 (G); Minbu district,
Nov 1902, Mokim 586 (G).
Distribution and habitat : The only
specimens or specimen images I have seen
are from central Burma, all close to the
Irrawaddy River (Map 4). Murata (1971)
recorded this species from Thailand, citing
several specimens held at TI or KYO, but I
have not had the opportunity to view these.
The habitat is unknown.
Phenology : Unknown.
Notes: Anisomeles candicans is probably most
closely related to A. malabarica , but differs
from the latter by the stem indumentum being
only moderately dense; the shorter hairs on
the leaves and outside of the calyx; the calyx
fringe hairs 1-1.4 mm long at the sinus end
(0.5-0.7 mm for A. malabarica ); the lower
verticils with long peduncles; and the leaves
more deeply toothed. Wallich’s specimen
from Prome has shorter petioles than the other
specimens, but is otherwise typical.
Conservation status: Data Deficient.
6. Anisomeles carpentarica A.R.Bean
sp. nov. affinis A. moschatae sed foliis
angustioribus, pilis marginalibus loborum
calycis brevioribus, numero maximo pilorum
Austrobaileya 9(3): 321-381 (2015)
labio inferiori corollae insidentibus differens.
Typus: Australia: Northern Territory. Gray’s
Bay, in Caledon Bay, 21 June 1972, D.E.
Symon 7804 (holo: BRI; iso: AD, DNA, NT).
Erect or spreading shrub, 0.45-2.5 m high.
Upper stems and rachises without patent hispid
hairs; short curved hairs retrorse, sparse to
dense; stalked glandular hairs absent; sessile
glands 8-128 mm 2 . Cauline leaves 44-152
mm long, 20-53 mm wide, 1.6-4.1 times
longer than wide, base obtuse or broadly
cuneate (> 60°) or narrowly cuneate (< 60°) or
attenuate; marginal lobes crenate or serrate,
irregular or regular, 12-30 on each side, acute
or obtuse, 0.5-1.5 mm deep; petioles 10-31
mm long, 15-31% of lamina length. Lamina
upper surface indumentum erect or curved,
eglandular, 0.2-0.5 mm long, sparse (hairs
> 0.2 mm apart) or moderately dense (hairs
0.1-0.2 mm apart), sessile glands 8-112 mm 2 ;
lower surface indumentum erect or curved,
eglandular, 0.2-0.5 mm long, moderately
dense (hairs 0.1-0.2 mm apart) or dense
(hairs < 0.1 mm apart), sessile glands 8-128
mm 2 ; transition from leaves to floral bracts
abrupt. Floral bracts elliptical or ovate, 6-13
mm long, 2.5-7 mm wide, not consistently
exceeding verticils. Verticils (inflorescence
clusters) overlapping near apex or all separated
on rachis, cymes entirely monochasial or once
dichasial at base then monochasial or twice
dichasial (± globose), with 4-12 flowers per
monochasium, peduncles 1-12 mm long on
lowermost cluster; bracteoles spathulate or
linear, 3.5-6.5 mm long, 0.3-1.2 mm wide.
Corolla tube longer than calyx, or same length
as calyx; annulus 3.3-3.6 mm from base of
corolla, annulus hairs 0.15-0.2 mm long;
upper lip ovate or elliptical, 2.6-4.4 mm long,
with glandular hairs on outer surface or with
eglandular hairs on outer surface; lower lip
4-5.5 mm long to end of lateral lobes, 8.5-
11.7 mm long overall, with 20-100 eglandular
hairs on platform. Longest stamens 10-11.5
mm long from base of corolla tube; filament
hairs 0.7-1.2 mm long, mainly at distal end.
Style 10-12 mm long; longer stigma lobe 0.5-
0.65 mm long, shorter stigma lobe 0.3-0.4
mm long. Fruiting calyces 1-2.3 mm apart on
rachilla; fruiting calyx cylindrical, 7-8.9 mm
long, 3.3-3.8 mm wide at lobe apices, 2.1-2.4
Bean, Revision of Anisomeles
349
times longer than wide, exterior surface with
all hairs same size and type, hairs eglandular,
0.2-0.6 mm long, sessile glands 32-160 mm 2 ;
lobes acute, 1.9-2.8 mm long. Fruiting calyx
fringe hairs about the same length throughout,
0.15-0.35 mm long at apical end, 0.15-0.35
mm long at sinus end, sinus hairs absent or
present, inner surface of tube with dense ring
of long hairs in medial section or with sparse
long hairs in medial section or glabrous.
Nutlets 1.9-2.2 mm long. Figs. 1C, 3E, 8F.
Additional specimens examined : Australia: Northern
Territory. Groote Eylandt, 6.5 km SSE of Alyangula,
Apr 1992, Cowie 2557 (CANB, DNA); Arnhem Bay,
mouth of Cato River, May 1992, Cowie 2879 (DNA);
South Bay, Bickerton Island, Apr 1993, Cowie 3883
& Leach (DNA); Stevens Island, southern end, Apr
1996, Cowie 6769 (DNA, MEL); Groote Eylandt, near
Malkiyangwa Beach, Mar 2005, Cowie 10489 (DNA, L);
Walker River, May 1993, Dunlop 9531 & Leach (DNA);
Cape Arnhem, Sep 1993, Dunlop 9734 & Wightman
(DNA); N of Nhulunbuy, Oct 1993, Egan 2719 (DNA);
track to Cape Arnhem, Oct 1993, Egan 2772 (DNA);
Wessel Island, Sep 1972, Latz 3283 (CANB, DNA);
Wigram Island, English Company Islands, Jul 1992,
Leach 3061 (DNA, NT); South side of Rimbija Island,
Wessel Islands, Nov 2007, Roberts 1026 (BRI, CANB);
4 Mile Jungle, Umbakumba, Groote Eylandt, Jul 1987,
Russell-Smith 2866 & Lucas (DNA); 10 km N of Harris
Creek, Blue Mud Bay, Sep 1987, Russell-Smith 3116
& Lucas (BRI, DNA); Warangaya, Elcho Island, Sep
1987, Russell-Smith 3278 & Lucas (DNA, PERTH);
Hemple Bay, Groote Eylandt, Apr 1948, Specht 276
(BRI, CANB, L, MEL, PERTH); Port Bradshaw, Jul
1948, Specht 781 (BRI); 63 miles [101 km] west of Giddy
River crossing, Jun 1972, Symon 7748 (DNA, NT);
mouth of Bing Bong Creek, Bing Bong Station, May
1984, Thomson 643 (DNA, NT). Queensland. Burke
District. North Bountiful Island, South Wellesley
Group, Nov 2002, Thomas BOW & Pedley (BRI); 178
km NW of Burketown on Wollogorang Station (Gulf site
392), May 2008, Thompson MORN058 & Wilson (BRI);
Karumba, Jul 1960, Trapnell 186 (BRI); Bountiful
Islands, Wellesley Island Group, Mar 2008, Waterhouse
BMW7648 (BRI, CANB).
Distribution and habitat : Anisomeles
carpentarica is distributed from Karumba in
Queensland to Elcho Island in the Northern
Territory (Map 5). It mainly occurs in
littoral areas on old beach dunes, but it does
occasionally grow further inland on sandy
substrate.
Phenology : Flowers are recorded from
February to November; fruits are recorded
from April to November.
Notes : Anisomeles carpentarica is close to A.
moschata, but differs by the narrower leaves
(L/B ratio 27-4.1 times, compared to 2.1-2.8
times for A. moschata ), the longer bracteoles,
the calyx fringe hairs of uniform length
throughout, 0.15-0.35 mm long (longer
towards the sinus in A. moschata, ; 0.5-1 mm
long), and the numerous (20-100) trichomes
on the platform of the corolla (glabrous or <
20 hairs for A. moschata).
Conservation status : Least Concern.
Etymology : The epithet refers to the
distribution of this species which pre¬
dominantly fringes the Gulf of Carpentaria.
7. Anisomeles dallachyi A.R.Bean sp. nov.
pilis glandularibus abundantibus rachibus
calycibus insidentibus, foliis indumento
sparso in pagina superiore praeditis, pilis
marginalibus brevissimis loborum calycis
et nuculis 1.7-1.9 mm longis distinguitur.
Typus: Queensland. [North Kennedy
District]: Rockingham Bay, 27 April 1866, J.
Dallachy s.n. (holo: MEL 684769; iso: MEL
684766, MEL 684768, MEL 684770, MEL
684773, MEL 684774, MEL 684775, MEL
684776, MEL 684777, MEL 684778, MEL
684788).
Anisomeles salviifolia var. subtomentosa
Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 567 (1928), pro
parte. Type: Queensland. [North Kennedy
District]: Rockingham Bay, undated, J.
Dallachy s.n. (syn: K).
Erect or spreading shrub, height unknown.
Upper stems and rachises without patent
hispid hairs, or with patent hispid hairs; short
curved hairs retrorse, sparse or moderately
dense; stalked glandular hairs abundant;
sessile glands 16-80 mm 2 Cauline leaves
46-96 mm long, 16-44 mm wide, 2-3.3 times
longer than wide, base narrowly cuneate (<
60°) or attenuate; marginal lobes crenate or
dentate, irregular or regular, 14-23 on each
side, acute or obtuse, 0.5-2.4 mm deep;
petioles 12-33 mm long, 26-45% of lamina
length. Lamina upper surface indumentum
of erect or appressed, curved eglandular
hairs, 0.2-0.55 mm long, sparse (hairs > 0.2
mm apart), sessile glands 8-48 mm 2 ; lower
surface indumentum of erect or curved,
350
eglandular hairs, 0.15-0.3 mm long, sparse
(hairs > 0.2 mm apart) or moderately dense
(hairs 0.1-0.2 mm apart), sessile glands 48-
96 mm 2 ; transition from leaves to floral bracts
abrupt or gradual. Floral bracts lanceolate or
elliptical, 4-27 mm long, 1.5-8 mm wide,
not consistently exceeding verticils. Verticils
(inflorescence clusters) all separated on
rachis, cymes entirely monochasial or once
dichasial at base then monochasial, with 4-7
flowers per monochasium, peduncles 0-11
mm long on lowermost cluster; bracteoles
linear, 3.2-4.5 mm long, 0.3-0.6 mm wide.
Corolla tube same length as calyx; annulus
3.8-4.2 mm from base of corolla, annulus
hairs 0.25-0.3 mm long; upper lip elliptical,
3.5-47 mm long, with eglandular hairs on
outer surface or glabrous; lower lip 5.5-6.5
mm long to end of lateral lobes, 12-14 mm
long overall, glabrous on platform. Longest
stamens 13-13.5 mm long from base of
corolla tube; filament hairs 0.3-1.5 mm long,
mainly at distal end. Style 13.5-14 mm long;
longer stigma lobe 0.8-0.9 mm long, shorter
stigma lobe 0.4-0.6 mm long. Fruiting
calyces 1.8-4 mm apart on rachilla; fruiting
calyx cylindrical, 7.1-9 mm long, 27-3.8 mm
wide at lobe apices, 1.9-2.8 times longer than
wide, exterior surface with hairs all glandular,
or with some curved eglandular hairs 0.2-0.4
mm long also present, sessile glands 32-96
mm 2 ; lobes acute, 2.2-3 mm long. Fruiting
calyx fringe hairs about the same length
throughout, 0.1-0.15 mm long at apical end,
0.1-0.2 mm long at sinus end, sinus hairs
absent, inner surface of tube with sparse long
hairs in medial section or glabrous. Nutlets
17-1.9 mm long. Figs. 3F, 8G.
Additional specimens examined : Australia:
Queensland. North Kennedy District. Beside Old
Dalrymple Track near Cardwell, May 1975, Andrews 158
& Simon (BRI); Rockingham Bay, in 1870, Dallachy s.n.
(MEL 1551746, MEL 1551726).
Distribution and habitat : Anisomeles
dallachyi is endemic to Queensland. It is
known only from the Cardwell area on the
north-eastern coast (Map 1). It inhabits
eucalypt forest on sandy soils.
Phenology : Flowers and fruits have been
recorded in April and May.
Austrobaileya 9(3): 321-381 (2015)
Typification: There are 13 sheets of this
species at MEL that were collected by J.
Dallachy from Rockingham Bay. A close
examination of the 13 sheets of A. dallachyi
reveals that they are separable into two
“groups”, based on details of their morphology
and overall similarity. One group of 11 sheets
has plant material so similar that I regard it as
originating from a single gathering; one of the
sheets has an original Dallachy label giving
the date of collection as 27 th April 1866; this
sheet is selected as the holotype, and the
other 10 sheets are regarded as isotypes. The
labels of all 11 sheets have a “B” written on
the corner indicating that they were seen by
Bentham for Flora Australiensis.
The second group of two sheets has
material closely matching, but different in
leaf shape and indumentum to the first group;
one of these sheets has the date ‘1870’ on
the label, and neither sheet has a “B” on the
corner of its label.
The syntypes of Anisomeles salviifolia
var. subtomentosa at K comprise a mixture
of A. moschata and A. dallachyi. It is the
K specimens that Domin examined before
describing that variety (Orchard 1999); he did
not see material at MEL or R
Notes : The location of Dallachy’s type
collection can be inferred. On the 26 th April
1866, he collected Ficus copiosa Steud. at
Meunga Creek (a few km north of Cardwell)
(AVH 2015). On the 27 th April 1866, he
collected Cyperus decompositus (R.Br.)
F.Muell. (AVH 2015). This species is known
to occur on sand-ridges at the southern end
of Edmund Kennedy NP, about 2 km north of
Meunga Creek (specimen at BRI, Bean 3893).
This is a likely place for Dallachy’s collection
of the Anisomeles.
Anisomeles dallachyi is probably most
closely related to A. viscidula , but A. dallachyi
differs by the lack of glandular hairs on the
lower stems, the sparse hairs of the upper
leaf surface, the glabrous corolla platform,
the mostly shorter calyx fringe hairs, and the
shorter nutlets. The only other Anisomeles
species in the Cardwell area is A. moschata, A.
dallachyi is distinguished from A. moschata
Bean, Revision of Anisomeles
351
by the stalked glandular hairs on the upper
stems, rachises and calyces; the sparsely hairy
leaves; and the much shorter calyx fringe
hairs.
Conservation status : A status of Vulnerable,
criterion D2, is recommended (IUCN 2012).
Etymology : Named for John Dallachy
(18087-1871), collector of the type specimen.
Dallachy was a very well-known botanical
collector in Victoria, New South Wales and
Queensland. In the latter state, most of his
collections are from near Rockingham Bay
(Cardwell), where he lived from 1864 until his
death in 1871.
8. Anisomeles eriodes A.R.Bean sp.
nov. indumentis densissimis in caulibus
superioribus, folii indumentis lanatis
intricatis, tubo corollae quam calyce breviore,
labio inferiore corollae glabro et calycibus
fructificantibus 8.3-97 mm longitudine
distinguitur. Typus: Australia: Queensland.
Cook District: Olive River Environmental
Reserve, 0.5 km W by road of Bromley
Homestead, 14 June 2007, P.I. Forster
PIF32572 & K.R. McDonald (holo: BRI; iso:
MEL, NSW).
Anisomeles sp. (Agnew J.R.Clarkson 4993);
Bostock & Holland (2010, 2014).
Procumbent shrub, or erect or spreading
shrub, 0.4-1 m high. Upper stems and rachises
without patent hispid hairs; short curved hairs
retrorse or no fixed direction, very dense,
obscuring stem surface at x40 magnification;
stalked glandular hairs absent. Cauline leaves
50-100 mm long, 21-40 mm wide, 1.9-3.2
times longer than wide, base narrowly cuneate
(< 60°) or attenuate; marginal lobes dentate
or serrate, regular, 15-20 on each side, acute
or obtuse, 0.3-1.7 mm deep; petioles 8-14
mm long, 13-19% of lamina length. Lamina
upper surface indumentum lanate, tangled,
0.4-0.7 mm long, dense (hairs < 0.1 mm
apart) or very dense (obscuring surface at
x40 magnification), sessile glands 32-96
mm 2 ; lower surface indumentum lanate,
tangled, 0.4-0.7 mm long, dense (hairs <0.1
mm apart) or very dense, obscuring surface
at x40 magnification; transition from leaves
to floral bracts abrupt, or gradual. Floral
bracts elliptical, 8-34 mm long, 4-13 mm
wide, not consistently exceeding verticils.
Verticils (inflorescence clusters) overlapping
near apex or all separated on rachis, cymes
entirely monochasial or once dichasial at
base then monochasial, with 6-13 flowers per
monochasium, peduncles 0-3 mm long on
lowermost cluster; bracteoles spathulate or
linear, 3.5-6.1 mm long, 0.3-0.8 mm wide.
Corolla tube shorter than calyx; annulus
2.4-3 mm from base of corolla, annulus hairs
0.15-0.25 mm long; upper lip elliptical, 4.5-
5.5 mm long, with glandular hairs on outer
surface; lower lip pink or white, 5.6-73 mm
long to end of lateral lobes, 10.6-12.5 mm
long overall, glabrous on platform. Longest
stamens 11-12.5 mm long from base of corolla
tube; filament hairs 0.5-0.9 mm long, mainly
at distal end. Style 11-13 mm long; longer
stigma lobe 07-0.9 mm long, shorter stigma
lobe 0.4-0.5 mm long. Fruiting calyces 1-1.6
mm apart on rachilla; fruiting calyx narrowly
campanulate or cylindrical, 8.3-97 mm long,
4-4.9 mm wide at lobe apices, 17-2.4 times
longer than wide, exterior surface with all
hairs same size and type, hairs eglandular,
0.6-1 mm long; lobes acute, 2.5-3.3 mm long.
Fruiting calyx fringe hairs longer at sinus end
than at apical end, 0.2-0.35 mm long at apical
end, 0.8-1.1 mm long at sinus end, sinus hairs
absent, inner surface of tube with sparse long
hairs in medial section or glabrous. Nutlets
2-2.4 mm long. Figs. 3H, 9A.
Additional selected specimens examined: Australia:
Queensland. Cook District: 23.2 km from Peninsula
Development Road, towards Iron Range, Jul 1998, Bean
13618 (BRI); Archer River, Wenlock - Coen Road, Aug
1948, Brass 19773 (BRI, CANB, K); c. 60 km directly
NE of Weipa, Jun 2008, Byrd CA31 (BRI); 1 km N of
Batavia Landing on the Weipa - Mapoon Road, Aug
1983, Clarkson 4934 (BRI, CNS, K, MEL); Batavia
Downs, Shilling paddock, c. 0.5 km W of HS, Apr 1990,
Clarkson 8574 & Neldner (AD, BRI, DNA, L); 10.8
km east of Agnew airstrip on the track to Bertihaugh
Station, Aug 1983, Clarkson 4993 (BRI, PERTH);
Merapah Holding, corridor between Rokeby and Archer
Bend NP, 25 km NW of Ranger Station, Aug 1990,
Fell DF2154 (BRI); 2 km E of Mt Gibson, 16 km SSE
of Lakeland Downs, West Normanby River catchment.
May 1993, Fell DGF3295 & Daunt (BRI); slope of St
George granites, 9.3 km E of Maitland Downs HS, Jul
2003, Fox IDF2090 (BRI); Archer Bend NP, May 1988,
Godwin C3854 (BRI); 31.3 km along Pormpuraaw
Road from Peninsula Development Road, Aug 2008,
McDonald KRM7879 (BRI); Oyala Thumotang NP, 23
352
km by road W of Peninsula Development Road, Geike
Range, May 2013, McDonald KRM14197 & Winter
(BRI, DNA, HO); Running Creek Nature Refuge, Jun
2013, McDonald KRM14489 (BRI); Lama Lama NP,
between Goose and Bull Lagoons, Jun 2013, McDonald
KRM14578 (BRI, MEL); 50 km N of Weipa airport. Little
Scrub Creek, Feb 2009, Mitchell 6-190 & Massey (BRI,
MEL, PERTH); E of Falls Creek crossing on Kennedy
Road, Jun 1982, Morton AM1732 (BRI); Nichol Creek,
Kaanju nation, central Cape York, Aug 2007, Smith 5236
& Nelson (BRI, NSW); 30 km ESE of Weipa Mission,
Sampling Point 19, Jul 1974, Specht W377 & Salt (BRI);
E of Weipa on the Peninsula Development road, Feb
2000, Wannan 1608 & Jago (BRI); East of Musgrave,
Jun 2004, Wannan 3593 (BRI, CANB); Telegraph track,
‘Bamboo’, Cape York Peninsula, Jun 2008, Wannan 5219
& Graham (BRI).
Distribution and habitat: Anisomeles
eriodes is endemic to Queensland. It is
widely distributed on Cape York Peninsula
from NE of Weipa to Maitland Downs
(Map 5). It commonly grows in woodland
with Eucalyptus tetrodonta , E. cullenii or
Corymbia nesophila on hillsides or low
pebbly rises. The soil is sandy, often reddish
in colour.
Phenology: Flowers are recorded from
February to August; fruits from June to
August.
Notes: Two poor quality specimens from
hilly terrain south-west of Cooktown {Fell
DGF3295 & Daunt ; Fox IDF2090 ; cited
above) are disjunct from the main area of
A. eriodes , and are somewhat atypical in
appearance, but are included here with it. A.
eriodes is most likely to be confused with A.
ornans. See notes under that species.
Conservation status: Least Concern.
Etymology: The epithet is from the Greek
word eriodes , meaning Tike wool, woolly’
(Brown 1956). It refers to the woolly tomentum
of the leaves and stems in this species.
9. Anisomeles farinacea A.R.Bean sp. nov.
tomento densissimo caulibus et paginae
inferiori foliorum insidente, pilis 0.05-0.15
mm in paginae inferiori foliorum et pilis
20-100 labio inferiori corollae insidentibus
distinguitur. Typus: Australia: Western
Australia. Flint Creek Gorge, 9 km NW of
homestead, 28 June 1987, D.J. Edinger 496
(holo: BRI; iso: DNA, PERTH).
Austrobaileya 9(3): 321-381 (2015)
Erect or spreading shrub, 1-2 m high. Upper
stems and rachises without patent hispid
hairs; short curved hairs retrorse, very dense,
obscuring stem surface at *40 magnification;
stalked glandular hairs absent; sessile glands
96-240 mm 2 Cauline leaves 52-111 mm
long, 15-42 mm wide, 2.8-3.5 times longer
than wide, base narrowly cuneate (< 60°) or
attenuate; marginal lobes dentate or serrate,
irregular or regular, 8-24 on each side, acute
or obtuse, 0.6-2 mm deep; petioles 13-23 mm
long, 12-21% of lamina length. Famina upper
surface indumentum appressed, eglandular,
0.05-0.2 mm long, sparse (hairs > 0.2 mm
apart) or moderately dense (hairs 0.1-0.2 mm
apart) or dense (hairs < 0.1 mm apart), sessile
glands 16-96 mm 2 ; lower surface indumentum
erect or curved, eglandular or appressed,
eglandular 0.05-0.15 mm long, dense (hairs
< 0.1 mm apart), sessile glands 48-192 mm 2 ;
transition from leaves to floral bracts abrupt.
Floral bracts linear or lanceolate, 7-24
mm long, 1-5 mm wide, not consistently
exceeding verticils or consistently exceeding
verticils. Verticils (inflorescence clusters) all
separated on rachis, cymes once dichasial at
base then monochasial or twice dichasial (±
globose), with 2-9 flowers per monochasium,
peduncles 2-7 mm long on lowermost cluster;
bracteoles linear, 4-7.5 mm long, 0.35-0.6 mm
wide. Corolla tube longer than calyx; annulus
2.5-3.2 mm from base of corolla, annulus
hairs 0.2-0.25 mm long; upper lip ovate or
elliptical, 2-3.6 mm long, with glandular and
eglandular hairs on outer surface; lower lip
3-6.5 mm long to end of lateral lobes, 6.4-10
mm long overall, with 20-100 eglandular
hairs on platform. Fongest stamens 9.5-10
mm long from base of corolla tube; filament
hairs 0.5-0.8 mm long, mainly at distal end.
Style 9.5-10.5 mm long; longer stigma lobe
0.8-0.9 mm long, shorter stigma lobe 0.5-0.6
mm long. Fruiting calyces 1-2 mm apart on
rachilla; fruiting calyx cylindrical, 8.2-9 mm
long, 27-4.4 mm wide at lobe apices, 1.9-3
times longer than wide, exterior surface with
all hairs same size and type, hairs eglandular,
0.15-0.25 mm long, very dense, sessile glands
8-128 mm 2 ; lobes acute, 2-3.1 mm long.
Fruiting calyx fringe hairs longer at sinus end
than at apical end, 0.2-0.3 mm long at apical
Bean, Revision of Anisomeles
353
end, 0.8-1.1 mm long at sinus end, sinus hairs
absent, inner surface of tube with sparse long
hairs in medial section or glabrous. Nutlets
2-2.2 mm long. Figs. 31, 9B.
Additional specimens examined: Australia: Western
Australia. King Leopold Range, Gibb River road, 42.7
km SW of turnoff to Mt House Station, May 1985, Aplin
1020 et al. (NSW, PERTH); near headwaters of King
Creek, SSW of Mt Humbert, Yampi Peninsula, Yampi
Sound Defence Training Area, Mar 2001, Barrett RLB
2135 (PERTH); 13 miles [21 km] S of Halls Creek, Jul
1968, Beard 5533 (PERTH); between Silent Grove and
the Bell Gorge parking area, Aug 2005, Byrne 1610
(PERTH); S side of Cockburn Range, c. 6.5 km W of
King River, Jul 1974, Carr 3359 & Beauglehole 47138
(MEL, NSW, PERTH); 1 km NNW of Barker River
Gorge, Napier Range, Apr 1988, Cranfield 6466 (CANB,
K, PERTH); Fern Creek, King Leopold Range, Apr 1988,
Dunlop 7773 & Simon (BRI, DNA, PERTH); Devil’s
Pass, Napier Range, May 1905, Fitzgerald606 (PERTH);
near Mt Eliza, May 1905, Fitzgerald 734 (PERTH);
Silver Gull Creek at spring, c. 14 km SE of Cockatoo
Island, Apr 1983, Fryxell & Craven 3877 (CANB, MEL,
PERTH); between McDonald Range and Glenelg River,
Jul 1950, Gardner 9583 (NSW, PERTH); Fossil Downs,
Apr 1951, Gardner 10074 (PERTH); Lower western
slopes of Mt Bell, King Leopold Ranges, May 1988,
Goble-Garratt 617 (PERTH); Near Ord River, in 1884,
Johnston s.n. (MEL); 14 km SE of Mt Kitchener, Jun
1987, Kenneally 10549 & Hyland (PERTH); Wulwuldji
Spring, Bungle Bungle NP, Nov 1989, Menkhorst 907
(DNA, PERTH); Windjana Gorge NP, in immediate
vicinity of Carpenters Gap rockshelter, Jul 1997,
Wallis LW97A/13 (PERTH); Napier Range, south side,
Windjana Gorge NP, Jun 1988, Wilson 12799 (BRI,
PERTH); March Fly Creek, 85 km NE of Lennard River
crossing, Jun 1988, Wilson 12895 (PERTH). Northern
Territory. Gregory NP, tributary of Upper East Baines
River, 50 km from Bullita Outstation, Apr 1996, Walsh
4502 & Jones (DNA).
Distribution and habitat: Anisomeles
farinacea is widespread in the Kimberley
region of Western Australia, from Cockatoo
Island in the west to south-east of Kununnurra,
and is known from a single collection in the
Northern Territory (Map 2). It frequently
inhabits watercourses or creek-banks, with
genera such as Pandanus, Terminalia and
Livistona, but it also grows on limestone
hills or on sandstone (or even granite) scree
slopes with closed-forest species or woodland
species. Soil varies from sandy loam to black
clay.
Phenology: Flowers are recorded from March
to August; fruits are recorded from April to
October.
Notes: The colour of the corolla has been
variously described on herbarium labels as
mauve, purple, purple and white, blue, or
violet.
Anisomeles farinacea is closely related to
A. brevipilosa. Distinguishing features are
given under that species.
Conservation status: Least Concern.
Etymology: The epithet is from the Latin
farina , meaning flour, given in reference to
the very pale colour of the stems and lower
leaf surfaces.
10. Anisomeles grandibractea A.R.Bean
sp. nov. bracteis floralibus maximis, pilis
brevibus in pagina superiore, monochasiis
paucifloris et pilis marginalibus brevibus
insidentibus lobis calycis distinguitur. Typus:
Australia: Northern Territory. Deaf Adder
Gorge, 23 February 1977, C.R. Dunlop 4438
(holo: DNA; iso: MEL).
Erect or spreading shrub, 0.5-1.5 m high.
Upper stems and rachises without patent
hispid hairs, or with patent hispid hairs; short
curved hairs retrorse or antrorse, sparse or
moderately dense; stalked glandular hairs
absent; sessile glands 8-96 mm 2 Cauline
leaves 44-116 mm long, 27-62 mm wide,
1.5-3.5 times longer than wide, base obtuse,
broadly cuneate or narrowly cuneate (< 60°)
or attenuate; marginal lobes crenate, dentate
or serrate, regular, 12-27 on each side, acute
or obtuse, 0.3-2.2 mm deep; petioles 12-31
mm long, 16-40% of lamina length. Lamina
upper surface indumentum erect or curved,
eglandular, 0.2-0.7 mm long, sparse (hairs
> 0.2 mm apart) or moderately dense (hairs
0.1-0.2 mm apart), sessile glands 8-48 mm 2 ;
lower surface indumentum erect or curved,
eglandular, 0.3-0.6 mm long, moderately
dense (hairs 0.1-0.2 mm apart) or dense (hairs
< 0.1 mm apart), sessile glands 8-112 mm 2 ;
transition from leaves to floral bracts gradual.
Floral bracts elliptical, ovate or broadly-ovate,
12-78 mm long, 9-30 mm wide, consistently
exceeding verticils. Verticils (inflorescence
clusters) all separated on rachis, cymes once
dichasial at base then monochasial, or twice
dichasial, with 2-8 flowers per monochasium,
peduncles 0-7 mm long on lowermost cluster;
354
bracteoles spathulate or linear, 4.3-9.5 mm
long, 0.5-1.3 mm wide. Corolla tube longer
than calyx or the same length as calyx;
annulus 3.1-4 mm from base of corolla,
annulus hairs 0.2-0.3 mm long; upper lip
elliptical, 37-5.9 mm long, with eglandular
hairs on outer surface; lower lip 4.8-76 mm
long to end of lateral lobes, 8.5-14.5 mm
long overall, platform glabrous or with 1-20
eglandular hairs. Longest stamens 12.5-14.5
mm long from base of corolla tube; filament
hairs 0.5-1.4 mm long, mainly at distal end.
Style 13-15 mm long; longer stigma lobe 0.4-
0.7 mm long, shorter stigma lobe 0.3-0.55
mm long. Fruiting calyces 1-1.5 mm apart
on rachilla; fruiting calyx cylindrical, 8.7-11
mm long, 2.8-4.3 mm wide at lobe apices,
2.3-37 times longer than wide, exterior
surface with all hairs same size and type,
hairs eglandular, longest ones 0.25-0.6 mm
long, sessile glands 8-112 mm 2 ; lobes acute,
1.8-3.3 mm long. Fruiting calyx fringe hairs
about the same length throughout, 0.15-0.35
mm long at apical end, 0.15-0.4 mm long at
sinus end, sinus hairs absent, inner surface of
tube with dense ring of long hairs in medial
section or with sparse long hairs in medial
section or glabrous. Nutlets 1.8-2.1 mm long.
Figs. 3G, 4A, 8H, 9C
Additional specimens examined : Australia: Northern
Territory. Koolpin Gorge, Mar 1990, Brennan Brel90
(DNA); 20 km SE of Twin Falls, May 1980, Craven
5880 (CANB); Mt Brockman, Feb 1973, Dunlop 3323
(BRI, CANB, DNA, NT); SE of Mt Howship, Arnhem
land, Feb 1984, Dunlop 6628 & Russell-Smith (DNA);
Nourlangie Rock, along path to lookout, Feb 1987,
Gartrell & Cunliffe UNSW19974 (BRI, CANB, DNA);
14.5 km WNW of Twin Falls, May 1980, Lazarides
9106 (DNA, CANB, DNA); walking trail, Obiri Rocks,
Apr 1987, Purdie 3175 (CANB); top of Twin Falls,
Kakadu NP, Jun 1983, Russell-Smith 711 (DNA); 5 km
E of Winwuyurr Creek crossing. Kakadu NP, Feb 1984,
Russell-Smith 1102 (DNA); 6 km S of Oenpelli, Jul
1983, Russell-Smith 1167 (DNA); 10 km SW of Oenpelli
Aboriginal Settlement, May 1988, Weher 9890 (AD,
BRI, DNA).
Distribution and habitat : Anisomeles
grandibractea is endemic to the Northern
Territory. It is confined to the eastern parts
of Kakadu NP, and the Oenpelli area of
Arnhem Land (Map 7). It inhabits sandstone
plateaux and gorges, in eucalypt woodland or
Acacia scrub, and is often recorded from the
Austrobaileya 9(3): 321-381 (2015)
margins of monsoon vine forest in sandstone
gorges, with at least some sites dominated by
Allosyncarpia ternata S.T.Blake. Soils are
skeletal or sandy.
Phenology : Flowers are recorded between
February and July; fruits from March to July.
Notes : This species is characterised by
seemingly axillary inflorescences, due to the
floral bracts greatly exceeding the verticils.
One collection (Lazarides 9106 ) has antrorse
stem hairs, while other specimens have
retrorse hairs on the stem.
Anisomeles grandibractea has two forms.
The typical form has relatively shorter and
broad floral bracts, often brown tomentum
on new growth, long hairs (0.45-0.7 mm
long) on the upper leaf surface, long petioles
(27-40% of lamina length), and obtuse or
broadly cuneate leaf bases. The other form
(represented by e.g. Lazarides 9106, Dunlop
6628 & Russell-Smith ) has very long floral
bracts, no brownish tomentum, short hairs
(0.2-0.35 mm long) on the upper leaf surface,
shorter petioles (16-28% of lamina length),
and narrowly cuneate leaf bases. Further
study may reveal these forms to be separate
species.
Conservation status : Least Concern.
Etymology : The epithet alludes to the floral
bracts of this species, which consistently
exceed the verticils.
11. Anisomeles heyneana Benth. in
N.Wallich, PI. Asiat. Rar. 1: 59 (1830);
Anisomeles secunda O.Kuntze, Revis. Gen. PI.
2: 512 (1891), nom. illeg:, Epimeredi secundus
Rothm., Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 53:
12 (1944), nom. illeg. Type: India, undated,
B. Heyne s.n. [Wallich Cat. No. 2028] (lecto
[here designated]: K 001057386, image!).
Teucrium secundum Heyne, In Numer. List
[Wallich] n. 2028 (1829), nom. nud.
Erect or spreading shrub, 1.2-3 m high.
Upper stems and rachises without patent
hispid hairs; short curved hairs retrorse,
sparse; stalked glandular hairs absent; sessile
glands 8-16 mm 2 Cauline leaves 72-116 mm
long, 30-38 mm wide, 2.4-3.1 times longer
Bean, Revision of Anisomeles
355
than wide, base narrowly cuneate (< 60°) or
attenuate; marginal lobes dentate or serrate,
irregular or regular, 12-22 on each side,
acute, 0.5-2.3 mm deep; petioles 17-43 mm
long, 24-37% of lamina length. Lamina upper
surface indumentum appressed, eglandular,
0.6-0.7 mm long, sparse (hairs > 0.2 mm
apart), sessile glands 8-48 mm 2 ; lower surface
indumentum erect or curved, eglandular,
0.6-0.8 mm long, confined to veins or sparse
(hairs > 0.2 mm apart), sessile glands 48-128
mm 2 ; transition from leaves to floral bracts
abrupt. Floral bracts ovate, 3.5-14 mm long,
1.5- 7.5 mm wide, not consistently exceeding
verticils. Verticils (inflorescence clusters) all
separated on rachis, cymes once dichasial at
base then monochasial, with 4-8 flowers per
monochasium, peduncles 8-39 mm long on
lowermost cluster; bracteoles spathulate or
linear, 2.5-4.8 mm long, 0.3-1.2 mm wide.
Corolla tube same length as calyx; annulus
2.5- 3.5 mm from base of corolla, annulus
hairs 0.1-0.15 mm long; upper lip elliptical,
4.1-4.9 mm long, with eglandular hairs on
outer surface; lower lip 5-5.5 mm long to
end of lateral lobes, 9-10 mm long overall,
glabrous on platform or with 1-20 eglandular
hairs on platform. Longest stamens 11-12 mm
long from base of corolla tube; filament hairs
0.7-1.1 mm long, mainly along middle part.
Style 12-13 mm long; longer stigma lobe 0.6-
0.8 mm long, shorter stigma lobe 0.15-0.5
mm long. Fruiting calyces 1.3-3 mm apart on
rachilla; fruiting calyx cylindrical, 8-9.1 mm
long, 37-4.5 mm wide at lobe apices, 1.9-
2.2 times longer than wide, exterior surface
with hairs of different sizes or types, hairs
glandular and hairs eglandular, 0.4-0.9 mm
long, sessile glands 48-112 mm 2 ; lobes acute,
2.5- 3 mm long. Fruiting calyx fringe hairs
about the same length throughout or longer at
sinus end than at apical end, 0.2-0.3 mm long
at apical end, 0.2-0.8 mm long at sinus end,
sinus hairs absent or present, inner surface of
tube with sparse long hairs in medial section.
Nutlets 1.8-2.1 mm long. Figs. 4B, 9D.
Western Hill catmint.
Additional specimens examined : India. Karjat, North
Konkan, Jan 1949, Fernandes 26 (A); near Dudh
Sagor, Nov 1949, Fernandes 5430 (K); Londa, Bombay
Presidency, Jan 1950, Fernandes 1012 (K); Nil-Gherries,
1857-58, Perrottet (G); Hosangadi, Karnataka State, Jan
1939, Raja 6340 (MH); below Phonda Ghat, Jan 1853,
Ritchie 540 (E); near Kanheri Caves [between Thane &
Borivali], Bombay presidency, Oct 1945, Sinclair 4562
(E); Concan [Konkan], undated. Stocks s.n. (BRI, G, L,
MH, NY, P).
Distribution and habitat : Anisomeles
heyneana is endemic to India. It occurs close
to the west coast (Western Ghats), from
Hosangadi to Mumbai (Map 6). None of
the specimen labels include information on
habitat; however, Efloraofindia (2007-2015)
gives its habitat as “near forest clearing on
hills and slopes”.
Phenology : Flowers are recorded for January,
October, and November; fruits in January.
Notes : Bentham, in the protologue,
distinguished Anisomeles heyneana
by the secund (one-sided) pedunculate
inflorescences, the long ascending branches
and the small leaves. It is true that in A.
heyneana , one of the cymes at each verticil
sometimes does not develop forming a
secund inflorescence, but this is not a reliable
difference.
Anisomeles heyneana is most likely to be
confused with the sympatric A. indica , from
which it differs by the narrower and often
smaller leaves, the verticils all separated
along the rachis, the long peduncle of the
lower verticils, the white corolla, and the
glabrous or sparsely hairy corolla platform.
Conservation status: Data Deficient.
12. Anisomeles indica (L.) Kuntze, Revis.
Gen. PI. 2: 512 (1891); Nepeta indica L.,
Sp. PI. 2: 571 (1753); Epimeredi indicus (L.)
Rothm., Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 53: 12
(1944). Type: Habitat in India (lecto: LINN
726.28, fide Cramer 1981).
Ballota disticha L., Mant. PI. 1: 83 (1767);
Ajuga disticha (L.) Roxb., Hort. Bengal. 44
(1814); Anisomeles disticha (L.) B.Heyne ex
Roth, Nov. PI. Sp:. 254 (1821); Nepeta disticha
(L.) Blume, Bijdr. 823 (1826). Type: Habitat
in India (lecto: LINN 1211, fide Cramer 1981).
356
Monarda zeylanica Burm.fi, FI. Ind.
(N.L.Burman) 12 (1768). Type citation:
Habitat in Zeylona. Types: Ceylon, 1672-
1677, P. Hermann (syn: BM 000621817); t.
71, J. Burman, Thesaurus Zeylanica (syn: the
illustration).
Marrubium indicum Burm.f., FI. Ind.
(N.L.Burman) 127 (1768). Type citation:
Habitat in Zeylona & Java. Types: Ceylon,
1672-1677, P. Hermann (syn: BM 000621817);
t. 71, J. Burman, Thesaurus Zeylanica (syn:
the illustration).
Nepeta amboinica L.f., Suppl. PI. 273 (1782).
Type citation: Habitat in Amboina. Types:
Nepeta indica rotundiore folio, PI. Hist. Univ.,
pt. 3, p. 415 (1699) (syn: the illustration, n.v).
Lamium garganicum Lour., FI. Cochinch.
365 (1790), nom. illeg., non L. (1763). Type
citation: incultum in Cochinchina & China.
Ballota mauritiana Pers., Syn. PI. [Persoon]
2: 126 (1806). Type: Isle de France, P.
Commerson s.n. (syn: P, image!).
Anisomeles ovata R.Br. in W.T.Aiton, Hortus
Kew. ed. 2, 3: 364 (1811), nom. illeg. [Ballota
disticha L. cited in synonymy]. Type:
probably a cultivated plant, n.v.
Anisomeles ovata var. glabrata Benth. in
Wall., PI. Asiat. Rar. 1: 59 (1830). Types:
Nepal. Hetaundah, 13 December 1826, N.
Wallich s.n. [Wallich Cat. No. 2041] (syn: K
000674248); India. Goalpara, 14 November
1808, F. Buchanan-Hamilton s.n. [Wallich
Cat. No. 2041] (syn: K 000674247).
Anisomeles ovata var. mollissima Benth. in
Wall., PI. Asiat. Rar. 1: 59 (1830); A. indica
var. mollissima (Benth.) Backer, FI. Java 2:
624 (1965). Type citation: “Prome, Taong
Dong et Sillet” Type: Bangladesh. Sylhet, N.
Wallich s.n. [Wallich Cat. No. 2039] (syn: K
[3 specimens]).
Phlomis alba Blanco, FI. Filip. 474 (1837),
nom. illeg., non Forrsk. (1775).
Anisomeles cuneata J.Jacq. ex Fenzl, Eel.
PI. Rar. 2: no. 27, t. 127 (1844). Type:
the illustration, t. 127 (lectotype [here
designated]).
Austrobaileya 9(3): 321-381 (2015)
Anisomeles malabarica var. albiflora Hassk.,
PI. Jav. Rar.: 485 (1848); Anisomeles albiflora
(Hassk.) Miq., FI. Ned. Ind. 2: 976 (1859); A.
indica var. albiflora (Hassle.) Backer, FI. Java
2: 624 (1965). Type: not cited.
Anisomeles ovata var. serratifolia Miq.,
FI. Ind. Bat. 2: 975 (1859). Type: Java, C.L.
Blume (syn: ?L, n.v)\ Borneo, P.W. Korthals
(syn: ?L, n.v).
Lophanthus argyi H.Lev., Repert. Spec.
Nov. Regni Veg. 12: 181 (1913). Type: China.
Kiang-sou [Jiangsu Sheng]: Zou-se, Vous-sie,
Sou-Tcheou, undated, P.C. dArgy s.n. (holo:
E, fruiting material only).
Anisomeles tonkinensis Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot.
France 65: 65 (1918). Type: Vietnam. Tonkin,
ad Hanoi, August 1908, A.C. DAlleizette 184
(syn: P 04443001).
Erect or spreading shrub, 0.8-2 m high. Upper
stems and rachises without patent hispid
hairs; short curved hairs retrorse, sparse to
dense; stalked glandular hairs absent; sessile
glands 8-64 mm 2 Cauline leaves 55-123 mm
long, 27-76 mm wide, 1.3-2 times longer than
wide, base obtuse or broadly cuneate (> 60°);
marginal lobes crenate or dentate or serrate,
irregular or regular, 11-22 on each side, acute
or obtuse, 0.8-4 mm deep; petioles 12-40
mm long, 22-35% of lamina length. Lamina
upper surface indumentum erect or curved,
eglandular or appressed, eglandular 0.6-1.2
mm long, sparse (hairs >0.2 mm apart) or
moderately dense (hairs 0.1-0.2 mm apart) or
dense (hairs < 0.1 mm apart), sessile glands
8-32 mm 2 ; lower surface indumentum erect or
curved, eglandular or appressed, eglandular
0.5-1.4 mm long, confined to veins or sparse
(hairs > 0.2 mm apart) or moderately dense
(hairs 0.1-0.2 mm apart) or dense (hairs
<0.1 mm apart), sessile glands 8-64 mm 2 ;
transition from leaves to floral bracts abrupt
or gradual. Floral bracts ovate, 7-15 mm long,
3-10 mm wide, not consistently exceeding
verticils. Verticils (inflorescence clusters) all
overlapping, forming continuous terminal
inflorescence or overlapping near apex, cymes
once dichasial at base then monochasial or
twice dichasial (± globose), with 3-5 flowers
per monochasium, peduncles 0-10 mm long
Bean, Revision of Anisomeles
357
on lowermost cluster; bracteoles spathulate
or linear, 27-4.2 mm long, 0.2-0.5 mm
wide. Corolla tube longer than calyx, or
same length as calyx; annulus 3-4 mm from
base of corolla, annulus hairs 0.2-0.3 mm
long; upper lip elliptical, 4.9-6.4 mm long,
with eglandular hairs on outer surface or
glabrous; lower lip 4.4-7.5 mm long to end of
lateral lobes, 10.2-11.8 mm long overall, with
more than 100 eglandular hairs on platform.
Longest stamens 13.5-17 mm long from base
of corolla tube; filament hairs 0.9-1.5 mm
long, mainly along middle part. Style 14-18
mm long; longer stigma lobe 0.6-0.9 mm
long, shorter stigma lobe 0.4-0.8 mm long.
Fruiting calyces 1-2 mm apart on rachilla;
fruiting calyx obconical, 7.2-10.8 mm long,
5-7.5 mm wide at lobe apices, 1.3-2 times
longer than wide, exterior surface with hairs
of different sizes or types or with all hairs
same size and type, hairs glandular or hairs
eglandular, 0.6-2 mm long, sessile glands
16-96 mm 2 ; lobes attenuate or acute, 3-5 mm
long. Fruiting calyx fringe hairs about the
same length throughout, 0.15-0.3 mm long
at apical end, 0.15-0.3 mm long at sinus end,
sinus hairs absent, inner surface of tube with
dense ring of long hairs in medial section or
with sparse long hairs in medial section or
glabrous. Nutlets 1.7-1.9 mm long. Figs. 4D,
7G, 9E.
Additional selected specimens examined : Caribbean.
Seamens Valley, Portland, Jamaica, Feb 1920, Maxon
& Killip 72 (A). Mauritius. lie de France, undated,
Commerson 263 (L). Pakistan, below the Lowari Pass,
Sep 1895, Gatacre 17411 (BM). India. Mawryngkneng,
Khasi Hills, Assam, Oct 1951, Chand 5035 (L); Dehra
Dun and vicinity, Nov 1927, Singh 287 (NY). Sri
Lanka. Pitiduwa, Galle district, Oct 1971, Cramer
3423 (L). Maldives. Hitaddu Islet, Sep 1964, Sigee
116 (BM). Nepal. SE of Thagaon, above Bhotekoshi
Nadi, Sep 2011, Watson EKS1N14 et al. (E). Thailand.
Huay Bankau, Nov 1971, Beusekom 3559 et al. (L);
Ban Bing Khong, Chiang Mai province, Oct 1987,
Maxwell 87-1309 (L). Laos. Along path to Ban Silia,
Khammouan, Oct 2005, Newman et al. LA0486 (E).
China. Pak Shik Ling and vicinity, Oct 1932, Lei 110
(NY); Dinghu Mountains, Oct 1963, Ting & Shih 1078
(L). Japan. Miyako Island, Ryukyus, Jan 1940, Naiko
s.n. (L). Philippines. Mindanao: Zamboanga, Feb 1904,
Hallier 4619 (L). Fiji. Levuka, May 1923, Greenwood
583 (BRI). Indonesia. Java: Buitenzorg, Oct 1922,
Bakhuizen van den Brink 1939 (L). Sulawesi: Minanga,
Dec 1895, Koorders 17361B (L). Lesser Sunda Islands:
Kada, Timor, Jul 1970, Kooy 751 (L); Komodo Island,
Jun 1982, Verheijen 4921 (L). Papua: N of Andjai village,
Kebar Valley, Nov 1954, van Royen 5023 (L). Australia.
Christmas Island, Stubbings Point, W side of South
Point, Jun 1984, Mitchell 32 (AD, CANB).
Distribution and habitat : Anisomeles indica
is a widespread and common species. It
is indigenous in southern Asia, including
Pakistan, India, Sri Lanka, Maldives, Nepal,
Bhutan, Bangladesh, Burma, Thailand, Laos,
Malaysia, Vietnam, China, Taiwan, Japan,
Philippines and Indonesia (including Papua).
From its eastern extent, the Ryukyu Islands
of southern Japan, it extends west to Pakistan,
north to the foothills of the Himalayas, and
south to Java and Christmas Island, the latter
being an external territory of Australia (Map
4). It grows on a wide range of habitats from
steep mountain slopes to alluvial flats, and on
sandy or clayey soils.
The African Plants Database (APD
2013) states that A. indica is naturalized
in Madagascar. Hedge (1998) cited two
specimens for Madagascar, commenting that
“Perhaps A. indica is present in Madagascar,
but this has never been confirmed, even as
an introduced species”. Baker (1877) stated
that the occurrences of A. ovata (=A. indica)
on nearby Mauritius were naturalisations.
Naturalised populations also occur at Fiji,
Samoa, Trinidad and Jamaica.
Phenology : Flowers and fruits have been
recorded from every month of the year.
Nomenclature : Govaerts et al. (2013) have
listed Anisomeles cuneata as a synonym
of A. malabarica. However, the very good
illustration in the protologue undoubtedly
depicts A. indica. The protologue states that
the plant originated in India, and seeds (sent
from England) were raised at Vienna botanical
garden. No specimen matching the protologue
is present at W (A. Lockher, pers. comm.
July 2013). In the absence of a specimen, the
illustration in the protologue is considered the
type of the name. Fenzl’s name appears after
the descriptive paragraph, indicating that he
wrote the validating description, though he
credits Jacquin with the species epithet.
The Rheede syntype of Nepeta amboinica
is referable to Anisochilus carnosus (L.f.)
Wall. (Suddee & Paton 2009).
358
Notes : Anisomeles indica is a very
widespread species and is accordingly very
variable. It is most readily recognised by its
obconical fruiting calyces, which are usually
considerably less than twice as long as they
are wide. All other species have fruiting
calyces that are cylindrical or at most narrowly
campanulate. The calyx fringe hairs of A.
indica are very short throughout, in contrast
to all other Asian species.
The syntypes of A. indica var. mollissima
possess a much denser indumentum and
more numerous leaf lobes than the type of
A. indica , and on that basis it is tempting
to recognise it as a distinct species, but it is
possible to find A. indica specimens with
a range of indumentum densities and leaf
lobe numbers, so that recognition even at
varietal rank seems unwise. Furthermore, the
tomentose specimens seem to have no ‘core’
distribution; they occur in Nepal, eastern
India and Sumatra.
From my study of herbarium specimens,
1 conclude that the variation in fruiting calyx
size, leaf size and shape, flower size, and
indumentum density for A. indica appears to
be continuous, and hence no infraspecific taxa
are proposed. However, a careful field-based
study may yet find that distinct taxa exist.
Conservation status : Least Concern.
13. Anisomeles inodora R.Br., Prodr. FI.
Nov. Holl. 503 (1810); Anisomeles salviifolia
var. denudata Domin, Repert. Spec. Nov.
Regni Veg. 12: 98 (1913), nom. illeg ;; A.
salviifolia var. inodora (R.Br.) Domin,
Biblioth. Bot. 89: 567 (1928); Epimeredi
inodorus (R.Br.) Rothm., Repert. Spec. Nov.
Regni Veg. 53: 12 (1944). Type: [Australia:
Northern Territory], Arnhem North Bay
[Melville Bay], 14 February 1803, R. Brown
s.n. [Bennett Number 2356] (lecto: BM
001041066 [here designated]; isolecto: BM
001041067, E 00649578).
Procumbent or erect to spreading shrub, 0.6-
2 m high. Upper stems and rachises without
patent hispid hairs, or rarely with patent hispid
hairs; short curved hairs retrorse, sparse or
moderately dense; stalked glandular hairs
absent; sessile glands 48-112 mm 2 Cauline
Austrobaileya 9(3): 321-381 (2015)
leaves 38-115 mm long, 12-43 mm wide,
I. 9-3.4 times longer than wide, base obtuse or
broadly cuneate (> 60°) or narrowly cuneate
(< 60°) or attenuate; marginal lobes crenate
or serrate, irregular or regular, 7-24 on each
side, obtuse, 0.5-3 mm deep; petioles 7-42
mm long, 20-60% of lamina length. Lamina
upper surface indumentum erect or curved,
eglandular, 0.15-0.25 mm long, confined to
midrib or sparse (hairs > 0.2 mm apart) or
moderately dense (hairs 0.1-0.2 mm apart),
sessile glands 8-48 mm 2 ; lower surface
indumentum erect or curved, eglandular,
0.15-0.25 mm long, confined to veins or
sparse (hairs >0.2 mm apart) or moderately
dense (hairs 0.1-0.2 mm apart), sessile glands
80-144 mm 2 ; transition from leaves to floral
bracts abrupt. Floral bracts lanceolate or
elliptical, 9-31 mm long, 3-11 mm wide, not
consistently exceeding verticils. Verticils
(inflorescence clusters) all separated on
rachis, cymes entirely monochasial or once
dichasial at base then monochasial, with 3-14
flowers per monochasium, peduncles 0-19
mm long on lowermost cluster; bracteoles
spathulate or linear, 27-5.8 mm long, 0.3-1.1
mm wide. Corolla tube longer than calyx, or
same length as calyx; annulus 2.3-3.3 mm
from base of corolla, annulus hairs 0.25-0.3
mm long; upper lip elliptical, 4.8-5.8 mm
long, with glandular hairs on outer surface or
with eglandular hairs on outer surface; lower
lip purple or pink, 6.3-76 mm long to end
of lateral lobes, 11.7-13.6 mm long overall,
glabrous on platform. Longest stamens
II. 5-12.5 mm long from base of corolla tube;
filament hairs 0.8-1.5 mm long, mainly at
distal end. Style 12.5-13.5 mm long; longer
stigma lobe 07-0.8 mm long, shorter stigma
lobe 0.45-0.55 mm long. Fruiting calyces 1.3-
3.8(—12) mm apart on rachilla; fruiting calyx
cylindrical, 7-9.3 mm long, 3.1-3.5 mm wide
at lobe apices, 2.1-2.9 times longer than wide,
exterior surface with hairs of different sizes
or types or with all hairs same size and type,
hairs glandular or hairs eglandular, 0.1-0.9
mm long, sessile glands 112-208 mm 2 ; lobes
acute, 1.5-2.8 mm long. Fruiting calyx fringe
hairs longer at sinus end than at apical end,
0.15-0.3 mm long at apical end, 0.6-1.1 mm
long at sinus end, sinus hairs absent, inner
Bean, Revision of Anisomeles
359
surface of tube with dense ring of long hairs
in medial section or with sparse long hairs in
medial section or glabrous. Nutlets 1.8-2.2
mm long. Figs. 4C, 9F.
Additional selected specimens examined : Australia:
Western Australia. Mitchell Plateau, N of mining
camp, Aug 1978, Beauglehole 59057 & Errey (PERTH);
Mt Barnett, Jun 1905, Fitzgerald 1093 (PERTH); 17 km
from camp towards Pt Warrender, Mitchell Plateau,
Apr 1982, Keighery 4824 (PERTH); Camp Creek, near
bauxite crusher, Mitchell Plateau, Jan 1982, Kenneally
7987 (PERTH); N end of Bougainville Peninsula
separating Admiralty Gulf and Vansittart Bay, Apr
1982, Kenneally 8091 (AD, K, PERTH); 21 km N of
mining camp, Mitchell Plateau, May 1982, Kenneally
8194 (PERTH); Cape Anjo, Jul 1973, Wilson 11296
(PERTH). Northern Territory. Nhulunbuy, Gove
Peninsula, Jun 1982, Him 134 (DNA); Cape Arnhem,
Mar 1995, Barritt 1729 (DNA, MEL); 5 km NNE of
Gwapilina Point, Port Bradshaw, Feb 1994, Brennan
2478 (DNA); Truant Island, English Company Islands,
Jul 1992, Leach 3012 (BRI, DNA); Black Point, Cobourg
Peninsula, May 1983, Wightman 402 (BRI, CANB,
DNA, MEL); Latram River, NE Arnhem Land, Feb
1988, Wightman 4163 (BRI, DNA, MEL); Giddy River
crossing, Nhulunbuy area. May 1989, Wightman 4706
(BRI, DNA). Queensland. Cook District: near Little
Laura River, SSW of Laura, Jul 1990, Bean 1681 (BRI);
Newcastle Bay, 2.5 miles [4 km] S of Somerset, May
1948, Brass 18756 (A, BRI, L); 10.2 km S of Batavia
Downs on the Peninsula Development Road, Apr 1990,
Clarkson 8432 & Neldner (BRI); Cape Melville NP, 8
km SSW of Cape Melville, Jul 1993, Fell DGF3364 &
Stanton (BRI, CANB); 102 km NW of Coen, boundary
of Archer Bend NP and Merluna Holding, Jun 1994,
Fell DGF4413 & Buck (BRI); Batavia Downs, 7.2 km
W by road of Bromley HS, towards Moreton Telegraph
Station, Jun 2007, Forster PIF32757 & McDonald (BRI,
NSW); Normanby Holding, Duffers Creek catchment, N
of Battle Camp Road, Jun 2007, Forster PIF32933 (BRI);
Snake Creek, Gulf of Carpentaria, 35 km NNW of Delta
Downs HS, Jun 2003, Fox 1DF1791 (BRI); Hammond
Island, Jul 1974, Heatwole 207 & Cameron (BRI); c. 18
km W of Cholmondeley Creek crossing, on Telegraph
Line road. Mar 1992, Johnson 5162 (BRI, NSW); Middle
Creek ridge, Errk Oykangand NP, Jun 2010, McDonald
KRM9440 & Little (BRI); Running Creek Nature Refuge.
Scrubby Lagoon, Jun 2013, McDonald KRM14501 (AD,
BRI); Pormpuraaw, Chapman Point camping ground, 1.9
km S of township. May 2009, McKenna SGM512 (BRI,
CANB, CNS); Weipa, edge of Lake Patricia vine scrub.
Mar 1980, Morton AM680 (BRI); Chuula Outstation,
Kaanju Nation, central Cape York, May 2005, Smith
4862 & Claudie (BRI); Roberts Creek, Squatter camp,
Weipa, Apr 2008, Stephensen KFS38 (BRI, CANB);
Rutland Plains, near mouth of Mitchell River, Jun 1943,
Whitehouse s.n. (BRI [AQ160159]).
Distribution and habitat : Anisomeles
inodora occurs in the northern Kimberley area
of Western Australia, in coastal parts of the
‘Top End’, Northern Territory, and throughout
Cape York Peninsula in Queensland (Map
7). It inhabits sandy soils in open eucalypt
woodland and forest, and occasionally on
sandstone outcrops.
Phenology : Flowers from February to
October; fruits from April to October.
Notes : This species is allied to Anisomeles
moschata, but differs by the shorter leaf hairs,
the sparser indumentum on the lower leaf
surface, the longer lower lip of the corolla,
the glabrescent stems and calyces glabrous or
with a few hairs along the ribs.
Specimens from the Faura region of
Queensland have particularly widely spaced
flowers and fruits and quite narrow leaves, but
from herbarium study, I am unsure whether
there is a discontinuity between this form
and typical A. inodora. Specimens from the
Kimberley region of Western Australia also
have widely spaced flowers and fruits and
narrow leaves, and they have shorter calyx
fringe-hairs than the typical form. Further
study may reveal that a taxonomic distinction
is warranted for these populations.
Conservation status : Least Concern.
14. Anisomeles languida A.R.Bean
sp. nov. habitu prostrato, praesentia
pilorum hispidorum patentium in caulibus
superioribus, pilis 1-2.4 mm longitudine foliis
calycibusque insidentibus, in pagina superiore
folii appressis, calycibus fructificantibus late
dispositis et labio inferiore corollae glabro
distinguitur. Typus: Australia: Queensland.
Cook District: Isabella Falls, Battlecamp
Road, NW of Cooktown, 7 June 2013, K.R.
McDonald KRM14297 (holo: BRI; iso: MEF,
NSW).
Prostrate shrub, 0.1-0.2 m high. Upper stems
and rachises with patent hispid hairs; short
curved hairs retrorse, sparse or moderately
dense; stalked glandular hairs absent; sessile
glands 8-64 mm 2 . Cauline leaves 55-78 mm
long, 27-37 mm wide, 1.9-2.4 times longer
than wide, base obtuse or broadly cuneate (>
60°) or narrowly cuneate (< 60°) or attenuate;
marginal lobes crenate, irregular or regular,
12-16 on each side, acute or obtuse, 0.6-1.8
360
mm deep; petioles 11-30 mm long, 18-45%
of lamina length. Lamina upper surface
indumentum appressed, eglandular, 1-2
mm long, sparse (hairs > 0.2 mm apart) or
moderately dense (hairs 0.1-0.2 mm apart),
sessile glands 32-96 mm 2 ; lower surface
indumentum erect or curved, eglandular or
appressed, eglandular 1-1.6 mm long, sparse
(hairs > 0.2 mm apart) or moderately dense
(hairs 0.1-0.2 mm apart) or dense (hairs <
0.1 mm apart), sessile glands 64-128 mm 2 ;
transition from leaves to floral bracts abrupt.
Floral bracts elliptical or ovate, 6-27 mm
long, 2.5-10 mm wide, not consistently
exceeding verticils. Verticils (inflorescence
clusters) all separated on rachis, cymes
entirely monochasial or once dichasial at
base then monochasial, with 4-9 flowers per
monochasium, peduncles 0-5.5 mm long
on lowermost cluster; bracteoles spathulate,
2.5- 67 mm long, 0.3-0.8 mm wide. Corolla
tube longer than calyx, or same length as
calyx; annulus 2.5-3.2 mm from base of
corolla, annulus hairs 0.15-0.2 mm long;
upper lip elliptical, 4-5.1 mm long, with
eglandular hairs on outer surface; lower
lip purple or pink, 5.6-6.9 mm long to end
of lateral lobes, 11-14.5 mm long overall,
glabrous on platform. Longest stamens
11.5- 13.5 mm long from base of corolla tube;
filament hairs 1.1-1.5 mm long, mainly along
middle part or mainly at distal end. Style
11.5- 14 mm long; longer stigma lobe 0.6-0.8
mm long, shorter stigma lobe 0.4-0.45 mm
long. Fruiting calyces 1.7-4.4 mm apart on
rachilla; fruiting calyx narrowly campanulate
or cylindrical, 6.9-9 mm long, 3.2-4.3 mm
wide at lobe apices, 2.1-2.4 times longer than
wide, exterior surface with all hairs same
size and type, hairs eglandular, 1.1-2.4 mm
long, sessile glands 16-96 mm 2 ; lobes acute,
1.8-3.1 mm long. Fruiting calyx fringe hairs
about the same length throughout, 0.15-0.25
mm long at apical end, 0.15-0.4 mm long at
sinus end, sinus hairs absent, inner surface of
tube with sparse long hairs in medial section
or glabrous. Nutlets 2.1-2.4 mm long. Figs.
1A, IB, 2A, 4E, 9G.
Additional specimens examined : Australia:
Queensland. Cook District: Isabella Falls, near
Cooktown, May 1970, Blake 23444 (BRI, CANB, L,
MEL, PERTH); Lockerbie, 10 miles [16 km] WSW of
Austrobaileya 9(3): 321-381 (2015)
Somerset, Apr 1948, Brass 18404 (BRI, CANB, L);
Bridge Creek Holding (proposed NP), upper Bridge
Creek catchment, NW of Cooktown, Apr 2010,
Forster PIF36462 & Thomas (BRI); Bridge Creek
Holding (proposed NP), S of Battle Camp road, NW
of Cooktown, May 2010, Forster P1F36860 & Thomas
(BRI); Cape Melville NP, Nookai Creek, May 2014,
McDonald KRM15738 (BRI, NSW); Big Fish Camp
waterhole. Silver Plains station, Jun 2014, McDonald
KRM16018 (BRI, DNA, MEL).
Distribution and habitat : Anisomeles
languida is endemic to Queensland. It occurs
in four disjunct areas of Cape York Peninsula,
viz. Battle Camp road near Cooktown, Cape
Melville, Silver Plains, and Lockerbie (Map
2). It grows in riparian woodland, or its margin
with Eucalyptus woodland on sandstone or
granite hillslopes.
Phenology : Flowers have been recorded from
April to June; fruits in May and June.
Notes: Anisomeles languida is distinguished
by the prostrate habit, the presence of patent
hispid hairs on the upper stems, the hairs
1-2.4 mm long on leaves and calyces, the
hairs appressed on the upper leaf surface,
the widely spaced fruiting calyces, and the
glabrous platform of the corolla.
Conservation status : Least Concern.
Etymology: From the Latin languidus,
meaning listless or weary. This is an oblique
reference to the prostrate habit of the plant; it
seems too weary to battle against gravity.
15. Anisomeles lappa A.R.Bean sp. nov.
habitu prostrato vel procumbente, pilis
hispidis crebris caulibus insidentibus, foliis
basalibus paribus 4-10 loborum marginalium
praeditis, monochasiis paucifloris et bracteis
floralibus longitudine verticillos superantibus
distinguitur. Typus: Australia: Queensland.
Cook District: 1 km S of Lappa on Mt Garnet
Road, 12 April 2005, P.I. Forster PIF30742 &
K.R. McDonald (holo: BRI; iso: MEL, NSW).
Anisomeles salviifolia var. tomentoso-hirsuta
Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 567 (1928). Type:
Australia: Queensland. Cook District: Walsh
River near Chillagoe, February 1910, K.
Domin s.n. (holo: PR 530817).
Prostrate or procumbent shrub, 0.15-0.5
m high. Upper stems and rachises with
Bean, Revision of Anisomeles
361
patent hispid hairs; short curved hairs
retrorse, moderately dense or dense; stalked
glandular hairs absent; sessile glands 8-80
mm 2 Cauline leaves 26-49 mm long, 12-25
mm wide, 2-3.3 times longer than wide,
base narrowly cuneate (< 60°) or attenuate;
marginal lobes dentate or serrate, irregular or
regular, 4-10 on each side, acute or obtuse,
0.9-1.5 mm deep; petioles 4-13 mm long, 11-
33% of lamina length. Lamina upper surface
indumentum erect or curved, eglandular,
0.4-1 mm long, sparse (hairs < 0.2 mm apart)
or moderately dense (hairs 0.1-0.2 mm apart),
sessile glands 8-64 mm 2 ; lower surface
indumentum erect or curved, eglandular,
0.4-07 mm long, confined to veins or
moderately dense (hairs 0.1-0.2 mm apart),
sessile glands 64-112 mm 2 ; transition from
leaves to floral bracts gradual. Floral bracts
16-46 mm long, 8-17 mm wide, consistently
exceeding verticils. Verticils (inflorescence
clusters) all separated on rachis, cymes once
dichasial at base then monochasial, with 3-7
flowers per monochasium, peduncles 1-6 mm
long on lowermost cluster; bracteoles obovate
or spathulate, 4-13 mm long, 0.7-5 mm wide.
Corolla tube longer than calyx, or same
length as calyx; annulus 2.2-3 mm from base
of corolla, annulus hairs 0.1-0.3 mm long;
upper lip ovate or elliptical, 4.1-6.2 mm long,
with glandular hairs on outer surface; lower
lip 6.2-77 mm long to end of lateral lobes,
14-15.5 mm long overall, glabrous or with
1-20 eglandular hairs on platform. Longest
stamens 13-15 mm long from base of corolla
tube; filament hairs 0.9-1.3 mm long, mainly
at distal end. Style 13-15 mm long; longer
stigma lobe 0.65-0.8 mm long, shorter stigma
lobe 0.45-0.5 mm long. Fruiting calyces
1-2 mm apart on rachilla; fruiting calyx
cylindrical, 7-10 mm long, 4.3-5.5 mm wide
at lobe apices, 17-2.5 times longer than wide,
exterior surface with hairs of different sizes
or types or with all hairs same size and type,
hairs eglandular, 0.4-1.9 mm long, sessile
glands 32-96 mm 2 ; lobes acute, 2-3 mm
long. Fruiting calyx fringe hairs about the
same length throughout, 0.15-0.3 mm long at
apical end, 0.15-0.25 mm long at sinus end,
sinus hairs absent, inner surface of tube with
dense ring of long hairs in medial section or
with sparse long hairs in medial section or
glabrous. Nutlets 2.1-2.5 mm long. Figs. 4F,
7E, 9H.
Additional selected specimens examined: Australia:
Queensland. Cook District: Alma-den, undated, Bick
176 (BRI); Springmount Station, c. 13 km from the
Mareeba - Dimbulah Road, on the road to Collins Weir,
Apr 1983, Clarkson 4664 (BRI, CNS, DNA, K, MEL,
MO, PERTH); 10 km from Alma-den on road to Mt
Surprise, Jan 1992, Forster PIF9593 (BRI); 16 km from
Mt Garnet on road to Lappa, 1 km past Mt Cardwell
turnoff, Jan 1993, Forster PIF12777 & Bean (BRI, CNS,
MEL); Pannikin Springs area, 29 km W of Mungana,
Jan 1993, Forster P1F13013 & Bean (BRI, DNA);
Copperfield River, Kidston Goldmine water supply dam,
Gilbert Range, Feb 1994, Forster PIF14902 & Bean
(BRI, CNS, MEL); Donkey Spring Creek, BulleringaNP,
80 km NW of Mt Surprise, Apr 1998, Forster PIF22414
& Booth (BRI); Stannary Hills, 11 km S of Mutchilba,
Portion 603, May 2006, Forster PIF31593 & McDonald
(BRI); Chillagoe, Jan 1931, Hubbard 6815 & Winders
(BRI); Kent Holdings, W of road from Mt Garnet to
Minnamoolka, May 1999, Jago 5239 & Wannan (BRI);
1 km from Walsh River crossing, N of Chillagoe, Mar
2000, McDonald KRM329 (BRI); near Barwidgi Road
turnoff, S of Mt Garnet, Apr 2004, McDonald KRM2176
& Covacevich (BRI); 51 km along Alma-den road from
junction with Gulf Development Road, near Mt Surprise,
May 2004, McDonald KRM2596 (BRI); Undara NP, 5.1
km along northern boundary firebreak with St Ronan’s
station, Dec 2006, McDonald KRM6032 (BRI); Gorge
Creek, Mareeba, Apr 1962, McKee 9257 (CANB);
Pinnacle Springs Road, 4 km W from Kennedy Highway,
Apr 2004, Purdie 5924 (BRI, CANB); 2 km downstream
of junction of Graves and Fulford Creeks, Burlington
Station, N of Mt Surprise, Jun 1999, Thompson SLT2467
& Newton (BRI); 100 mile swamps, ‘Rosella Plains’, Jul
1981, Williams 81134 (BRI). North Kennedy District:
12 km along Deadmans Road, off Silver Valley Road,
Feb 1996, Forster P1F18415 & Ryan (BRI, CNS, NSW);
c. 1.2 km ESE of Hidden Valley township, Paluma Road,
Feb 2000, Pollock ABP853 & Edginton (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Anisomeles lappa
is endemic to Queensland. It is found in the
north-east of the state, including the western
parts of the Atherton Tableland, Bulleringa
NP, Alma-den, and Undara NP (Map 2).
It grows in eucalypt woodland. Almost all
records are from granite hills or sandy soils
adjacent to granite outcrops.
Phenology : Flowers and fruits are recorded
from December to July inclusive.
Notes: Anisomeles lappa can be distinguished
by the prostrate or procumbent habit, the
abundant patent hispid hairs on flowering
stems, the short cauline leaves, and the long
362
lower lip of the corolla. It may be distinguished
from the geographically close species A.
moschata by the prostrate to procumbent
habit, the floral bracts exceeding the verticils,
and the calyx fringe hairs only 0.15-0.25 mm
long at sinus end.
Conservation status : Least Concern.
Etymology : The epithet refers to the locality
of Lappa, a railway siding near the township
of Petford, near where the type was collected.
It is used as a noun in apposition.
16. Anisomeles leucotr icha A. R. Bean sp. nov.
foliis ellipticis praeditis tomento brevi albo,
verticillis omnino vel partim superpositis,
pilis marginalibus longis loborum calycis,
pilis 1-20 labio inferiori corollae insidentibus
et bracteis floralibus parvis distinguitur.
Typus: Australia: Northern Territory. 3.4 km
S of Goodparla airstrip (abandoned), Kakadu
National Park, 29 April 1990, A. V Slee & L.A.
Craven 3034 (holo: DNA; iso: CANB).
Erect or spreading shrub, 07-1.5 m high.
Upper stems and rachises without patent
hispid hairs; short curved hairs retrorse,
sparse or moderately dense; stalked glandular
hairs absent; sessile glands 16-112 mm 2
Cauline leaves 48-97 mm long, 13-43
mm wide, 2.2-37 times longer than wide,
base narrowly cuneate (< 60°) or attenuate;
marginal lobes crenate, regular, 15-37 on each
side, obtuse, 0.6-1.5 mm deep; petioles 10-26
mm long, 12-29% of lamina length. Lamina
upper surface indumentum erect or curved,
eglandular, 0.15-0.3 mm long, sparse (hairs
> 0.2 mm apart), sessile glands 8-32 mm 2 ;
lower surface indumentum erect or curved,
eglandular, 0.2-0.3 mm long, dense (hairs <
0.1 mm apart), sessile glands 64-112 mm 2 ;
transition from leaves to floral bracts abrupt.
Floral bracts elliptical, 3.5-25 mm long,
1-9 mm wide, not consistently exceeding
verticils. Verticils (inflorescence clusters) all
overlapping, forming continuous terminal
inflorescence or overlapping near apex, cymes
once dichasial at base then monochasial or
twice dichasial (± globose), with 2-9 flowers
per monochasium, peduncles 0-12 mm long
on lowermost cluster; bracteoles linear, 2.8-
4.5 mm long, 0.2-0.4 mm wide. Corolla tube
Austrobaileya 9(3): 321-381 (2015)
longer than calyx, or same length as calyx,
or shorter than calyx; annulus 2.5-3.2 mm
from base of corolla, annulus hairs 0.2-0.3
mm long; upper lip elliptical, 3.9-5.2 mm
long, with glandular hairs on outer surface
or with eglandular hairs on outer surface or
glabrous; lower lip 5.6-6.5 mm long to end
of lateral lobes, 8.8—12.3 mm long overall,
with 1-20 eglandular hairs on platform.
Longest stamens 11-12 mm long from base
of corolla tube; filament hairs 0.9-1.5 mm
long, mainly at distal end. Style 11-12 mm
long; longer stigma lobe 0.75-0.85 mm long,
shorter stigma lobe 0.4-0.5 mm long. Fruiting
calyces 0.8-1.2 mm apart on rachilla; fruiting
calyx cylindrical, 7.2-9.3 mm long, 3.1-3.6
mm wide at lobe apices, 2.1-2.9 times longer
than wide, exterior surface with all hairs same
size and type, hairs eglandular, 0.25-0.5 mm
long, sessile glands 80-128 mm 2 ; lobes acute,
2.5-37 mm long. Fruiting calyx fringe hairs
about the same length throughout, 07-1.4
mm long at apical end, 1-1.5 mm long at sinus
end, sinus hairs present, inner surface of tube
glabrous. Nutlets 1.9-2.3 mm long. Figs. 4G,
10A.
Additional selected specimens examined: Australia:
Northern Territory. Bukbuk Hill, near Arnhem
Highway, 4-5 km E of Kapalga turnoff, Feb 1991,
Brennan Bre995 (DNA); Kakadu NP, fire plot 202,
Jabiluka Outlier, Mar 1999, Brennan 3752 (DNA);
Litchfield Road, 2 miles [3 km] from HS, Apr 1967,
Byrnes N237 (DNA, NT); 3 miles [5 km] W of, and 8
miles [13 km] S of, Adelaide River township, Jan 1972,
Byrnes & McKean B259 (DNA); Kakadu Highway,
Nellie Creek Range, Mar 1987, Clark 882 (CANB,
DNA); Tipperary Station, Jun 1990, Clark 2347 (DNA);
13 miles [21 km] SE of Darwin, May 1958, Chippendale
4443 (BRI, DNA); 13 miles [21 km] W of Burrundie,
Mar 1961, Chippendale 7629 (DNA, MEL); Port
Essington, S of Wangewanga Cove, Apr 1993, Cowie
3356 (DNA); Port Essington, in 1819, Cunningham 270
(MEL); Melville Island, SE coast, Apr 1992, Fensham
1280 (DNA); Shoal Bay, 34 kmNE of Darwin, Apr 1992,
Halford Q1101 (BRI, DNA); Port Darwin, undated,
Holtze 54 (MEL); Mary River Station, Mar 2001, Liddle
2605 (DNA); Bathurst Island, Nguiu Forestry Suburb,
May 1998, Michel! & Risler 1520 (DNA); 0.5 miles [0.8
km] N of CSIRO block, Tipperary, May 1963, Muspratt
SSO610 (DNA); 2.5 miles [4.0 km] W of Mud Spring,
May 1963, Muspratt SS0542 (DNA); 10 miles [16 km]
out from Daly River, Feb 1964, Robinson R79 (DNA,
NT); Koolpinyah Station, 1 km S of Banka’s Jungle, Mar
1990, Taylor SMT12 (DNA); Jindare Station, Stray Creek
catchment, Jun 2010, Westaway 3251 (B, DNA, MO);
White Cliffs beach, west of airstrip, Croker Island, Mar
Bean, Revision of Anisomeles
363
2013, Westaway JOW4142 (BRI, CANB, DNA); Bynoe
Harbour, c. 200 m from MacKenzie Arm boat ramp off
Barramundi Drive, Mar 2006, Wirf247 (DNA).
Distribution and habitat: Anisomeles
leucotricha is endemic to the Northern
Territory, from Melville Island to Kakadu
NP and Litchfield NP (Map 3). It grows
on a variety of habitats, including vine
thicket on foreshore, open woodland with
Corymbia foelscheana (F.Muell.) K.D.Hill
& L. A. S. Johnson and/or Erythrophleum
chlorostachys (F.Muell.) Baill. on hills.
Substrate is quaternary sand or sandstone.
Phenology : Flowers are recorded from
January to July; fruits between April and July.
Notes: Anisomeles leucotricha is
distinguished by the elliptical leaves with an
attenuate base and a short even indumentum,
the exceptionally long calyx fringe hairs, the
closely arranged fruiting calyces (0.8-1.2
mm apart), the adjacent verticils sometimes
overlapping to form a dense cluster, and
the tiny floral bracts. The leaves have many
crenate lobes. The lower leaf surfaces have
short antrorse hairs, very often conspicuously
white, especially along the veins.
This species possibly intergrades with
A. brevipilosa to the east of (and west of)
Katherine, as some specimens from these
areas are difficult to allocate to either species.
Conservation status: Least Concern (IUCN
2012 ).
Etymology: The epithet is from the Greek
leucos - white, and trichos - hair or trichome.
In this species, the hairs on the underside of
the leaf are frequently conspicuously white,
especially along the veins.
17. Anisomeles macdonaldii A.R.Bean sp.
nov. abundantia pilorum glandularium et
absentia pilorum eglandularium retrorsorum
caulibus insidentibus, foliis basalibus latis
basi obtusa et petiolo longo (longitudine 32-
54% laminae aequante) praeditis distinguitur.
Typus: Australia: Queensland. Cook District:
c. 8 km by road E of Chillagoe, 21 April 2013,
K.R. McDonald KRM14083 & G.P. Guymer
(holo: BRI; iso: MEL, distribuendi).
Anisomeles salviifolia var. hispida Domin,
Biblioth. Bot. 89: 567 (1928). Type: Australia:
Queensland. Cook District: Smelling Bluff
near Chillagoe, February 1910, K. Domin
s.n. (syn: PR 530815); limestone hill near
Chillagoe, February 1910, K. Domin s.n. (syn:
PR 530816).
Erect or spreading shrub, 0.4-2 m high.
Upper stems and rachises with patent hispid
hairs; short curved hairs absent or retrorse,
sparse to moderately dense; stalked glandular
hairs abundant; glandular hairs extending
to lower stems; sessile glands 8-80 mm 2
Cauline leaves 51-91 mm long, 32-63 mm
wide, 1.2-1.9 times longer than wide, base
obtuse or broadly cuneate (> 60°); marginal
lobes crenate or dentate, regular, 10-18 on
each side, acute or obtuse, 0.9-2.4 mm deep;
petioles 19-40 mm long, 32-54% of lamina
length. Lamina upper surface indumentum
of erect glandular and curved eglandular
hairs, 0.15-1.3 mm long, moderately dense
(hairs 0.1-0.2 mm apart) or dense (hairs <
0.1 mm apart), sessile glands 8-48 mm 2 ;
lower surface indumentum of erect glandular
and curved eglandular hairs, 0.15-1.3 mm
long, moderately dense (hairs 0.1-0.2 mm
apart) or dense (hairs < 0.1 mm apart), sessile
glands 8-80 mm 2 ; transition from leaves to
floral bracts gradual. Floral bracts ovate or
broadly ovate, 14-47 mm long, 11-28 mm
wide, not consistently exceeding verticils or
consistently exceeding verticils. Verticils
(inflorescence clusters) all separated on
rachis, cymes entirely monochasial or once
dichasial at base then monochasial, with 4-11
flowers per monochasium, peduncles 2-28
mm long on lowermost cluster; bracteoles
spathulate or linear, 2.5-5.5 mm long, 0.4-1.1
mm wide. Corolla tube longer than calyx, or
same length as calyx; annulus 3-3.4 mm from
base of corolla, annulus hairs 0.2-0.3 mm
long; upper lip ovate or elliptical, 5.8-67 mm
long, with glandular hairs on outer surface
or with eglandular hairs on outer surface;
lower lip pink, 8.2-9 mm long to end of
lateral lobes, 14-16.5 mm long overall, with
1-20 or 20-100 eglandular hairs on platform.
Longest stamens 12.8-13.5 mm long from
base of corolla tube; filament hairs 1.3-1.6
mm long, mainly at distal end. Style 12.8-14
364
mm long; longer stigma lobe 0.65-0.75 mm
long, shorter stigma lobe 0.4-0.5 mm long.
Fruiting calyces 1-7 mm apart on rachilla;
fruiting calyx cylindrical, 7.4-10 mm long,
3-4.8 mm wide at lobe apices, 2.1-2.7 times
longer than wide, exterior surface with hairs
of different sizes or types, hairs glandular
and eglandular, 0.8-1.3 mm long, sessile
glands 8-48 mm 2 ; lobes acute, 1.8-3.2 mm
long. Fruiting calyx fringe hairs about the
same length throughout, 0.15-0.25 mm long
at apical end, 0.15-0.3 mm long at sinus end,
sinus hairs absent, inner surface of tube with
dense ring of long hairs in medial section or
with sparse long hairs in medial section or
glabrous. Nutlets 1.8-2.3 mm long. Figs. ID,
4H, 10B.
Additional specimens examined: Australia:
Queensland. Cook District: McDonald Creek area, 42
km from Mt Surprise township, Mt Surprise Gemfield,
Apr 1985, Champion 135 (BRI); Mt Mulligan, between
the abandoned mine site and the falls on Richards Creek
along the water supply pipeline, Apr 1984, Clarkson
5272 (BRI, MEL); Royal Arch Tower, c. 5 km SW of
Chillagoe, Mar 1987, Clarkson 6832 & McDonald
(BRI, DNA, L, NSW, PERTH); Near Royal Arch Cave,
Chillagoe, Jun 1992, Fensham 243 (BRI); on Chillagoe
Road, 14 km from Almaden, Mar 1990, Forster PIF6524
(BRI, CNS, DNA); Mt Pinnacle, SSW of Dimbulah, Jan
1993, Forster PIF12952 & Bean (BRI); Bridle Logging
Area, SF 607 Dinden, Jul 1995, Forster PIF17353 et al.
(BRI); NE slopes of Hann Tableland above the Southedge
HS, Jul 2002, Fox 1DF1648 (BRI); on a bench alongside
the water-supply pipeline between Ngarrabullgan and
the Mt Mulligan HS, Jul 2003, Fox IDF2072 (BRI);
Mungana, Aug 1995, Hyland 15355 (BRI); c. 1.9 km
ENE of Mt Carbine, c. 1.7 km along Mt Spurgeon
road, Apr 2013, Jensen 2801 & Kemp (BRI, CANB);
Pinchgut Hill, NE of Chillagoe, Mar 2005, McDonald
KRM3899 & Little (BRI); Chillagoe, Jan 1918, Michael
289 (BRI); Mt Mulligan, 40 km NW of Dimbulah, Apr
1989, Neldner 2758 (BRI). North Kennedy District:
NW of Pear Rock, Mt Stewart Range, Allandale’, May
1995, Forster PIF16624 & Figg (BRI); 9.5 km W of
Homestead, 83 km SW of Charters Towers, Aug 1992,
Thompson CHA196 & Sharpe (BRI).
Distribution and habitat: Anisomeles
macdonaldii is endemic to Queensland.
It is found in several disjunct populations
from Mt Carbine to Chillagoe, with disjunct
occurrences near Mt Surprise and Pentland.
It appears to be especially prevalent around
limestone outcrops near Chillagoe (Map 1).
It grows in low eucalypt woodland or on the
margins of vine thicket. The substrate can be
granite, limestone or sandstone.
Austrobaileya 9(3): 321-381 (2015)
Phenology : Flowers and fruits are recorded
from January to August inclusive.
Notes: Anisomeles macdonaldii is
distinguished by the broad cauline leaves,
the abundant stalked glandular hairs on the
stems, and the abundant patent hispid hairs on
the stems.
Conservation status: Least Concern.
Etymology: Named for Keith Raymond
McDonald (b. 1950), an expert on the
taxonomy and identification of many faunal
groups, especially frogs, and for the last
15 years, an avid plant collector. He has
increased our knowledge of Queensland plant
species considerably through his many high-
quality specimens, and has discovered or
rediscovered a number of species.
18. Anisomeles malabarica (L.) R.Br. in
Sims, Bot. Mag. 46: t. 2071 (1819); Nepeta
malabarica L., Mant. PI. Altera 566 (1771);
Ajuga fruticosa Roxb., Hort. Bengal. 44
(1814), nom. illeg .; Epimeredi malabaricus
(L.) Rothm., Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg.
53: 12 (1944). Type: Herb. Linn. no. 726.26
(lecto: LINN^sfe Cramer 1981).
Nepeta pallida Salisb., Prodr. Stirp. Chap.
Allerton 78 (1796), nom. illeg. {Nepeta
malabarica L. cited in synonymy).
Stachys mauritianus Pers., Syn. PI. [Persoon]
2(1): 123 (1806); Craniotome mauritianum
(Pers.) Bojer, Hortus Maurit. 249 (1837).
Types: Isle de France, undated [June 1769],
P. Commerson s.n. (syn: P 00541421; P
00541422; P 04359606).
Erect or spreading shrub, 0.9-1.5 m high.
Upper stems and rachises without patent
hispid hairs; short curved hairs retrorse,
very dense, obscuring stem surface at x40
magnification; stalked glandular hairs absent.
Cauline leaves 47-90 mm long, 13.5-32
mm wide, 2.8-3.6 times longer than wide,
base narrowly cuneate (< 60°) or attenuate;
marginal lobes serrate, regular, 14-29 on
each side, acute or obtuse, 0.2-0.9 mm deep;
petioles 9-13 mm long, 14-21% of lamina
length. Lamina upper surface indumentum
erect or curved, eglandular, 0.4-1.2 mm long,
moderately dense (hairs 0.1-0.2 mm apart) or
Bean, Revision of Anisomeles
365
dense (hairs < 0.1 mm apart), sessile glands
8-48 mm 2 ; lower surface indumentum lanate,
tangled or erect or curved, eglandular, 0.9-1.2
mm long, very dense, obscuring surface at
x40 magnification; transition from leaves to
floral bracts abrupt. Floral bracts lanceolate
or elliptical, 6-17 mm long, 2-5 mm wide,
not consistently exceeding verticils. Verticils
(inflorescence clusters) all overlapping,
forming continuous terminal inflorescence or
overlapping near apex, cymes once dichasial
at base then monochasial or twice dichasial (±
globose), with 5-14 flowers per monochasium,
peduncles 0-1 mm long on lowermost cluster;
bracteoles linear, 4.2-6.5 mm long, 0.3-0.5
mm wide. Corolla tube shorter than calyx;
annulus 3.5-4.2 mm from base of corolla,
annulus hairs 0.1-0.15 mm long; upper lip
elliptical, 4.5-5.2 mm long, with eglandular
hairs on outer surface; lower lip 5-5.4 mm
long to end of lateral lobes, 8.5-10.7 mm
long overall, with 20-100 eglandular hairs
on platform. Longest stamens 13-14 mm
long from base of corolla tube; filament hairs
0.4-0.6 mm long, mainly along middle part.
Style 13-13.5 mm long; longer stigma lobe
0.7-1 mm long, shorter stigma lobe 0.3-0.5
mm long. Fruiting calyces 1.5-2.2 mm apart
on rachilla; fruiting calyx cylindrical, 8-12.2
mm long, 2.8-37 mm wide at lobe apices,
3-4.3 times longer than wide, exterior surface
with hairs of different sizes or types, hairs
glandular and eglandular, 1.2-1.5 mm long,
sessile glands 8-16 mm 2 ; lobes attenuate,
3.1-5.3 mm long. Fruiting calyx fringe hairs
about the same length throughout or longer
at sinus end than at apical end, 0.3-0.6 mm
long at apical end, 0.5-0.7 mm long at sinus
end, sinus hairs present, inner surface of
tube with dense ring of long hairs in medial
section. Nutlets 1.9-2.2 mm long. Figs. 41,
10C. Malabar catmint.
Additional specimens examined : India. San Thome, in
1856, Cleghorn s.n. (E); Kulasegaram, S. Travancore,
Feb 1934, Erlanson 5378 (NY); Pondicherry, May
1837, Gaudichand s.n. (P); Cuddalore, Nov 1959,
Govindarajalu 3699 (L); Bounds of Vedanthangal
Sanctuary, Tamil Nadu, Jan 1976, Henry 47027
(MH); Tiruchi, Nov 1978, Matthew et al. RHT19392
(L); Banavar - Arsikere road, Jan 1970, Saldanha
16079 (E); Kanjamalai, Apr 1944, Sinclair 3464 (E);
Papanasam project area, Madras State, Jun 1964,
Subramanian 1653 (L); Perur, Noyal riverbank, Jun
1956, Subramanyam 45 (MH); way to Pachakumatchi,
Jun 1959, Subramanyam 8259 (L); Susindram, Tamil
Nadu, Dec 1980, Swaminathan 68985 (MH); Walayar
Dam, outlet canal, Kerala State, May 1964, Vajravelu
19064 (MH); Peninsula Ind. orientalis, undated, Wight
2173 (NY); Pulicat, Madras, Mar 1837, Wight 2173 (E).
Sri Lanka. Kaddaikadu, Mar 1973, Bernardi 14265 (L);
beside Trincomalee - Kinniya Road, Sep 1974, Cramer
4325 (E); Palaiyutta, Mar 1994, Cramer 6960 et al.
(E); 9 miles [14 km] NNE of Jaffa, along road to Palai,
Dec 1974, Davidse 9090 & Sumithraarachchi (K, L);
Trincomalee, Oct 1976, Fosberg 56390 (E, NY, P); Foul
Point, Trincomalee district, Feb 1972, Jayasuriya 651 et
al. (E); Talankuda, Batticaloa district, Apr 1973, Stone
11188 (L); Just N of Trincomalee, Mar 1973, Townsend
73/245 (E); Kinniyai, Trincomalee district, Sep 1974,
Waas & Tirvengadum 809 (L, NY). Malaysia. Penang,
in 1822, Wallich 2037/2 (NY). Western Indian Ocean.
Mauritius, undated, Sieber s.n. (NY).
Distribution and habitat : Anisomeles
malabarica is native to Sri Lanka and
southern India (Map 6). In addition, it is (or
was) naturalised on Penang Island, Malaysia,
and on the island of Mauritius. It inhabits
open sunny areas; sandy flats on dunes near
the coast, stream banks, and “waste ground”.
Phenology : Flowers are recorded for every
month of the year; fruits are recorded in
January, April, September and December.
Nomenclature : The authorship fox Anisomeles
malabarica has often been given as “(L.) R.Br.
ex Sims”, but the notation ‘Brown mss’ after
the description in the protologue indicates
that the author was Brown and not Sims.
Hence the correct authorship is “(L.) R.Br. in
Sims” or, where the plant name stands alone,
just “(L.) R.Br”.
Notes: Anisomeles malabarica is a very
distinctive species because of its very densely
tomentose stems, relatively narrow leaves,
long attenuate calyx lobes and long hairs on
the external surface of the calyx.
Baker (1877) accepted A. malabarica as
being native on Mauritius, but it seems far
more likely that it was transported there by
man, as specimens of the Mauritian plant are
identical to those from India, and the species
has no means of long-range seed dispersal.
366
Conservation status : Least Concern.
19. Anisomeles moschata R.Br., Prodr. FI.
Nov. Holl. 503 (1810); Anisomeles salviifolia
var. moschata (R.Br.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot.
89: 567 (1928); Epimeredi moschatus (R.Br.)
Rothm., Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 53: 12
(1944). Type: [Australia: Queensland. Port
Curtis District:] Keppel Bay, 9 August 1802,
R. Brown [Bennett Number 2357] (lecto: BM
001041069 [here designated]; isolecto: CANB
278977, E 00649579, P 04358989).
Anisomeles salviifolia var. subtomentosa
Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 567 (1928), pro
parte. Type: Australia: Queensland. [?North
Kennedy District]: Rockingham Bay,
undated,/. Dallachys.n. (syn: K).
Procumbent, erect or spreading shrub,
0.3-2.5 m high. Upper stems and rachises
without patent hispid hairs; short curved hairs
retrorse, sparse to dense; stalked glandular
hairs absent; sessile glands 8-112 mm 2
Cauline leaves 11-100 mm long, 6-43 mm
wide, 1.7-2.8 times longer than wide, base
obtuse or broadly cuneate (> 60°) or narrowly
cuneate (< 60°) or attenuate; marginal lobes
crenate, dentate or serrate, irregular or
regular, 3-18 on each side, acute or obtuse,
0.3-2 mm deep; petioles 4-22 mm long, 21-
38% of lamina length. Lamina upper surface
indumentum erect or curved, eglandular,
0.25-0.7 mm long, sparse (hairs > 0.2 mm
apart) or moderately dense (hairs 0.1-0.2 mm
apart), sessile glands 8-96 mm 2 ; lower surface
indumentum erect or curved, eglandular,
0.25-0.6 mm long, moderately dense (hairs
0.1-0.2 mm apart) or dense (hairs <0.1 mm
apart), sessile glands 48-160 mm 2 ; transition
from leaves to floral bracts abrupt, or gradual.
Floral bracts elliptical or ovate, 8-22 mm long,
3-9 mm wide, not consistently exceeding
verticils or consistently exceeding verticils.
Verticils (inflorescence clusters) all separated
on rachis, cymes entirely monochasial or once
dichasial at base then monochasial or twice
dichasial (± globose), with 2-10 flowers per
monochasium, peduncles 0-11 mm long on
lowermost cluster; bracteoles spathulate or
linear, 2.8-47 mm long, 0.2-1.1 mm wide.
Corolla tube longer than calyx, or same
length as calyx, or shorter than calyx; annulus
Austrobaileya 9(3): 321-381 (2015)
2.3-3.5 mm from base of corolla, annulus
hairs 0.15-0.3 mm long; upper lip ovate or
elliptical, 3.6-5.3 mm long, with glandular
hairs on outer surface or with eglandular hairs
on outer surface; lower lip purple, 47-6.6
mm long to end of lateral lobes, 8.6-12 mm
long overall, glabrous on platform. Longest
stamens 10.5-12.5 mm long from base of
corolla tube; filament hairs 1.1-1.9 mm long,
mainly at distal end. Style 10.5-14 mm long;
longer stigma lobe 0.55-0.7 mm long, shorter
stigma lobe 0.3-0.45 mm long. Fruiting
calyces 1.2-2.8 mm apart on rachilla; fruiting
calyx cylindrical, 6.2-8.6 mm long, 2.5-4.5
mm wide at lobe apices, 1.7-27 times longer
than wide, exterior surface with all hairs same
size and type, hairs eglandular, 0.2-0.6 mm
long, sessile glands 64-176 mm 2 ; lobes acute,
1.5-2.5 mm long. Fruiting calyx fringe hairs
longer at sinus end than at apical end, 0.2-0.4
mm long at apical end, 0.5-1.1 mm long at
sinus end, sinus hairs absent, inner surface of
tube with dense ring of long hairs in medial
section or with sparse long hairs in medial
section or glabrous. Nutlets 1.8-2.1 mm long.
Figs. 2B, 4J, 5A, 5B, 7A, 7B, 7C, 7D, 7F,
7H, 10D.
Additional selected specimens examined : Australia:
Queensland. Cook District: between Cairns and
Kuranda, May 1952, Everist 5139 (BRI, CANB);
Daintree NP, Orania Creek off Little Daintree River
head. May 1998, Forster PIF22858 et al. (AD, BRI,
CNS, MEL); Luster Creek, Aug 1995, Jago 3571 (BRI,
MEL); Cairns, Koombal, Jun 1993, Lyons 142 (BRI);
Mt Misery Road, Turnoff, S of Shiptons Flat, Jul 2001,
McDonaldKRM938 (BRI). North Kennedy District: Mt
Abbot, 50 km W of Bowen, Aug 1992, Bean 4833 (BRI);
Adjacent to Proserpine Dam, c. 25 km W of Proserpine,
Jul 2007, Bean 26462 (BRI); Sinclair Bay, Cape
Gloucester, Jul 1992, Batianoff 9209206 (BRI); NW of
Pentland, near ‘Lowholm’, Jul 1954, Blake 19380 (BRI,
CANB, MEL); SF 605 Koombooloomba, Tully Falls,
Mar 2002, Forster PIF28444 (BRI, K, MEL, NSW).
South Kennedy District: St Bees Island, 38 km NE of
Mackay, Mar 1989, Batianoff 11152 (AD, BRI, PNH);
Rabbit Island, 6 km N of Seaforth, Jun 1994, Batianoff
940683 & Price (BRI). Leichhardt District: slopes of
Ropers Peak, NE of Capella, May 1987, Bean 577 (BRI);
Ropers Peak, E of Capella, Jan 2006, Fensham 5361 &
Butler (BRI); eastern slopes of Dilly Pinnacle, 7 km
NNE of Springsure, Oct 1998, Bean 14179 (BRI, NSW);
Consuelo Tableland, upper tributary of Rocky Creek,
Mar 2006, Eddie CPE1511 (BRI, NSW). Port Curtis
District: Mt Slopeaway, 5 km from Marlborough, May
1991, Batianoff MS9105121 & Franks (BRI); Mt Archer,
Rockhampton, Feb 1980, Stanley 592 (BRI); Middle
Bean, Revision of Anisomeles
367
Percy Island, 87 miles [140 km] SE of Mackay, Apr
1956, Lazarides 5604 (BRI, CANB, PERTH); 5 miles
[8 km] NE of Tynan HS, Jun 1963, Lazarides 6889
(BRI, CANB, L). Wide Bay District: Biggenden, May
1931, White 7716 (BRI). Moreton District: SW end of
Macleay Island, Jun 1976, Elsol 9 (BRI); Mt Greville,
c. 20 km W of Boonah, Apr 1975, Sharpe 1211 & Saul
(BRI); Wilson’s Peak, Apr 1949, White 13006 (BRI,
CANB).
Distribution and habitat : Anisomeles
moschata is endemic to Queensland where
it is widely distributed in eastern areas,
from just north of Cooktown to within a few
kilometres of the New South Wales border,
and extending up to 400 km from the east
coast (Map 3). It inhabits eucalypt forests and
woodlands on wide range of topographies and
geologies, where the soils are well drained
and frosts are absent or few.
Phenology : Flowers and fruits have been
recorded from every month of the year.
Notes : This is a very widespread and variable
species. Specimens have been assigned to this
species on the basis of their glabrous corolla
platform, the calyx fringe hairs longer at the
sinus end than at the apical end, the petioles
21-38% of lamina length, and the moderately
dense to dense tomentum on the lower leaf
surface. Three or four regional forms exist
- for instance, many specimens from the
Leichhardt pastoral district of Queensland
are consistently small-leaved and have
verticils with short monochasia; specimens
from Cairns and surrounding areas have
large leaves with numerous marginal lobes.
Because of apparently intergrading forms and
lack of data on floral characteristics, I have
not erected any new species from A. moschata
sens. lat. However, it seems highly likely that
such a division will be possible if further
studies are undertaken.
The syntypes of Anisomeles salviifolia
var. subtomentosa at K comprise a mixture
of A. moschata and A. dallachyi. It is the
K specimens that Domin examined before
describing that variety (Orchard 1999); he did
not see material at MEL or P.
Conservation status : Least Concern.
20. Anisomeles ornans A.R.Bean sp. nov.
affinis A. eriodi sed foliis praeditis lobis
marginalibus paucioribus, floribus paucioribus
in monochasiis, praesentia pilorum in labio
inferiore corollae et calycibus fructificantibus
brevioribus differens. Typus: Australia:
Queensland. Cook District: Simpson’s Gully,
Agate Creek fossicking area, 30 April 2006,
K.R. McDonald KRM5243 (holo: BRI; iso:
CNS, MEL, distribuendi).
Erect or spreading shrub, 0.3-0.6 m high.
Upper stems and rachises without patent
hispid hairs; short curved hairs no fixed
direction, very dense, obscuring stem surface
at x40 magnification; stalked glandular hairs
absent. Cauline leaves 29-68 mm long, 11-
32 mm wide, 2-3.6 times longer than wide,
base narrowly cuneate (< 60°) or attenuate;
marginal lobes dentate or serrate, irregular
or regular, 7-14 on each side, acute or obtuse,
0.5-1 mm deep; petioles 6-13 mm long, 16-
27 % of lamina length. Lamina upper surface
indumentum lanate, tangled, 0.4-0.6 mm
long, dense (hairs <0.1 mm apart), sessile
glands 16-48 mm 2 ; lower surface indumentum
lanate, tangled, 0.4-0.7 mm long, dense (hairs
< 0.1 mm apart) or very dense, obscuring
surface at x40 magnification; transition from
leaves to floral bracts abrupt. Floral bracts
lanceolate or elliptical, 6-26 mm long, 2-8
mm wide, not consistently exceeding verticils.
Verticils (inflorescence clusters) all separated
on rachis, cymes entirely monochasial or once
dichasial at base then monochasial, with 3-6
flowers per monochasium, peduncles 0-2
mm long on lowermost cluster; bracteoles
linear, 2-6.6 mm long, 0.2-0.4 mm wide.
Corolla tube same length as calyx; annulus
2-2.5 mm from base of corolla, annulus
hairs 0.25-0.4 mm long; upper lip elliptical,
4.3-5 mm long, with glandular hairs on outer
surface; lower lip purple or pink, 6.3-77 mm
long to end of lateral lobes, 11-13.6 mm long
overall, with 1-20 or 20-100 eglandular hairs
on platform. Longest stamens 10.5-11.5 mm
long from base of corolla tube; filament hairs
0.6-0.9 mm long, mainly at distal end. Style
11.5-12 mm long; longer stigma lobe 0.7-0.8
mm long, shorter stigma lobe 0.45-0.55 mm
long. Fruiting calyces 1-1.9 mm apart on
rachilla; fruiting calyx narrowly campanulate
or cylindrical, 6.7-8.1 mm long, 2.4-3.9 mm
wide at lobe apices, 2.1-2.8 times longer than
368
wide, exterior surface with all hairs same size
and type, hairs eglandular, 0.5-0.9 mm long;
lobes acute, 2-2.5 mm long. Fruiting calyx
fringe hairs longer at sinus end than at apical
end, 0.2-0.4 mm long at apical end, 0.7-1.1
mm long at sinus end, sinus hairs absent,
inner surface of tube with dense ring of long
hairs in medial section. Nutlets 2-2.1 mm
long. Figs. 5C, 10E.
Additional specimens examined: Australia:
Queensland. Burke District: The Crater, Blackbraes
NP, N of Hughenden, Apr 2002, Bean 18853 (BRI). Cook
District: Cave Creek, Gilbert River, undated, Daintree
s.n. (MEL 684767); Chadshunt, Gilbert River, May
1954, Everist 5401 (BRI, MEL); Flat Creek, c. 50 km S
of Georgetown, May 2011, Mathieson MTM1076 (BRI,
NSW); 5 km along Blacksoil Creek Road, Agate Creek
fossicking area, Apr 2006, McDonald KRM5202 (BRI,
NSW); Rungulla Station HS area, S of Georgetown,
Sep 2013, McDonald KRM14725 & Little (BRI, CANB);
Gilbert River Flolding, about 300 m along track, Apr
2014, McDonald KRM15524 (BRI, CANB); Gilbert
River, Feb 1922, White 1425 (BRI). North Kennedy
District: c. 25 km N of Wando Vale HS, Broken River,
Poley Cow Creek, Apr 1988, FellDF882 (BRI); Gregory
Springs Station, N of Hughenden, Feb 1931, Hubbard
7710 & Winders (BRI, K).
Distribution and habitat: Anisomeles ornans
is endemic to Queensland. It is found from
‘Wando Vale’ (N of Pentland) to Gilbert River
(E of Croydon) (Map 7). It grows on sandstone
escarpments and basalt hills, with a variety
of species including Eucalyptus chartaboma
D.Nicolle and Corymbia erythrophloia
(Blakely) K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson. Soils
may be clayey, sandy or skeletal.
Phenology: Flowers recorded from February
to September; fruits from April to September.
Notes: Anisomeles ornans is allied to A.
eriodes, but differs by the leaves with fewer
marginal lobes (7—14), the more widely
separated verticils, the fewer flowers (3-6)
in the monochasia, the corolla tube the same
length as the calyx; the corolla platform with
1-20 hairs, and the shorter fruiting calyces.
Conservation status: Least Concern.
Etymology: Derived from the Latin ornatus
meaning ornate or embellished. It refers to the
pleasing appearance of the silvery stems and
leaves in this species.
Austrobaileya 9(3): 321-381 (2015)
21. Anisomeles papuana A.R.Bean sp. nov.
foliis lobis marginalibus praeditis, labio infero
breviore corollae, calycibus fructificantibus
brevissimis et nuculis tantum 1.5-1.7 mm
longis distinguitur. Typus: Papua New
Guinea. Western Province: Near Morehead
Patrol Post, 30 August 1967, R. Pullen 7199
(holo: BRI; iso: A, CANB, K n.v., L, LAE
n.v).
Erect or spreading shrub, 1.2-2 m high. Upper
stems and rachises without patent hispid hairs;
short curved hairs retrorse, moderately dense
or dense; stalked glandular hairs absent; sessile
glands 8-64 mm 2 Cauline leaves 62-112 mm
long, 26-60 mm wide, 1.8-2.8 times longer
than wide, base obtuse or broadly cuneate (>
60°) or narrowly cuneate (< 60°) or attenuate;
marginal lobes crenate or dentate, irregular or
regular, 19-33 on each side, acute or obtuse,
0.7-3.5 mm deep; petioles 8-24 mm long, 13-
25% of lamina length. Lamina upper surface
indumentum erect or curved, eglandular, 0.3-
0.6 mm long, sparse (hairs > 0.2 mm apart)
or moderately dense (hairs 0.1-0.2 mm apart),
sessile glands 8-48 mm 2 ; lower surface
indumentum erect or curved, eglandular, 0.3-
0.6 mm long, moderately dense (hairs 0.1-0.2
mm apart) or dense (hairs < 0.1 mm apart),
sessile glands 16-144 mm 2 ; transition from
leaves to floral bracts abrupt. Floral bracts
elliptical or ovate, 4.5-14 mm long, 3-5 mm
wide, not consistently exceeding verticils.
Verticils (inflorescence clusters) overlapping
near apex or all separated on rachis, cymes
once dichasial at base then monochasial or
twice dichasial (± globose), with 5-14 flowers
per monochasium, peduncles 0-5 mm long
on lowermost cluster; bracteoles spathulate or
linear, 1.8-4.2 mm long, 0.15-0.45 mm wide.
Corolla tube same length as calyx; annulus
2.1-3 mm from base of corolla, annulus hairs
0.15-0.25 mm long; upper lip elliptical, 4-4.2
mm long, with eglandular hairs on outer
surface; lower lip 5-5.9 mm long to end of
lateral lobes, 7.5-9.3 mm long overall, with
20-100 eglandular hairs on platform. Longest
stamens 10.5-11.5 mm long from base of
corolla tube; filament hairs 1-1.4 mm long,
mainly at distal end. Style 10-12 mm long;
longer stigma lobe 0.45-0.7 mm long, shorter
stigma lobe 0.25-0.4 mm long. Fruiting
Bean, Revision of Anisomeles
369
calyces 1-1.6 mm apart on rachilla; fruiting
calyx cylindrical, 6.2-8.3 mm long, 3.1-3.5
mm wide at lobe apices, 2.1-2.5 times longer
than wide, exterior surface with all hairs same
size and type, hairs eglandular, 0.2-0.6 mm
long, sessile glands 8-160 mm 2 ; lobes acute,
1.4-2.7 mm long. Fruiting calyx fringe hairs
longer at sinus end than at apical end, 0.1-
0.25 mm long at apical end, 0.45-1.1 mm long
at sinus end, sinus hairs absent, inner surface
of tube with dense ring of long hairs in medial
section or glabrous. Nutlets 1.5-1.7 mm long.
Figs. 5D, 10F.
Additional specimens examined: Indonesia. Moluccas:
Yamdena Island, road from Saumlakki to Olilit, Mar
1938, Buwalda 4043 (L). Papua New Guinea. Central
Province: Baroka, Mekeo district, Apr 1933, Brass 3715
(BRI); Roger’s airstrip, c. 8 miles [13 km] W of Kanosia
Plantation, Jul 1962, Darbyshire 653 (BRI, CANB,
L); Nebiri Quarry, Port Moresby sub-district, Apr
1970, Gebo 369 (CANB); near Jackson’s Airport, Port
Moresby, Aug 1963, Heyligers 1006 (CANB); Tovobada
Hills, 12 miles [19 km] N of Port Moresby, May 1965,
Heyligers 1180 (BRI, CANB, L); S coast near Kwikila,
Abau subdistrict, Jun 1969, Paijmans 767 (CANB);
Rubulogo Creek, c. 18 miles [29 km] N of Port Moresby,
Apr 1967, Pullen 6689 (CANB); north vicinity of Rigo,
Aug 1962, Schodde 2700 (BRI, CANB); Port Moresby,
Jul 1918, White 61 (BRI). Gulf Province: Near Malalaua,
Mar 1966, Craven & Schodde 904 (CANB); Malalaua,
lower Tauri River area, Feb 1966, Pullen 6528 (CANB).
Morobe Province: Bulolo, Feb 1950, Fryar 3948 (BRI,
CANB); Bulolo, Wau subdistrict, Jul 1970, Streimann
& Kairo NGF47869 (BRI, CANB). Northern Province:
Between Dabora and Wabubu, Cape Vogel Peninsula,
Apr 1953, Brass 21876 (CANB). Western Highlands
Province: Baiyer River, Nov 1954, Floyd & Womersley
6826 (BRI). Western Province: Near Rouku, Morehead
subdistrict, Jul 1973, Henty NGF49713 (BRI, CANB,
L). Australia: Queensland. Cook District: Thursday
Island, Jun 1897, Bailey s.n. (BRI [AQ160154]); Darnley
Island, Torres Strait, Apr 2005, Hacks LAH285 (BRI,
CANB); Yorke Island, Torres Strait, Oct 1971, Lawrie
s.n. (BRI [AQ3927]); Mabuyag Island, Torres Strait, Aug
2008, McKenna SGM222 (BRI, CANB); Gabba island,
Torres Strait, Feb 2000, Waterhouse BMW5655 (BRI,
CANB).
Distribution and habitat: Anisomeles
papuana is widely distributed in lowland New
Guinea, also Torres Strait, Queensland, and
the southern Moluccas Islands of Indonesia
(Map 5). It inhabits savannah woodland at
altitudes from 0-100 metres and mostly below
30m (except the three specimens mentioned
below).
Phenology: Flowers and fruits are recorded
from February to November inclusive.
Notes: Anisomeles papuana is distinguished
by the many lobes per leaf, the relatively short
petioles, the consistently short cylindrical
calyces and the nutlets only 1.5-1.7 mm long.
Three specimens {Floyd & Womersley
6826, Fryar 3948 , Streimann & Kairo
NGF47869 ) are known from relatively high
altitude (from 750 to 1150 metres) in Papua
New Guinea. These specimens have a more
compact infructescence, and the floral bracts
exceed the verticils; they may represent an
additional undescribed taxon.
Conservation status : Least Concern.
Etymology : The epithet refers to Papua
New Guinea, where the great majority of
collections have been made.
22. Anisomeles principis A.R.Bean sp.
nov. pilis antrorsis retrorsisve plusminusve
patentibusve, eglandularibus, densis in
caulibus, bracteolis latis, pilis 1-20 labio
inferiori corollae insidentibus et pilis
marginalibus brevibus loborum calycis
distinguitur. Typus: Australia: Western
Australia. South-west Osborne Island,
Bonaparte Archipelago, 29 June 1973, P.G.
Wilson 11152 (holo: PERTH).
Erect or spreading shrub, 0.5-1.5 m high.
Upper stems and rachises without patent
hispid hairs, or with patent hispid hairs; short
curved hairs retrorse or antrorse, sparse to
dense; stalked glandular hairs absent; sessile
glands 16-160 mm 2 Cauline leaves 63-104
mm long, 24-42 mm wide, 2-2.7 times
longer than wide, base obtuse or broadly
cuneate (> 60°) or narrowly cuneate (< 60°) or
attenuate; marginal lobes crenate or serrate,
regular, 10-21 on each side, acute or obtuse,
0.9-2.1 mm deep; petioles 16-19 mm long,
18-25% of lamina length. Lamina upper
surface indumentum erect, glandular or erect
or curved, eglandular, 0.25-0.8 mm long,
sparse (hairs > 0.2 mm apart) or moderately
dense (hairs 0.1-0.2 mm apart), sessile glands
16-80 mm 2 ; lower surface indumentum erect,
glandular or erect or curved, eglandular,
0.25-0.7 mm long, moderately dense (hairs
370
0.1-0.2 mm apart) or dense (hairs < 0.1 mm
apart), sessile glands 48-176 mm 2 ; transition
from leaves to floral bracts abrupt, or gradual.
Floral bracts elliptical or ovate, 7-30 mm
long, 3.5-18 mm wide, not consistently
exceeding verticils. Verticils (inflorescence
clusters) all separated on rachis, cymes
entirely monochasial or once dichasial at
base then monochasial, with 5-14 flowers
per monochasium, peduncles 0-15 mm long
on lowermost cluster; bracteoles obovate or
spathulate or linear, 4.8-7.8 mm long, 0.5-2.5
mm wide. Corolla tube longer than calyx, or
same length as calyx; annulus 2.5-3 mm from
base of corolla, annulus hairs 0.2-0.3 mm
long; upper lip elliptical, 3.6-47 mm long,
with eglandular hairs on outer surface; lower
lip 4-5.8 mm long to end of lateral lobes,
8-10.5 mm long overall, with 1-20 eglandular
hairs on platform. Longest stamens 12-14 mm
long from base of corolla tube; filament hairs
07-1.2 mm long, mainly at distal end. Style
12-14 mm long; longer stigma lobe 0.65-0.7
mm long, shorter stigma lobe 0.4-0.55 mm
long. Fruiting calyces 0.8-1.5 mm apart on
rachilla; fruiting calyx cylindrical, 8.2-11
mm long, 3.4-4.8 mm wide at lobe apices,
2-2.6 times longer than wide, exterior surface
with hairs of different sizes or types or with
all hairs same size and type, hairs glandular
or hairs eglandular, 0.4-1 mm long, sessile
glands 80-144 mm 2 ; lobes acute, 2.3-3 mm
long. Fruiting calyx fringe hairs about the
same length throughout, 0.15-0.25 mm long
at apical end, 0.15-0.25 mm long at sinus end,
sinus hairs absent, inner surface of tube with
dense ring of long hairs in medial section or
glabrous. Nutlets 1.9-2.3 mm long. Figs. 5E,
10G
Additional specimens examined : Indonesia. Lesser
Sunda Islands: Timor, undated, herb. Drake (P); Timor,
Apr 1821, Reinwardt s.n. (L). Australia: Western
Australia. 8.5 km ENE of Mt Agnes, near headwaters
on N side of Prince Regent River, Jan 2001, Barrett &
O ’Connor RLB1588 (PERTH); Secure Bay, side arm on
W side of bay, Yampi Peninsula, Mar 2001, Barrett &
Handasyde RLB2047 (PERTH); Ellenbrae Station, Jul
2004, Brennan & Done 6328 (DNA, PERTH); slopes
overlooking campsite, Margaret Island, Buccaneer
Archipelago, Jun 1982, Hopkins BA0475 (PERTH);
Boongarie Island, 18.3 km NE of Mt Knight, Jun 1988,
Keighery & Alford 1817 (PERTH); E side of Mindjau
Creek, Port Warrender, Admiralty Gulf, Jan 1982,
Kenneally 7764 (PERTH); Campsite on unnamed
Austrobaileya 9(3): 321-381 (2015)
tributary of Prince Regent River, arising 19 km SE of the
mouth, north-west Kimberley, Jun 1984, Kenneally 8922
(MEL, PERTH); unnamed island in Prince Frederick
Harbour at entrance to Hunter River, Jun 1984, Kenneally
8978 (PERTH); junction of unnamed creek and Sale
River, 30 km ESE of mouth. May 1986, Kenneally
9603 (MEL, PERTH); Heywood Island (South island),
Naturalist Island, E side, directly opposite ‘Ninepin’,
or the Sentinel, Prince Frederick Harbour, May 1987,
Kenneally 9963 (PERTH); Boomerang Bay, Bigge
Island, Jun 1972, Marchant 72/60 (PERTH); adjacent
to creek running out of Koolan townsite. May 1993,
Mitchell 3112 (PERTH); c. 5 km SW of Crystal Head on E
side of major river and adjacent to W.A. Water Authority
gauging station. Mar 1994, Mitchell 3403 (PERTH);
junction of two creeks where G. Grey had his main base
camp in 1837, 15° 22’ 04”S 124° 45’ 19”E, Mar 1994,
Mitchell 3465 (NSW, PERTH); beach on Hanover Bay,
north Kimberley, May 1998, Mitchell 5401 (PERTH);
Bachsten Creek, Jul 2001, Riissell-Smith & Handasyde
TH01-171 (DNA, PERTH); Mallam Spring, SE side of
Augustus Island, Jul 1990, Willing 187 (PERTH); above
Moran River Gorge, Prince Regent Nature Reserve, May
1991, Willing 420 (PERTH); Bonaparte Archipelago,
May 1972, Wilson 10896 (CANB, PERTH).
Distribution and habitat : Anisomeles
principis is found in the Kimberley region of
Western Australia and on the island of Timor
(Map 5). In Australia, it reportedly grows
on sandstone hills and gullies, in Triodia
hummock grassland, eucalypt woodland or on
the edges of vine thicket. Two specimen labels
mention basalt as the substrate.
Phenology : Flowers collected from January
to July; fruits from May to July.
Notes: Anisomeles principis is variable
with regard to indumentum types present
on the stems. Several specimens (including
Kenneally 8922, Wilson 10896) have dense
antrorse hairs, and one {Kenneally 9603 )
has abundant spreading hispid hairs. These
may prove to be taxonomically distinct.
Distinguishing features of the species as
currently circumscribed are: monochasial or
once-dichasial cymes of the verticils; short
petioles (16-19 mm); short calyx fringe hairs,
often pedunculate lower verticils; crowded
flowers and fruits; and broad bracteoles.
Bean, Revision of Anisomeles
371
Conservation status : Least Concern (IUCN
2012 ).
Etymology : From the Latin principis - of
the prince. This is in reference to the Prince
Regent River, where the distribution of this
species is centred.
23. Anisomeles salviifolia R.Br., Prodr. FI.
Nov. Holl:. 503 (1810); Anisomeles salviifolia
var. typica Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 567
(1928), nom. illeg .; Epimeredi salviifolius
(R.Br.) Rothm., Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg.
53: 12 (1944). Type: [Australia: Northern
Territory] Maria Island, Gulf of Carpentaria,
1 January 1803, R. Brown s.n. [Bennett
Number 2355] (lecto [here designated]: BM
001041064; isolecto: BM 001041065; CANB
278978).
Erect or spreading shrub, 0.8-2 m high.
Upper stems and rachises without patent
hispid hairs; short curved hairs retrorse or
antrorse or no fixed direction, very dense,
obscuring stem surface at *40 magnification;
stalked glandular hairs absent. Cauline
leaves 39-100 mm long, 11-36 mm wide,
1.7-5.4 times longer than wide, base obtuse or
broadly cuneate (> 60°) or narrowly cuneate
(< 60°) or attenuate; marginal lobes crenate
or serrate, irregular or regular, 12-20 on
each side, acute or obtuse, 0.3-1.8 mm deep;
petioles 9-19 mm long, 14-40% of lamina
length. Lamina upper surface indumentum
erect or curved, eglandular, 0.3-0.6 mm long,
moderately dense (hairs 0.1-0.2 mm apart) or
dense (hairs < 0.1 mm apart), sessile glands
8-48 mm 2 ; lower surface indumentum lanate,
tangled, 0.5-0.8 mm long, dense (hairs < 0.1
mm apart) or very dense, obscuring surface
at x40 magnification, sessile glands 16-64
mm 2 ; transition from leaves to floral bracts
abrupt. Floral bracts elliptical or ovate, 7-25
mm long, 2-12 mm wide, not consistently
exceeding verticils. Verticils (inflorescence
clusters) overlapping near apex or all
separated on rachis, cymes once dichasial at
base then monochasial or twice dichasial (±
globose), with 4-7 flowers per monochasium,
peduncles 0-12 mm long on lowermost cluster;
bracteoles spathulate, 4.8-7.5 mm long, 0.9-
1.2 mm wide. Corolla tube longer than calyx,
or same length as calyx; annulus 3.3-3.4 mm
from base of corolla, annulus hairs 0.2-0.3
mm long; upper lip ovate or elliptical, 4.2-4.8
mm long, with glandular or eglandular hairs
on outer surface; lower lip 5.1-6.1 mm long to
end of lateral lobes, 9.7-11 mm long overall,
with 20-100 eglandular hairs on platform.
Longest stamens 10.5-12 mm long from base
of corolla tube; filament hairs 0.9-1.1 mm
long, mainly at distal end. Style 10.5-11.5 mm
long; longer stigma lobe 0.75-0.9 mm long,
shorter stigma lobe 0.4-0.5 mm long. Fruiting
calyces 1.5-2 mm apart on rachilla; fruiting
calyx cylindrical, 7.2-10.5 mm long, 3.3-4.8
mm wide at lobe apices, 1.6-2.5 times longer
than wide, exterior surface with all hairs same
size and type, hairs eglandular, 0.5-0.7 mm
long, sessile glands 16-80 mm 2 ; lobes acute,
1.8-2.9 mm long. Fruiting calyx fringe hairs
about the same length throughout, 0.5-1 mm
long at apical end (or 0.15-0.3), 0.6-1 mm
long at sinus end (or 0.15-0.3), sinus hairs
absent, inner surface of tube with dense ring
of long hairs in medial section or with sparse
long hairs in medial section. Nutlets 2-2.4
mm long. Figs. 5F, 10H.
Additional specimens examined : Australia: Northern
Territory, west side of South West Island, Sir Edward
Pellew group, Feb 1976, Craven 3725 (BRI, CANB,
DNA); Maria Island, Jul 1972, Dunlop 2747 (DNA,
NT); Bing Bong Station, Jun 1971, Henry 94 (BRI,
DNA, NSW); 6 km SSE of Lake Eames, Vanderlin
Island, Aug 1988, Latz 11067 (DNA, NT); Buchanan
Bay, May 1977, McKey 125 (DNA, NT); point at the
N end of Eagle Bay, Maria Island, Mar 2008, Mitchell
8789 (CANB, DNA, NSW); northern end. West Island,
Jul 1988, Parsons 63 (DNA, NT); Camp Beach, Centre
Island, Jun 2010, Randell 821 (DNA, K, NT); South West
Island, Sir Edward Pellew group, Feb 1976, Rice 2392
(CANB); Watson Island, Sir Edward Pellew group, Jul
1988, Thomson 2536 (DNA, NT); South West Island, Sir
Edward Pellew group, Jul 1984, Wightman 1577 (CANB,
DNA).
Distribution and habitat : Anisomeles
salviifolia is endemic to the Northern
Territory. It is confined to the south-western
Gulf of Carpentaria, including Maria Island,
the islands of the Sir Edward Pellew group,
and on the mainland at Bing Bong Station
(Map 2). It grows in dune swales never far
from the ocean, usually with grasses and
woodland species, but sometimes on the edge
of vine thicket. Soils are sandy and infertile.
372
Phenology : Flowers are recorded from
February to August; fruits are recorded from
May to August.
Notes : Specimens of Anisomeles salviifolia
seen from Maria Island differ consistently
from those collected in the Sir Edward Pellew
islands or Bing Bong station by the narrower
leaves. Two collections from Maria Island
have long calyx fringe hairs, contrasting with
the short calyx fringe hairs in specimens
from other locations. However, the type of
A. sahiifolia has short calyx fringe hairs.
Because the calyx fringe hairs difference
is not consistent and only leaf shape seems
consistently different, no taxonomic
distinction has been made.
Conservation status : Least Concern.
24. Anisomeles viscidula A.R.Bean sp.
nov. pilis glandularibus abundantibus et
hispidis sparsis usque crebris insidentibus
caulibus, foliis comparate angustis et carpis
late dispositis in cymis distinguitur. Typus:
Australia: Western Australia. Cave Spring
Gap on Kununurra to Legune road, 26 April
1977, H. Eichler 22501 (holo: DNA; iso:
CANB, L, MEL, MO, PERTH).
Procumbent shrub, or erect or spreading
shrub, 0.45-1.5 m high. Upper stems and
rachises with patent hispid hairs; short curved
hairs absent or retrorse, sparse to moderately
dense; stalked glandular hairs abundant, or
occasional; glandular hairs extending to lower
stems; sessile glands 8-48 mm 2 Cauline
leaves 71-110 mm long, 19-42 mm wide,
2.4-3.8 times longer than wide, base obtuse or
broadly cuneate (> 60°) or narrowly cuneate
(< 60°) or attenuate; marginal lobes serrate,
irregular or regular, 15-30 on each side, acute
or obtuse, 0.6-1 mm deep; petioles 14-43 mm
long, 19-43% of lamina length. Lamina upper
surface indumentum of erect glandular and
curved eglandular hairs, 0.1-0.7 mm long,
moderately dense (hairs 0.1-0.2 mm apart) or
dense (hairs < 0.1 mm apart), sessile glands
8-48 mm 2 ; lower surface indumentum of erect
glandular and curved eglandular hairs, 0.25-
0.4 mm long, moderately dense (hairs 0.1-0.2
mm apart) or dense (hairs < 0.1 mm apart),
sessile glands 8-128 mm 2 ; transition from
Austrobaileya 9(3): 321-381 (2015)
leaves to floral bracts abrupt or gradual. Floral
bracts lanceolate or elliptical, 5-44 mm long,
1-16 mm wide, not consistently exceeding
verticils or consistently exceeding verticils.
Verticils (inflorescence clusters) all separated
on rachis, cymes entirely monochasial or once
dichasial at base then monochasial, with 3-11
flowers per monochasium, peduncles 0-13
mm long on lowermost cluster; bracteoles
spathulate or linear, 4-7.5 mm long, 0.4-1.2
mm wide. Corolla tube longer than calyx, or
same length as calyx; annulus 2.5-3.4 mm
from base of corolla, annulus hairs 0.2-0.25
mm long; upper lip elliptical, 3.8-57 mm
long, with eglandular hairs on outer surface;
lower lip 7-9 mm long to end of lateral
lobes, 13.5—16 mm long overall, with 1-20
eglandular hairs on platform. Longest stamens
12.5- 14 mm long from base of corolla tube;
filament hairs 0.6-1.2 mm long, mainly at
distal end. Style 11.5-13.5 mm long; longer
stigma lobe 0.7-0.85 mm long, shorter stigma
lobe 0.5-0.65 mm long. Fruiting calyces
1.5- 4.8 mm apart on rachilla; fruiting calyx
cylindrical, 8.9-12.5 mm long, 3.5-5.2 mm
wide at lobe apices, 1.9-2.6 times longer than
wide, exterior surface with hairs of different
sizes or types, hairs glandular and eglandular,
longest hairs 0.4-1.3 mm long, sessile glands
8-128 mm 2 ; lobes acute, 2.3-37 mm long.
Fruiting calyx fringe hairs about the same
length throughout, 0.15-0.4 mm long at
apical end, 0.15-0.4 mm long at sinus end,
sinus hairs absent, inner surface of tube with
dense ring of long hairs in medial section or
with sparse long hairs in medial section or
glabrous. Nutlets 1.9-2.2 mm long. Figs. 2C,
5G, 11A
Additional specimens examined : Australia: Western
Australia. SW side of Mt Page, S of Walcott Inlet,
Yampi Peninsula, Mar 2001, Barrett & Start RLB2339
(PERTH); Point Springs, 40 km N of Kununurra, May
1988, Kenneally 10692 (NSW, PERTH); head of Tin Can
Gully, Mornington Peninsula, May 2005, Legge 976
(PERTH); 2 km E of junction of Charnley and Calder
Rivers, Eastern Walcott Inlet, May 1983, Milewski 205
(PERTH); Foot of Cave Spring Range, 30 km NNE
of Kununurra, Mar 1978, Paijmans 2543 (CANB).
Northern Territory. 10 km from Jim Jim Falls, Sep
1984, Brennan 2675 (DNA); Katherine Gorge NP, Apr
1968, Byrnes NB618 (BRI, DNA); c. 450 m from Top Car
Park, on track to Upper Falls, Edith Falls, Nitmiluk NP,
May 1993, Conn 3703 & Doust (DNA, NSW); McArthur
River area, near the Glyde River, Jan 1976, Craven 3567
Bean, Revision of Anisomeles
373
(BRI, CANB, DNA); Mt McMinns Station, 11.8 km E of
station turnoff on road to Roper Bar, Mar 2002, Dixon
& Harwood 1016 (DNA); Fitzmaurice River basin. May
1994, Dunlop 9922 & Latz (DNA, MEL); Keep River NP,
Jarrarm area, Jun 1995, Egan 5038 (DNA); NitmilukNP,
Feb 1991, Evans 3639 (BRI, DNA, K); Wearyan River
headwaters, Jan 1989, Latz 11262 (DNA, MEL, NT); 28
km S of Nathan River HS, Sep 1995, Latz 14580 (DNA,
NT); 2.5 km ESE of Katherine Gorge ranger station. May
2009, Latz 24344 & Quarmby (DNA, NT); Yamburran
Range, 10 km NNE of Mt Millikmonmir, May 1994,
Leach 4555 & Albrecht (DNA, MEL); Nitmiluk NP, Feb
2001, Michell 3348 (B, DNA); Hayes Creek, May 1963,
Muspratt SS0603 (DNA); Edith Falls, Katherine Gorge
NP, Apr 1983, Thompson 249 (CANB); Bullo River
Station, Mar 2009, Westaway 2792 (DNA, MO).
Distribution and habitat : Anisomeles
viscidula is endemic to Australia and is
distributed from the north-west Kimberley
region of Western Australia, to the north¬
eastern Northern Territory (Map 7). It grows
in open woodland dominated by species such
as Erythrophleum chlorostachys. Eucalyptus
miniata A.Cunn. ex Schauer or E. phoenicea
F.Muell. It is apparently confined to quartzose
sandstone plateaux and outcrops on sandy or
skeletal soil.
Phenology : Flowers are recorded from
January to June. There is also a single
flowering record from September, but that
specimen was collected from a spring with
permanent water supply. Fruits are recorded
from April to September.
Notes: Anisomeles viscidula is characterised
by the relatively lax inflorescences exceeded
by the floral bracts on the lower verticils, the
relatively narrow leaves, and the presence of
stalked glandular hairs and hispid hairs on
the stems and leaves. Eastern populations
(adjacent to the Gulf of Carpentaria) have
relatively few glandular hairs, but in all other
populations, they are abundant. It differs from
A. macdonaldii by the narrower cauline leaves
with serrate marginal lobes, and the mostly
longer fruiting calyces.
Conservation status : Least Concern.
Etymology: From the diminutive form of
the Latin word viscidus meaning sticky or
clammy. This is in reference to the densely
glandular leaves and stems of this species.
25. Anisomeles vulpina A.R.Bean sp. nov.
pilis densis retrorsis in caule, foliis latis basi
obtusa, in pagina superiore folii pilis 1.0-1.3
mm longitudine et pilis marginalibus loborum
calycis ubique 0.3-0.6 mm longitudine
distinguitur. Typus: Australia: Queensland.
North Kennedy District: c. 50 metres from
the top of Mt Fox crater, SW of Ingham, 4
October 2014, R. Jensen 3350 & J.E. Kemp
(holo: BRI; iso: CANB, CNS, E, MEL, NSW,
NY, distribuendi).
Erect or spreading shrub, 0.3-0.4 m high.
Upper stems and rachises without patent
hispid hairs; short curved hairs retrorse,
moderately dense or dense; stalked glandular
hairs absent; sessile glands 8-48 mm 2
Cauline leaves 27-50 mm long, 16-30 mm
wide, 1.6-2.1 times longer than wide, base
obtuse or broadly cuneate (> 60°) or narrowly
cuneate (< 60°) or attenuate; marginal lobes
crenate or dentate or serrate, regular, 9-14 on
each side, acute or obtuse, 0.4-1.8 mm deep;
petioles 3.5-20 mm long, 13-44% of lamina
length. Lamina upper surface indumentum
erect or curved, eglandular, 0.9-1.3 mm long,
moderately dense (hairs 0.1-0.2 mm apart) or
dense (hairs < 0.1 mm apart), sessile glands
8-32 mm 2 ; lower surface indumentum lanate,
tangled or erect or curved, eglandular, 1-1.2
mm long, dense (hairs < 0.1 mm apart), sessile
glands 16-64 mm 2 ; transition from leaves to
floral bracts gradual. Floral bracts elliptical
or ovate or broadly ovate, 4.5-20 mm long,
3-14 mm wide, not consistently exceeding
verticils. Verticils (inflorescence clusters)
overlapping near apex or all separated on
rachis, cymes entirely monochasial, with 3-6
flowers per monochasium, peduncles 0-1
mm long on lowermost cluster; bracteoles
spathulate or linear, 2.4-3.5 mm long, 0.3-0.5
mm wide. Corolla tube same length as calyx,
or shorter than calyx; annulus 2.7-3 mm from
base of corolla, annulus hairs 0.25-0.4 mm
long; upper lip elliptical, 3.4-4.9 mm long,
with eglandular hairs on outer surface; lower
lip purple or pink, 5.3-6.4 mm long to end
of lateral lobes, 9.5-12.1 mm long overall,
glabrous or with 1-20 eglandular hairs on
platform. Longest stamens 11.5-12 mm long
from base of corolla tube; filament hairs
0.9-1.9 mm long, mainly at distal end. Style
374
12-13 mm long; longer stigma lobe 0.6-0.65
mm long, shorter stigma lobe 0.4-0.45 mm
long. Fruiting calyces 0.9-1.5 mm apart on
rachilla; fruiting calyx cylindrical, 7.3-8 mm
long, 3.8-4.4 mm wide at lobe apices, 1.7-2.1
times longer than wide, exterior surface with
all hairs same size and type, hairs eglandular,
0.6-1 mm long, sessile glands 64-112 mm 2 ;
lobes acute, 1.8-2.4 mm long. Fruiting calyx
fringe hairs about the same length throughout,
0.3-0.5 mm long at apical end, 0.3-0.5 mm
long at sinus end, sinus hairs absent, inner
surface of tube with dense ring of long hairs
in medial section or with sparse long hairs
in medial section. Nutlets 1.9-2.1 mm long.
Figs. 5H, 11B.
Additional specimens examined : Australia:
Queensland. North Kennedy District: Mt Fox crater,
Seaview Range, Apr 1985, Rodd 4462 & Hardie (BRI,
NSW).
Distribution and habitat : Anisomeles
vulpina is endemic to Queensland where it is
known only from Mt Fox, a volcanic crater
south-west of Ingham (Map 5). It grows in
fertile volcanic soil amongst basalt rocks and
boulders, in an open grassland habitat.
Phenology : Flowers are recorded in April and
October; fruits in October.
Notes : Anisomeles vulpina differs from A.
moschata by the much longer hairs on both
the upper and lower leaf surfaces, and by the
shorter calyx fringe hairs.
Conservation status : A status of Vulnerable,
criteria D1 and D2, is recommended.
Etymology : From the Latin vulpes, meaning
“fox”. This is in reference to the type locality,
Mount Fox.
26. Anisomeles xerophila A.R.Bean sp.
nov. absentia pilorum glandularium, pagina
interiore labii inferioris corollae longa,
calycibus fructificantibus brevibus (5.2-7.1
mm longitudine) et pilis folii 0.3-0.5 mm
longitudine distinguitur. Typus: Australia:
Northern Territory. North Hayward Creek on
Stuart Highway, 58 km N of Tennant Creek,
19 April 1983, R.M. Barker 186 (holo: DNA;
iso: AD).
Austrobaileya 9(3): 321-381 (2015)
Erect or spreading shrub, 0.3-1.5 m high.
Upper stems and rachises with or without
patent hispid hairs; short curved hairs
retrorse, moderately dense or dense; stalked
glandular hairs absent; sessile glands 48-96
mm 2 . Cauline leaves 24-78 mm long, 9-23
mm wide, 2.1-3.9 times longer than wide,
base narrowly cuneate (< 60°) or attenuate;
marginal lobes crenate or dentate, irregular
or regular, 7-17 on each side, acute or
obtuse, 0.4-2.1 mm deep; petioles 3.5-11
mm long, 13-22% of lamina length. Lamina
upper surface indumentum erect or curved,
eglandular, 0.25-0.4 mm long, sparse (hairs >
0.2 mm apart) or moderately dense (hairs 0.1-
0.2 mm apart), sessile glands 32-112 mm 2 ;
lower surface indumentum erect or curved,
eglandular, 0.25-0.4 mm long, moderately
dense (hairs 0.1-0.2 mm apart) or dense (hairs
< 0.1 mm apart), sessile glands 16-128 mm 2 ;
transition from leaves to floral bracts abrupt.
Floral bracts lanceolate or elliptical, 6-27
mm long, 1.5-7 mm wide, not consistently
exceeding verticils. Verticils (inflorescence
clusters) all separated on rachis, cymes once
dichasial at base then monochasial or twice
dichasial (± globose), with 3-7 flowers per
monochasium, peduncles 0-12 mm long on
lowermost cluster; bracteoles spathulate or
linear, 2.8-5 mm long, 0.3-0.8 mm wide.
Corolla tube same length as calyx; annulus
2.3-3 mm from base of corolla, annulus
hairs 0.25-0.3 mm long; upper lip ovate or
elliptical, 4-5.1 mm long, with glandular or
eglandular hairs on outer surface; lower lip
4-6 mm long to end of lateral lobes, 6.5-10.3
mm long overall, with 20-100 eglandular hairs
on platform. Longest stamens 10-12.8 mm
long from base of corolla tube; filament hairs
0.7-1.3 mm long, mainly at distal end. Style
10.5-13 mm long; longer stigma lobe 0.65-0.7
mm long, shorter stigma lobe 0.45-0.6 mm
long. Fruiting calyces 1.2-2.2 mm apart on
rachilla; fruiting calyx cylindrical, 5.8-7.9
mm long, 2.4-3.9 mm wide at lobe apices,
1.8-2.9 times longer than wide, exterior
surface with all hairs same size and type, hairs
eglandular, 0.3-0.5 mm long, sessile glands
128-160 mm 2 ; lobes acute, 1.7-2.4 mm long.
Fruiting calyx fringe hairs longer at sinus end
than at apical end, 0.1-0.3 mm long at apical
Bean, Revision of Anisomeles
375
end, 0.7-1 mm long at sinus end, sinus hairs
absent, inner surface of tube with dense ring
of long hairs in medial section. Nutlets 2-2.2
mm long. Figs. 5J, 11C.
Additional specimens examined : Australia: Northern
Territory. 2 miles [3 km] N of Katherine, Apr 1967,
Adams 1755 (CANB, L, NT); Attack Creek, W of Stuart
Hwy, c. 66 km N of Tennant Creek, May 1996, Albrecht
7633 & Latz (NT); ‘Nickson’s Place’, across river from
Katherine, Apr 1956, Burbidge 5111 (BRI, CANB,
PERTH); Seven Emu Station, 34.3 km (by road) from
junction with main road to Wollogorang, May 1993,
Conn 3767 & Doust (DNA, NSW); Robinson River
Station, May 1983, Cowen 6 (CANB, DNA); Settlement
Creek (below jump-up) on road between Redbank Mine
and Wollogorang, May 1984, Halford 845123 (NT); c. 30
miles [48 km] E of Borroloola, Jun 1973, Henry 836 (NT);
Whittington Range, 70 km N of Tennant Creek, Oct
2006, Latz & Albrecht 22238 (MEL, NT); Wollogorang
Station, Branch Creek gorge, Jul 1998, Michell & Risler
1640 (DNA); Nitmiluk NP, Mar 2001, Michell 3349 &
Deichmann (DNA); Gibson Creek, 35 miles [56 km] N
of Tennant Creek, Jul 1968, Must 209 (MEL, NT); 15
miles [24 km] S of McArthur River station, Jul 1948,
Perry 1735 (MEL, NT, PERTH); Hayward Creek, W
of highway, Phillip Creek Station, Feb 1984, Strong 45
(NT); Attack Creek, Banka Banka station, Jul 1983,
Thomson 353 (NT). Queensland. Burke District:
Cloncurry, Nov 1935, Blake 10133 (BRI); Westmoreland
Station, just W of Hells Gate, 15 km SE of HS, May
2005, Booth 4293 (BRI, NSW); Norfolk Station, on
remote station track, Jun 2006, Booth 4619 & Kelman
(BRI); Cabbage Tree Creek, Little Eva crossing, Apr
1962, Cole 223 & Provan (BRI); Westmoreland, Lagoon
Creek, off track to Camp Ridgeway, May 1997, Forster
PIF21036 & Booth (BRI); 49 km from Mt Isa on Duchess
road. May 1997, Forster P1F21172 & Booth (BRI, DNA,
MEL); 12 km S of Mt Isa, on road to Duchess, Jun 1991,
Halford Q519 (BRI); Lawn Hill Station, Jul 1971, Latz
1607 (CANB, MEL, NSW, NT); 2 miles [3 km] S of Mt
Isa township. Mar 1954, Lazarides 4377 (BRI, CANB,
MEL, NT); Mt Isa, Aug 1928, MacGillivray 2213 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat: Anisomeles
xerophila is widely distributed from Katherine
south to Tennant Creek in the Northern
Territory and to Cloncurry in north-western
Queensland (Map 1). In the more inland
areas, it is confined to creek banks, but closer
to the coast, it inhabits eucalypt woodland on
flats or sandstone scree slopes; occasionally it
sometimes grows in limestone areas.
Phenology: Flowers mostly recorded from
January to July, but with a single record from
November; fruits from January to October.
Notes: Anisomeles xerophila is closely related
to A. leucotricha , but differs by the leaves
broadest towards the base, leaves with fewer
marginal lobes, the longer hairs of the lower
leaf surface, the well separated verticils
(verticils overlapping for A. leucotricha ),
and the more widely spaced fruiting calyces.
A. xerophila is also closely related to A.
brevipilosa , and possibly intergrades with it in
the Wollogorang - Borroloola area, but differs
by the mostly broader leaves, the longer hairs
on the upper and lower leaf surfaces, and the
shorter lower lip of the corolla.
This species usually has verticils that
are short and compact, twice dichasially
branched, but occasionally (e.g. Must 209,
Booth 4293, Burbidge 5111 ) they are once-
dichasial and elongate with a rachis up to
25mm long.
Conservation status: Least Concern.
Etymology: From the Greek xeros (dry) and
philus (loving). This species alone extends
to the semi-arid parts of Australia, where the
annual rainfall is about 450 mm.
Excluded names
Anisomeles australis Spreng., Syst. Veg. (ed.
16) [Sprengel] 4(2, Cur. Post.) 226 (1827). =
Teucrium corymbosum R.Br.
Anisomeles furcata (Link) Sweet, Hort. Brit.
[Loudon] 232 (1830). = Craniotome furcata
(Link) Kuntze.
Anisomeles glabrata Benth. ex Wall., Numer.
List n. 2041 (1829), nomen nudum.
Anisomeles indica f. albiflora Kuntze, Rev is.
Gen. PI. 2: 512 (1891), nomen nudum.
Anisomeles indica f. rubicunda Kuntze,
Revis. Gen. PI. 2: 512 (1891), nomen nudum.
Anisomeles intermedia Wight ex Benth.,
Labiat. Gen. Spec. 703 (1835). Type: India.
Madurai [Madura], undated, R. Wight 2172/42
(lecto: MM, fide Cramer (1981), n.v., isolecto:
E, K).
Bentham (1835) speculated that Anisomeles
intermedia could be a hybrid between^, ovata
(= A. indica) and A. malabarica, and I think
that this must be the case. Its morphological
characteristics are intermediate between
A. indica and A. malabarica, and both
376
of the original localities (Madura, India
and Peradeniya, Sri Lanka) are within the
geographical overlap zone of A. indica and A.
malabarica. Of the more than 200 Indian and
Sri Lankan Anisomeles specimens seen by the
present author, none matches the type of A.
intermedia , further supporting the idea that it
is an infrequent hybrid. Aluri (1992) reported
the existence of a single plant of a presumed
hybrid between these two species, occurring
at Turimella, India.
Anisomeles nepalensis Spreng., Syst. Veg. (ed.
16) [Sprengel] 2: 706 (1825). = Craniotome
furcata (Link) Kuntze
Anisomeles secunda f. albiflora Kuntze,
Revis. Gen. PI. 2: 512 (1891), nomen nudum.
Anisomeles secunda f. rubicunda Kuntze,
Revis. Gen. PI. 2: 512 (1891), nomen nudum.
Acknowledgements
I am grateful to the Directors of A, BKF,
BM, CANB, DNA, E, G, GH, K, L, MEL,
MH, NT, P, PERTH, PR, SING and W for the
loan of specimens or provision of specimen
images. Sincere thanks to Odile Poncy (P)
who undertook a prolonged and painstaking
search for the original material of Epimeredi.
My thanks are due to Keith McDonald
for his numerous excellent herbarium
collections, including spirit material, and
his photographic images of flowers and plant
habit; Rigel Jensen and Jeanette Kemp for
their collection of A. vulpina ; Ian Cowie for
sending photographs of wild Anisomeles ;
John McNeill for nomenclatural advice; Peter
Bostock for helping to interpret some difficult
Latin phrases, and for providing the Latin
diagnoses; Jian Wang for interpreting labels
of some Chinese specimens; Gordon Guymer
for his support and encouragement; and Will
Smith for the many illustrations and digital
images.
References
Abu-Asab, M.S. & Cantino, P.D. (1994). Systematic
implications of pollen morphology in
Subfamilies Lamioideae and Pogostemonoideae
(Labiatae). Annals of the Missouri Botanic
Gardens 81: 653-686.
Austrobaileya 9(3): 321-381 (2015)
Aluri, R.J.S. (1992). The Mint genus Anisomeles
(Lamiaceae). Proceedings of the Indian
National Science Academy, partB, 58: 387-393.
Aluri, R.J.S. & Subba Reddi, C. (1989). Pollination
biology of Anisomeles indica and A. malabarica
(Lamiaceae). Plant Species Biology 4: 157-167.
Apd (2013). African Plants Database (version 3.4.0).
Conservatoire et Jardin botaniques de la
Ville de Geneve and South African National
Biodiversity Institute: Pretoria. http://www.
ville-ge.ch/musinfo/bd/cjb/africa/, accessed 22
December 2013.
Arisawa, M., Nimura, M., Ikeda, A., Hayashi, T., Morita,
N., Momose, Y., Takeda, R. & Nakanishi,
S. (1986). Biologically active macrocyclic
diterpenoids from Chinese drug “fang feng
cao”. I. Isolation and structure. Planta Medica
(1): 38-41.
Avh (2015). Australia’s Virtual Herbarium.
Commonwealth Heads of Australasian
Herbaria, http://avh.chah.org.au/, accessed 18
January 2015.
Backer, C.A. & Bakhuizen Van Den Brink, R.C. (1965).
Flora of Java Volume 2. N.V. Noordhoff: The
Netherlands.
Baker, J.G. (1877). Flora of Mauritius and The
Seychelles. L. Reeve & Co.: London.
Baranwal, V.K., Irchhaiya, R. & Singh, S. (2012).
Anisomeles indica. An overview. International
Research Journal of Pharmacy 3: 84-87.
Bean, A.R. (2015). 2362. Proposal to conserve
Anisomeles against Epimeredi (Lamiaceae).
Taxon 64: 640-641.
Bendiksby, M., Thorbek, L., Scheen, A., Lindqvist, C.
& Ryding, O. (2011). An updated phylogeny
and classification of Lamiaceae subfamily
Lamioideae. Taxon 60: 471-484.
Bentham, G. (1835). Labiatarum genera et species ,
fascicle 7. J. Ridgeway & Sons: London.
- (1848). Anisomeles. In A.P de Candolle
(ed.), Prodromus systematis naturalis regni
vegetabilis 12: 455-457. Treuttel & Wurtz:
Paris.
- (1870). Anisomeles. In Flora Australiensis 5:
88-89. L. Reeve & Co.: London.
Bhatti, G.R. & Ingrouille, M. J. (1996). The systematics
of Anisomeles R.Br. (Lamiaceae). Fontqueria
44; 77-84.
Bostock, P.D. & Holland, A.E. (eds.) (2010). Census
of the Queensland Flora 2010. Queensland
Herbarium, Department of Environment and
Resource Management: Brisbane.
Bean, Revision of Anisomeles
377
- (2014). Introduction to the Census of the
Queensland Flora 2014. Queensland Department
of Science, Information Technology, Innovation
and the Arts: Brisbane, http://www.qld.gov.au/
environment/assets/documents/plants-animals/
herbarium/qld-flora-census.pdf, accessed 10
April 2015.
Brown, R. (1810). [1960 fascimile], Prodromus Flora
Novae Hollandiae et Insulae Van Diemen. J.
Cramer: New York.
Brown, R.W. (1956). Composition of Scientific
Words , revised edition. Smithsonian Books:
Washington.
Cantino, RD. (1992). Toward a phylogenetic
classification of the Labiatae. In R.M. Harley &
T. Reynolds (eds.). Advances in Labiate Science,
pp. 27-37. Royal Botanic Gardens: Kew.
Chopra, R.N., Nayar, S.L. & Chopra, I.C. (1956).
Glossary of Indian Medicinal Plants. Council of
Scientific and Industrial Research: New Delhi.
Cramer, L.H. (1981). Anisomeles. In M.D. Dassanayake
& F.R. Fosberg (eds). Revised Handbook
to the Flora of Ceylon 3: 176-178. Amerind
Publishing: New Dehli.
Dallwitz, M.J., Paine, T.A. & Zurcher, E.J. (1995
onwards). User’s guide to Intkey: a program
for interactive identification and information
retrieval, http://delta-intkey.com, accessed 11
January 2015.
- (1999 onwards). User’s guide to the DELTA
Editor, http://delta-intkey.com, accessed 11
January 2015.
Domin, K. (1928). Anisomeles. In Beitrdge zur Flora und
Planzengeographie Australiens. Bibliotheca
Botanica 89: 566-567. E. Schweizerbart:
Stuttgart.
Efloraofindia (2007-2015). Anisomeles heyneana.
https://sites.google.com/site/efloraofindia/
specie s/a---1/1/lam iaceae/anisomeles/
anisomeles-heyneana, accessed 12 March 2015.
Fryer, R. (2006). Appendix 1: seed germination records.
In L. Sweedman & D. Merritt (eds, Australian
Seeds - a guide to their collection, identification
and biology. CSIRO Publishing: Collingwood,
Victoria.
Geoscience Australia (2015). http://www.ga.gov.au/
place-names/index.xhtml, accessed 12 March
2015.
Govaerts, R., Dransfield, J., Paton, A., Harvey, Y.,
Navarro, T. & Rosario Garcia Pena, M.
Del (2013). World Checklist of Lamiaceae.
Facilitated by the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.
http://apps.kew.org/wcsp/, accessed 6 January
2013.
Harley, R.M., Atkins, S., Budantsev, A.L., Cantino,
P.D., Conn, B.J., Grayer, M., Harley, M.M.,
Kok, R. De, Krestovskaya, T., Moralaes, R.,
Paton, A.J., Ryding, O., & Upson, T. (2004).
Labiatae. In J. Kadereit (ed.). The Families
and Genera of Vascular Plants. VII. Flowering
Plants. Dicotyledons. Lamiales (except
Acanthaceae including Avicenniaceae), 167—
275. Springer: Berlin.
Hedge, I.C. (1998). Anisomeles. In P. Morat (ed.), Flore
de Madagascar et des Comores 175, pp. 42-44.
Museum National d’HistoireNaturelle: Paris.
Henderson, R.J.F. (ed.) (2002). Names and Distribution
of Queensland Plants, Algae and Lichens.
Queensland Herbarium, Environmental
Protection Agency: Brisbane.
Iucn (2012). IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria,
version 3.1, 2 nd ed. https://portals.iucn.org/
library/efiles/documents/RL-2001-001-2nd.pdf,
accessed 29 September 2014.
Jeyachandran, R., Mahesh, A. & Cindrella, L. (2007).
DEN-Induced Cancer and its alleviation by
Anisomeles malabarica (L.) R.Br. ethanolic
leaf extract in Male Albino mice. International
Journal of Cancer Research 3: 174-179.
Kavitha, T., Nelson, R., Thenmozhi, R. & Priya, E. (2012).
Antimicrobial activity and phytochemical
analysis of Anisomeles malabarica (L.) R.Br.
Journal of Microbiology and Biotechnology
Research 2: 1-5.
Keng, H. (1969). Flora Malesianae Precursores XLVIII,
A revision of Malesian Labiatae. The Gardens
Bulletin Singapore 24: 13-180.
- (1978). Labiatae. In C.G.G.J. Van Steenis
(ed.). Flora Malesiana 8: 301-394. Sijthoff &
Noordhoff: The Netherlands.
Krishnappa, D. G. & Basavaraj, I. (1982). In IOPB
chromosome number reports LXXV. Taxon 31:
361-362.
Mohanraj, R., Someshwar, N. & Pankaj, J. (2012).
Bioactivity studies on Anisomeles malabarica
(AM) R.Br. Journal of Biotechnology and
Biotherapeutics 2(9): 1-8.
Murata, G. (1971). Contributions to the Flora of
Southeast Asia. IV. A list of Labiatae known
from Thailand. Tonan Ajia Kenkyu (The
Southeast Asian Studies) 8: 489-517.
Orchard, A.E. (1999). A History of Systematic Botany
in Australia. Flora of Australia, 2 nd edition, 1:
11-103. ABRS, CSIRO Publishing: Melbourne.
Parkinson, P.G. (1987). Adanson’s generic names for
seed plants: Validation and typification, part 1.
Taxon 36: 81-87.
378
Preethy, CP, Alshatwi, A.A., Gunasekaran, M.
& Akbarsha, M.A. (2013). Analysis of the
cytotoxic potential of Anisomelic Acid
isolated from Anisomeles malabarica. Scientia
Pharmaceutica 81: 559-566.
Rothmaler, W. (1944). Nomina generica neglecta 1753—
1763. Repertorium Novarum Specierum Regni
Vegetabilis 53: 1-37.
Scheen, A., Bendiksby, M., Ryding, O., Mathiesen,
C., Albert, Y.A. & Lindqvist, C. (2010).
Molecular phylogenetics, character evolution,
and suprageneric classification of Lamioideae
(Lamiaceae). Annals of the Missouri Botanic
Gardens 97: 191-217.
Sims, J. (1819). Anisomeles malabarica , Malabar
Anisomeles, t. 2071. Botanical Magazine 46: t.
2071.
Subramanyam, K. & Henry, A.N. (1969). Proposal to
conserve the generic name 7284. Anisomeles
R.Br. (1810) against Epimeredi Adans. (1763)
[Labiatae], Taxon 18: 595-596.
Austrobaileya 9(3): 321-381 (2015)
Suddee, S. & Paton, A. (2009). A revision of Anisochilus
Wall, ex Benth. (Lamiaceae). Kew Bulletin 64:
235-257.
Thoppil, J. E. & Jose, J. (1998). Chromosome
configuration and evolution of base numbers
in Anisomeles R.Br. (Lamiaceae). Glimpses in
Plant Research 12: 173-177.
Warrier, P.K., Nambiar, V.P.K., Ramankutty, C. (eds.)
(1994). Indian Medicinal Plants, a compendium
of 500 species. Volume 1. Orient Longman
Private Limited: Chennai.
Wilbur, R.L. (1989). The type species of the genus
Sabatia Adanson (Gentianaceae). Rhodora 91:
167-171.
Yadava, R.N. & Barsainya, D. (1998). Chemistry and
antimicrobial activity of the essential oil from
Anisomeles indica (L.). Ancient Science of Life
18: 41-45.
Map 1. Distribution of Anisomeles spp. A. ajugacea ▼, A. dallachyi ▲, A. macdonaldii ★, A. xerophila •. National
Parks and other conservation reserves in grey.
Bean, Revision of Anisomeles
379
Map 2. Distribution of Anisomeles spp. A. antrorsa A. bundeyensis T, A. farinacea •, A. languida M,A. lappa •,
A. salviifolia ▲. National Parks and other conservation reserves in grey.
Map 3. Distribution of Anisomeles spp. A. brevipilosa ▲. A. leucotricha ■. A. moschata •. National Parks and other
conservation reserves in grey.
380
Austrobaileya 9(3): 321-381 (2015)
Map 4. Distribution of Anisomeles spp. A. candicans A, A. indica •.
Map 5. Distribution of Anisomeles spp. A. carpentarica •, A. eriodes A, A. papuana X, A. principis T-T,
A. vulpina M. National Parks and other conservation reserves in grey.
Bean, Revision of Anisomeles
381
Map 6. Distribution of Anisomeles spp. A. heyneana A, A. malabarica •.
Map 7. Distribution of Anisomeles spp. A. grandibractea w, A. inodora •, A. ornans ■ . A. viscidula A. National
Parks and other conservation reserves in grey.
Three new species of Taeniophyllum Blume
(Orchidaceae) from northern Queensland
B. Gray
Summary
Gray, B. (2015). Three new species of Taeniophyllum Blume (Orchidaceae) from northern Queensland.
Austrobaileya 9(3): 382-392. Three diminutive, leafless orchids of the genus Taeniophyllum are
described as new from northern Queensland, increasing the total species enumerated from mainland
Australia to eight, namely T. clementsii (D.L.Jones & B.Gray) Kocyan & Schuit., T. confertum
B.Gray & D.L.Jones, T. epacridicola B.Gray sp. nov., T. explanatum B.Gray sp. nov., T. lobatum
Dockrill, T. malianum Schltr., T. muelleri Lindl. ex Benth. and T. triquetroradix B.Gray sp. nov. A
key to the mainland Australian Taeniophyllum species is provided. All inflorescences of the mainland
Australian taxa are also illustrated and provided here for comparison purposes and compliment the
key. Line drawings, photographs and distribution maps for the three newly described species are
given.
Key Words: Orchidaceae, Taeniophyllum , Taeniophyllum epacridicola , Taeniophyllum explanatum ,
Taeniophyllum triquetroradix , Australia flora, Queensland flora, new species, taxonomy,
identification key
B. Gray, Australian Tropical Herbarium, James Cook University, Cairns Campus, McGregor Road,
Smithfield, Queensland 4878, Australia.
Introduction
Taeniophyllum Blume is a diverse group of
small, epiphytic orchids with 229 species
widely distributed from Africa through
India to Japan southwards through the Malay
Archipelago to New Guinea, Australia and
extending east to New Caledonia and Tahiti,
with the centre of distribution in New Guinea
(Schlechter 1982; Seidenfaden & Wood
1992; Margonska & Szlachetko 2010). In
Australia, six species are enumerated, namely
T. confertum B.Gray & D.L. Jones, T. lobatum
Dockrill, T. malianum Schltr., T. muelleri
Lindl. ex Benth., T. norfolkianum D.L. Jones,
B.Gray & M.A.Clements and T. pusillum
(Willd.) Seidenf. & Ormerod (formerly T.
obtusum Blume; see Seidenfaden 1995)
(Gray & Jones 1984; Lavarack & Gray 1985;
Clements 1989; Dockrill 1992; Ormerod 1994;
Jones 2006; Jones et al. 2006). However, two
of the six species recorded occur on off shore
islands, namely T. norfolkianum on Norfolk
Island (Jones et al. 2006) and T. pusillum on
Accepted for publication 24 August 2015
Christmas Island (Clements 1989) and are not
included in this paper.
Based on recent molecular findings,
Kocyan & Schuiteman (2014) combined
Microtatorchis Schltr. with Taeniophyllum ,
and in doing so, Microtatorchis clementsii
D.L.Jones & B.Gray was transferred to
Taeniophyllum clementsii (D.L. Jones &
B.Gray) Kocyan & Schuit., bringing the
number of Taeniophyllum species recognised
for mainland Australia up to five.
Generally, all the Australian
Taeniophyllum species are small, leafless or
with minute scale like leaves covering the
stem. They have diminutive flowers, usually
bearing only one, rarely two, at a time on a
peduncle. The inflorescence is a raceme, often
with continuous growth, producing flowers
over a long period.
Observations have been carried out by the
author over a period of some years, and have
led to the discovery of these three novelties
described here as T. epacridicola B.Gray sp.
nov., T. explanatum B.Gray sp. nov. and T.
triquetroradix B.Gray sp. nov. Two of these,
Gray, New species of Taeniophyllum from Queensland
namely T. explanatum and T. triquetroradix,
occur within the Wet Tropics of north-eastern
Queensland (Townsville to Cooktown),
while T. epacridicola is known only from far
northern Cape York Peninsula. All three new
species are known only from a small number
of collections.
Materials and methods
This study is based on examination of living
plants in the field, cultivated material, and
preserved spirit collections deposited in
BRI, CANB and CNS (herbaria acronyms
383
follow Thiers (continuously updated)).
Measurements and illustrations were made
based on living root and stem morphology,
whereas inflorescence structure and floral
characters were studied from live plants and
preserved materials in spirit. Length x width
measurements are indicated as measurement
x measurement mm.
An illustration depicting the inflorescences
of all mainland Australian Taeniophyllum
taxa, including the three newtaxa, is provided
here for comparison purposes (Fig. 1) and to
compliment the key.
Taxonomy
Key to mainland Australian Taeniophyllum species
1 Sepals and petals fused near the base forming a tube.2
1. Sepals and petals free to the base not forming a tube.5
2 Roots terete in cross section.T. muelleri
2. Roots triangular or flattened in cross section.3
3 Roots triangular in cross section (having a raised longitudinal ridge) . . T. triquetroradix
3. Roots flattened in cross section .4
4 Roots 1.5-2 mm broad; peduncle filiform, 12-25 mm long;
rachis filiform; floral bracts small, alternating, c. 0.5 mm apart,
all in one plane; flowers c. 2.5 mm long.T. explanatum
4. Roots 1 mm or less broad; peduncle filiform, 2-5 mm long; rachis not
filiform, fleshy, parallel sided, twice as wide as peduncle; floral
bracts alternating, <0.5 mm apart; flowers < 2 mm long.T. clementsii
5 Roots 2-3 mm broad; peduncle 2-3 mm long; floral bracts overlapping,
hiding the rachis.T. confertum
5. Roots 1.5-4 mm broad; peduncle and rachis not as above.6
6 Peduncle, rachis and ovary sparsely covered with erect short-bristly
hairs; flowers green, turning yellow with age.T. lobatum
6. Peduncle, rachis and ovary glabrous.7
7 Young roots green with rows of white elongate spots; roots 1.5-2.5 mm
broad, mostly hanging free from the host, some appressed; peduncle
filiform, 20-50(-60) mm long; floral bracts overlapping; flower 7-11 mm
wide.T. malianum
7. Young roots green; roots 2-3.5(-4) mm broad, appressed to the host;
peduncle and rachis zig-zag from base, not filiform, 5-10 mm long;
floral bracts alternating 1-1.5 mm apart; flower 4.5-5 mm
wide
T. epacridicola
384
Austrobaileya 9(3): 382-392 (2015)
10mm
E
Fig. 1 . Lateral views of inflorescences from all mainland Australian Taeniophyllum species. A. T. malianum
cultivated plant (no voucher). B. T. confertum from Walker s.n. (CNS). C. T. muelleri from Gray BG9661 (CNS). D.
T. lobatum from Gray BG8584 (CNS). E. T. triquetroradix from Gray BG4129 (CNS). F. T. epacridicola from Gray
BG5235 (CNS). G. T. explanatum from Gray BG9674 (CNS). H. T. clementsii from Gray BG8508 (CNS). Scale as
indicated. Del. B. Gray.
Gray, New species of Taeniophyllum from Queensland
1. Taeniophyllum epacridicola B.Gray
sp. nov. Similar to T. mangifera Schltr. but
differs in having dorsal sepal and petals
clavate, lateral sepals obovate with a sharp
apical point and a much larger stigmatic
opening. Typus: Queensland. Cook District:
Atherton, cultivated (ex situ from Wasp
Creek), 11 September 1990, B. Gray BG5235
(holo: BRI; iso: CNS).
Plant epiphytic. Roots usually several,
flattened, creeping, 50-150 mm long, 2-3.5(-
4) mm broad, greyish green. Inflorescences
one to several, scape 4-6 mm long. Rachis
rough, zig-zag, 5-10 mm long, reddish-green.
Floral bracts alternating triangular 1-1.5 mm
apart, reddish green. Flowers lasting one day,
4.5- 5 mm across, pale creamy yellow. Sepals
spreading widely free to the base. Dorsal
sepal concave, elliptic to obovate, c. 2.8 x
1.6- 1.8 mm. Lateral sepals broadly elliptic,
acute at the apex, c. 2.6 x 1.6 mm, keeled on
the back. Petals spathulate, c. 2 x 1.4 mm.
Labellum thick and fleshy, deeply concave
with raised sides and obtuse at the apex, c. 2.2
x 1.8 mm. Spur 1.4-1 mm, in line with the
labellum. Column short and stout, c. 1.2 x 1
mm, purplish towards the front. Anther cap
c. 0.8 x 1 mm, beaked at the front. Pollinia 4
in unequal pairs. Capsule 19-20 x c. 4.5 mm,
with slight longitudinal ridges. Figs. 2-4.
Additional specimens examined : Queensland. Cook
District: Wasp Creek north of Bamaga, Sep 1989, Gray
BG5120 (CNS); Usher Point, Cape York, Jan 2010, Gray
BG9681 & Bourne (CNS).
Distribution and habitat : Taeniophyllum
epacridicola is endemic to northern Cape
York where it is known from a few localities
north of the Jardine River (Map 1). Specimens
examined in the field grow on twigs and small
branches primarily in epacrid dominated
shrubland at elevations below 100 m. T.
epacridicola has also been rarely observed in
the margin of the rainforest.
Phenology : Flowering and fruiting has been
recorded between July and January.
Notes : Taeniophyllum epacridicola is in the
section Taeniophyllum (synonym: section
Trachyrhachis Schltr.), and this represents the
first record of the section for Australia. The
first specimen of T. epacridicola examined
385
was on a fallen branch in the edge of rainforest
near Lockerby homestead north of Bamaga in
September 1979. However, efforts to locate
more material for detailed examination were
unsuccessful until a second collection (sterile)
was made at Wasp Creek in September
1989 (Gray BG5120 ), and was successfully
flowered in cultivation in September 1990
(Gray BG5235). In 2008 another population
was located at Usher Point by David Baume.
This population was revisited in January of
2010 to enable voucher preparation (Gray
BG9681 & Baume). A single plant (tentatively
identified as this species), has been located
close to Punsand Bay; however, no fertile
specimen has been available to date.
Etymology : Taeniophyllum epacridicola is
named for its seeming preference to grow
in epacrid dominated shrubland consisting
of Leucopogon ruscifolius R.Br. and L.
yorkensis Pedley (Ericaceae).
2. Taeniophyllum explanatum B.Gray sp.
nov. Similar to T. muelleri Lindl. ex Benth.
but differs in having roots flattened in cross-
section. Typus: Queensland. Cook District:
Bridle Creek on power line access road, 24
October 2002, B. Gray BG8339 (holo: BRI;
iso: CNS).
Plant epiphytic forming small clumps with
5-30 roots. Roots ± flat in cross section, 1.5-
2 mm across, up to 10 cm long, dull green.
Inflorescences filiform, peduncle 12-25
mm x c. 0.2 mm with 1-3 bracts. Rachis
increasing in length as flowering progresses
producing 10-30 flowers one at a time; buds,
flowers and capsules can be present at the
same time. Floral bracts acute, alternate,
0.5-0.6 mm long, c. 0.5 mm apart and all
in one plane. Flowers opening singly, c. 2.5
mm long including the spur and c. 2.5 mm
across when open, green. Sepals and petals
connate at the base into a tube c. 0.8 mm
long, then spreading. Dorsal sepal linear
to narrowly lanceolate, c. 2 x 0.6-0.7 mm,
incurved. Lateral sepals linear, c. 2 x 0.6
mm. Petals ovate, c. 1.8 x 0.6 mm, incurved,
apex acuminate. Labellum cymbiform,
narrowly triangular, 1.8-2 mm x c. 0.5 mm
with low erect lobes at the base, apex acute
with an inflexed spur c. 0.5 mm long. Spur
386
Austrobaileya 9(3): 382-392 (2015)
Fig. 2. Taeniophyllum epacridicola. A. habit of a mature flowering plant. B. face view of flower. C. lateral view of
flower. D. lateral view of column and labellum. E. longitudinal section of flower. F. face view of anther. G. lateral view
of anther. H. pollinia. I. transverse section of mature root. All from Gray BG5235 (CNS). Scale as indicated. Del. B.
Gray.
Gray, New species of Taeniophyllum from Queensland
387
Fig. 3. Taeniophyllum epacridicola. A fruiting specimen showing flat roots closely appressed to a branch of an
understorey tree {Gray BG9681, CNS). Photo: B. Gray.
subglobose, c. 0.9 x 0.7 mm. Column domed,
c. 0.7 x 0.4 mm, wings forward facing and c.
0.3 x 0.1 mm. Anther cap c. 0.4 x 0.3 mm,
with 2 prominent humps. Pollinia 4 in two
pairs, pale yellow. Capsule not seen. Figs. 5
& 6 .
Additional specimens examined : Queensland. Cook
District: Robson Creek, Danbulla NP, Aug 2014, Ford
6332 (CNS); Bridle Creek on power line access Road,
Aug 2009, Gray BG9312 (CNS); Windsor Tableland NP,
Oct 2014, Gray BG9674, Baume & Walker (CNS); Mt
Windsor Tableland, May 1989, Jones 4377 & Clements
(CANB).
Distribution and habitat : Taeniophyllum
explanatum occurs within the Wet Tropics of
Queensland from Mount Windsor Tableland
south to Innisfail (Map 2) at elevations from
500 to 1000 m, in rainforest, usually on small
trees and vines.
Phenology : Flowering has been recorded
between May and January.
Fig. 4 .Taeniophyllum epacridicola. Close-up view of Notes'. Taeniophyllum explanatum has only
an open flower {Gray BG5235, CNS). Photo: B. Gray. been collected on a few occasions possibly
388
Austrobcdleya 9(3): 382-392 (2015)
Fig. 5. Taeniophyllum explanatum. A. habit of a mature flowering and fruiting plant. B. lateral view of flower. C. face
view of flower. D. transverse section of mature root. E. face view of column. F. lateral view of column. G. face view
of labellum. H. pollinia. I. lateral view of anther. J. face view of anther. K. lateral view of labellum and column. L.
longitudinal section through flower. M. dorsal sepal. N. lateral sepal. O. petal. All from Gray BG8339 (CNS). Scale as
indicated. Del. B. Gray.
Gray, New species of Taeniophyllum from Queensland
389
Fig. 6. Taeniophyllum explanatum. Plant showing inflorescences bearing flower buds and open flowers (Gray BG9674,
CNS). Photo: B. Gray.
because this small species is easily overlooked
in the rainforest. Most of the collections made
are from the more accessible understorey;
however, a single collection ( Ford 6332 ) is
from the rainforest canopy.
Etymology : The specific epithet refers to the
roots being flat.
3. Taeniophyllum triquetro radix B.Gray sp.
nov. Similar to Taeniophyllum muelleri Lindl.
ex Benth. but differs in having roots triangular
in cross-section. Typus: Queensland. Cook
District: Ridge above Tinaroo Dam perimeter
road, 8 September 1990, B. Gray BG5238
(holo: BRI; iso: CNS).
Taeniophyllum sp.; Ormerod (1994).
Illustrations : Jones (2006: 454), as T.
confertum B.Gray & D.L.Jones.
Plants epiphytic, spider like in appearance
sometimes proliferating from root tips
and forming small colonies. Roots 4-10,
appressed to the host, ± triangular in cross
section, 10-60 mm x 1.5-2 mm, glaucous to
greyish green, strongly ridged on the upper
surface. Inflorescences 1—3(—4); peduncle
5-12 mm long. Rachis extending as flowering
progresses; 5-20 or more flowered with one or
sometimes two open together; buds, flowers
and capsules can be present at the same
time. Floral bracts projecting 0.5-0.6 mm,
somewhat fleshy and all in one plane. Flowers
c. 4.5 mm long including the spur and 3 mm
in diameter, green, aging to yellowish green.
Sepals and petals fused at the base into a tube
c. 1.4 mm long. Sepals spreading, somewhat
ovate to narrowly triangular, c. 1.5 x 0.9 mm,
acute at the apex. Petals spreading, ovate, c.
1.4 x 0.8-0.9 mm, acute at the apex. Labellum
fleshy, cymbidiform c. 1.9 mm long, obscurely
three lobed near the base, lateral lobes c. 0.3
mm high, midlobe narrowly triangular, acute
at the apex with an inflexed spine c. 0.6 mm
long at the tip. Spur elongate-globose, c. 1.9
x 0.9 mm. Column domed c. 0.7 mm high,
390
Austrobaileya 9(3): 382-392 (2015)
Fig. 7. Taeniophyllum triquetroradix. A. habit of a mature flowering plant. B. lateral view of flower. C. face view of
flower. D. face view of labellum. E. face view of column. F. lateral view of column. G. longitudinal section of labellum
and column. H. lateral view of anther. I. face view of anther. J. face view of pollinia. K. lateral view of pollinia. L.
transverse section of mature root. M. lateral view of labellum and column. N. dorsal sepal. O. petal. P. lateral sepal. All
from Gray BG5238 (BRI). Scale as indicated. Del. B. Gray.
Gray, New species of Taeniophyllum from Queensland
column wings projecting forward, c. 0.4 mm
long. Anther Cap c. 0.5 x 0.5 mm, with two
distinct humps. Pollinarium c. 0.5 mm long.
Pollinia 4, ovoid, in 2 equal sized pairs,
yellow. Capsule 11.5-12 x 2-3 mm with 5-6
longitudinal ridges. Figs. 7 & 8.
Additional specimens examined : Queensland. Cook
District: Euluma Creek Road, Julatten, Jan 2003, Gray
BG8424 (CNS); Bushy Creek, Julatten, Aug 1985, Gray
BG4129 (CNS); Cairns Inlet near White Rock, Jul 2013,
Ormerod008( CNS).
Fig. 8. Taeniophyllum triquetroradix. Close-up view
of a flowering specimen in cultivation showing (i)
triangular roots with a clear dorsal median ridge, and (ii)
an inflorescence bearing a flower bud and an open flower
(Gray BG8424, CNS). Photo: B. Gray.
Distribution and habitat : Taeniophyllum
triquetroradix occurs within the Wet Tropics
of Queensland between Mossman and
Innisfail (Map 2) from sea level to 400 m.
Plants have been most commonly found in
poorly developed, open rainforest, either in
391
the understorey or the upper canopy based on
specimens found on fallen branches; however,
it has also been recorded at the edge of
mangroves. Some populations have also been
observed on trees in open paddocks.
Phenology : Flowers have been observed
between July and January.
Notes: Taeniophyllum triquetroradix is
probably more common than the number of
collections indicates because plants are small
and often overlooked.
Etymology : The specific epithet refers to the
roots which are triangular in cross section.
Acknowledgements
I am grateful to David Baume for his
kind help with locating new populations
of Taeniophyllum epacridicola and T.
explanatum , and who also assisted me in
numerous field trips; James Walker for good
company in the field, testing and commenting
on the taxonomic key, and his constructive
criticism with the manuscript. Special thanks
to Yee Wen Low (Singapore Botanic Gardens)
and Paul Ormerod (Cairns, Queensland) for
help with the initial stage of the manuscript.
Professor Darren Crayn and Frank Zich kindly
provided me with access to the Australian
Tropical Herbarium (CNS) to examine the
Taeniophyllum collection there; Paul Forster
and the curators of the Queensland herbarium
(BRI) for making available relevant materials
on loan for this study.
References
Clements, M.A. (1989). Catalogue of Australian
Orchidaceae. Australian Orchid Research 1:
1-160. (Taeniophyllum, p. 136).
Dockrill, A.W. (1992). Australian Indigenous Orchids ,
2 nd edition, 2: 874-886. Surrey Beatty &
Sons, in association with Society for Growing
Australian Plants: New South Wales.
Gray, B. & Jones, D.L. (1984). Miscellaneous notes
on the orchids of North Eastern Queensland.
1 - A new species of Bulbophyllum and
Taeniophyllum. Orchadian 8: 40-43.
Jones, D.L. (2006). A Complete Guide to Native Orchids
of Australia, including the Island Territories.
Reed New Holland: Sydney. ( Taeniophyllum , p.
453-455).
392
Jones, D.L., Gray, B. & Clements, M.A. (2006).
Taeniophyllum norfolkianum (Orchidaceae) a
new species from Norfolk Island. Orchadian
15: 156-158.
Kocyan, A. & S chuiteman, A. (2014). New combinations
in Aeridinae (Orchidaceae). Phytotaxa 161:
61-85.
Lavarack, P.S. & Gray, B. (1985). Tropical Orchids
of Australia. Thomas Nelson: Melbourne.
{Taeniophyllum, p. 140-143)
Margonska, H.B. & Szlachetko, D.L. (2010).
Orchidaceae of Tahiti, French Polynesia.
Gdansk University Press: Gdansk.
{Taeniophyllum, p. 86-90)
Ormerod, P. (1994). Orchids of Trinity Inlet. Orchadian
11: 149.
Map 1. Distribution of Taeniophyllum epacridicola,
grey shaded areas are conservation reserves.
Austrobaileya 9(3): 382-392 (2015)
Schlechter, R. (1982). The Orchidaceae of German
New Guinea. Australian Orchid Foundation:
Melbourne. {Taeniophyllum, p. 1077-1096)
Seidenfaden, G. (1995). The Descriptions
Epidendrorum of J.G. Konig 1791. Olsen &
Olsen: Fredensborg. {Taeniophyllum pusillum,
p. 23-24)
Seidenfaden, G. & Wood, J.J. (1992). The Orchids of
Peninsular Malaysia and Singapore. Olsen &
Olsen: Fredensborg. {Taeniophyllum, p. 571—
581)
Thiers, B. (continuously updated). Index Herbariorum:
A global directory of public herbaria and
associated staff New York Botanical Garden’s
Virtual Herbarium, http://sweetgum.nybg.org/
ih/, accessed November 2014.
Map 2. Distribution of Taeniophyllum explanatum
A and T. triquetroradix CD, grey shaded areas are
conservation reserves.
A taxonomic revision of Cynometra L. (Fabaceae) in
Australia with a new species from the Wet Tropics of
Queensland and a range extension to the mainland
W.E.Cooper
Summary
Cooper, W.E. (2015). A taxonomic revision of Cynometra L. (Fabaceae) in Australia with a new
species from the Wet Tropics of Queensland and a range extension to the mainland. Austrobaileya
9(3): 393-403. Cynometra comprises three species in Australia. In addition to C. iripa Kostel., the
new species C. roseiflora W.E.Cooper is described, illustrated and distinguished from related species.
C. ramiflora L. is newly recorded as occurring on the Australian mainland in north Queensland. All
species are described with notes provided on typification, distribution and habitat. An identification
key to the species of Cynometra in Australia is presented.
Key Words: Fabaceae, Leguminosae, Cynometra, Cynometra iripa, Cynometra ramiflora, Cynometra
roseiflora, new species, taxonomy, Australia flora, Queensland flora, identification key
W.E. Cooper, Australian Tropical Herbarium, James Cook University, Cairns Campus, McGregor
Road, Smithfield, Queensland 4878, Australia.
Introduction
Cynometra L. has been classified in the
leguminous tribe Detarieae (within the
Caesalpiniaceae) that broadly corresponds to
the ‘Detarieae clade’ recovered from multiple
genetic sequence data (Bruneau et al. 2008).
There appears to be a close relationship with
Maniltoa based on the available genetic
evidence; however, taxon sampling has been
limited to date (Bruneau et al. 2008), hence
the traditional circumscription of Cynometra
based on floral morphology (Knapp-van
Meeuwen 1970; Ding Hou 1996) is followed
in the current paper.
Cynometra comprises approximately
88 species when so defined (The Plant List
2013) with a pantropical distribution from
the African continent, Indian subcontinent
(including Indian Ocean Islands, India, Sri
Lanka), SE Asia, Malesia, Pacific Islands,
Australia to Central America (Mexico), the
West Indies and South America (Brazil,
Argentina and Chile), occurring in forests
from sea level to altitudes of 1300 m. The
genus has its greatest diversity on the African
continent (Cowan & Polhill 1981: 124) and
Accepted for publication 23 July 2015
is present only in small species numbers in
Australia and the western Pacific.
Historically, within Australia and in Asia,
specimens of Cynometra iripa Kostel. (in
the sense applied in this paper) have been
previously determined as C. ramiflora var.
bijuga (Bentham 1864; Bailey 1900; Knaap-
van Meeuwen 1970). Recent consensus
has been that true C. ramiflora did not
occur on mainland Australia (Knapp-van
Meeuwen 1970; Tomlinson 1986; Ding Hou
1996); although it has been subsequently
recorded from the Australian territory of
Christmas Island in the Indian Ocean (Du
Puy 1993; Claussen 2005). Despite these
published statements, Cynometra ramiflora
does indeed occur on mainland Australia
and was first collected at the Jardine River
on Cape York Peninsula in 1978 {Stirling
AIM462 BRI), although this specimen was
possibly overlooked by the second and
third groups of authors mentioned above.
Cynometra ramiflora was again collected in
1991 ( Sankowsky 1223 [BRI], this specimen
resulting in the phrase name Cynometra sp.
(Paira Homestead Rd., G. Sankowsky +1223)
at BRI) and again at Jardine River in October
2014 {Cooper, Jensen, Kemp & Zdenek 2265,
2267 .; 2268 [CNS]).
394
In 1992, Garry Sankowsky collected a
sterile specimen of Cynometra at Mossman
River. This specimen and further collections
were later determined at QRS (now CNS)
to be C. ramiflora, and as C. iripa by the
Queensland Herbarium (BRI). Habitat as
well as leaf, flower and fruit morphology
indicated that these collections were distinct
from C. ramiflora and C. iripa and required
investigation.
This morphological and ecological study
confirms that three species of Cynometra
occur in Australia: C. iripa , C.ramiflora and
the newly described C. roseiflora known
only from the Mossman River. Knaap-Van
Meeuwen (1970: 13) stated that all Indo-
Pacific species of Cynometra grow under
ever-wet conditions; however, the three
species that occur in Australia grow in
tropical climates with a distinct dry season.
C. iripa and C. ramiflora do occur in back
mangal {sensu Tomlinson 1986) areas, but C.
roseiflora occurs in rainforest with a distinct
dry season on porous granitic soil.
Materials and methods
The study is based upon the examination of
selected herbarium material from CNS, BRI,
CANB and NSW (herbarium acronyms as
per Index Herbariorum: A Global Directory
of Public Herbaria and Associated Staff
2015), combined with field observations of all
species. All specimens cited have been seen
by the author.
Measurements of the floral parts and fruits
are based on fresh material as well as material
preserved in 70% ethanol.
Taxonomy
Cynometra L., Sp. PI. 1: 382 (1753) & Gen.
PI, 5 th edn. 466 (1754). Type species: C.
cauliflora L.
Austrobaileya 9 ( 3 ): 393-403 ( 2015 )
Cynometra in Australia: Monoecious shrubs
or trees to 15 m tall, can be multistemmed
or buttressed. Bark finely fissured, lenticels
linear or round; stipules caducous and leaving
no visible scar; bracts enclosing new leaves
and inflorescences similar to the stipules,
several overlap to create a cone-like structure,
broadly reniform, semi-circular, broadly
ovate, somewhat cupular or oblong-obovate,
0.8-2.5 mm long, rust coloured, minute hairs
on dorsal surface, margin ciliate, caducous.
Leaves coriaceous, alternate, 1-2-jugate,
discolorous, new leaves green, pink or
bright red; petiole + rachis chanelled on the
upperside; petiolules thickened, wrinkled,
mostly enclosed by leaflet base; leaflets
opposite, asymmetrical, basal pair (if present)
are smaller than terminal pair; base oblique;
margin entire; venation brochidodromous.
Inflorescences axillary, terminal or
ramiflorous, racemes on a swelling; bracteoles
1 or 2 towards pedicel base, filiform or strap¬
shaped, 1.5-3.5 mm long, caducous. Flowers
bisexual; hypanthium inverted cone-shaped;
sepals 4, imbricate, unequal in width, margin
ciliate at apex, somewhat ragged or entire,
acute; petals 5, free, white or pink, margin
entire or barely fimbriate at apex, caducous;
disk absent; stamens 10; anthers orbicular-
cordate, cleft at base, bilocular, introrse,
medi-dorsifixed, dehiscing longitudinally;
ovary asymmetrically elliptical, stipe short
and inserted excentrically; ovules 1 (rarely
2 or 3); style slender, almost directly in line
with dorsal margin of ovary or excentric to
varying degrees and becoming more excentric
post anthesis; stigma capitate. Fruit an
indehiscent woody nut, asymmetrical with a
beak at apex of dorsal suture, rugose, scurfy;
seeds 1 (rarely 2 or 3). Germination epigeal.
Key to Cynometra species in Australia
1 Petals bright pink, about half as long as sepals; ovary inner wall glabrous
but for a tuft of hairs at base; new leaves bright red.3. C. roseiflora
1. Petals white or very pale pink, about same length as sepals; ovary inner
wall glabrous to generally hairy (not tufted at base); new leaves green or pink
2
395
Cooper, Cynometra in Australia
2 Leaf rachis and petiolules minutely hairy; sepal apices ciliate; ovary
inner walls pubescent; fruit laterally compressed and distinctly beaked
partway along dorsal side; new leaves green.1. C. iripa
2. Leaf rachis and petiolules glabrous on mainland Australia (minutely
hairy or glabrescent on Christmas Island); sepal apices entire
or few-toothed; ovary inner walls glabrous or with a few sparse
hairs; fruit globose and with a small beak near apex of dorsal side;
new leaves pink .2. C. ramiflora
1. Cynometra iripa Kostel., Allg. Med-
Pharm. FI. 4: 1341 (1835). Type: Rheede,
Hort. Malab. 4: t. 31 (1683).
Cynometra ramiflora var. bijuga auct. non
(Span, ex Miq.) Benth. as to type; Bentham
(1864: 296).
Cynometra ramiflora auct. non. L.; Bailey
(1900: 469).
Illustrations : Parkinson A (1768-71) as
C. ramiflora ; Lear & Turner (1977: 31) as
C. ramiflora ; Wightman (1989: 63); Ross
(1998: 168); Tomlinson (1986: 253); Cooper
& Cooper (2004: 102); Duke (2006: 136, 137
[upper image], (2013).
In Australia: Shrub or tree to 6 m, sometimes
multistemmed. Bark finely fissured, lenticels
linear or round, pale; new flush foliage green;
stipules not seen. Leaves 1-2-jugate; petioles
1-4 mm long, minutely pubescent; petiole
+ rachis 9-30 mm long, channelled on the
upperside, puberulent, lenticels pale; petiolules
up to 3 mm long, wrinkled, mostly enclosed
by leaflet base, puberulent on underside,
glabrescent on upperside; leaflets discolorous,
asymmetrical, obliquely-elliptical, obliquely-
oblong, obliquely-obovate or obliquely-ovate;
basal pair 8.5-50 x 5-30 mm; terminal pair
23-85 x 11-50 mm; coriaceous, glabrous;
base oblique, cuneate, attenuate or obtuse;
apex obtuse and emarginate; margin entire;
venation brochidodromous, primary vein
raised (more so on under-side); secondary
veins 6-10 pairs, slightly raised on both sides
of dried specimens but ± flush on fresh leaves,
angle of divergence from primary vein 50-70°,
forming loops 2-5 mm from margin; tertiary
venation reticulate. Inflorescences axillary,
terminal or ramiflorous, solitary racemes or
a fascicle of racemes on a swelling, racemes
3-9-flowered; bracteoles 1 or 2 towards pedicel
base, filiform, 1.5-3 mm long, sparsely hairy,
caducous. Flowers fragrant, erect, 6.5-8.5
x 5.5-8 mm wide; receptacle inverted cone-
shaped, c. 1.5 x 1.5 mm; sepals 4, unequal in
width, lanceolate or oblong-ovate, becoming
reflexed and often incurved at apex, 2.5-3 x
0.5-1.7 mm, white or very pale pink; margin
at apex ciliate, from mid position to base
entire or sparsely ciliate; glabrous or with
few sparse hairs on abaxial surface; petals
5, white or very pale pink, lanceolate, 2-3
x 0.5-0.7 mm, glabrous, caducous; stamens
10; filaments terete, 4-7 mm long, straight or
curved, glabrous; anthers c. lxl mm, brown;
ovary inserted excentrically on a short stipe,
c. 2.25 x 1.25 mm, pink, white pubescent
externally, appressed-pubescent internally;
ovules 1 (rarely 2); style slender, almost
directly in line with dorsal margin of ovary or
excentric to varying degrees, becoming more
excentric post anthesis, 2-4 mm long, sparsely
hairy from median section to base; stigma
capitate. Fruit on a 6-10 mm long pedicel, an
asymmetrical nut with a distinct beak at apex
of dorsal suture and partway along dorsal
side, suborbicular, laterally compressed, 30-
40 x 30-34 x 17.5-20 mm, deeply rugose,
glabrescent, scurfy, brown; seeds 1 (rarely 2),
25-29 x 17-20 mm. wrinklepod mangrove.
Figs. 1A, 2A-C.
Additional selected specimens (from 60 examined ):
Australia: Northern Territory. Ingliss Island, Dec
1987, Dunlop 7510 (CANB); Arnhem Bay, Probable
Island, Oct 2009, Westaway 3190 (NSW). Queensland.
Cook District: c. 6 km NE of Mapoon community,
Sep 2006, Wharton s.n. (BRI [AQ783524]); Cape York
Peninsula, E of Bramwell Homestead on Olive River,
Dec 1987, Kanis 2047 (CANB); Weipa Concession,
Marmoss Creek, Sep 1974, Dockrill 853 (CNS); near
Taylors Landing, Claudie River, Jul 2014, Cooper 2239,
Jensen & Venables (CNS); Nesbit River, Jun 1995,
Forster PIF17083 (CNS); Annie River, Dec 1978, Duke
AIM877 (BRI); Endeavour River Estuary, May 1991,
Le Cussan 25 (CNS); Cooktown, Keatings Lagoon
396
Fig. 1. Cynometra flowers: A. Cynometra iripa ( Cooper
2238 et al. [CNS]), B. C. ramiftora ( Cooper 2245 et al.
[CNS]), C. C. roseiflora ( Cooper 2215 et al. [CNS]).
Photos: A & B, W. Cooper; C, T. Hawkes.
Austrobaileya 9(3): 393-403 (2015)
Conservation Park, Dec 2008, Booth 5243 & Lynch
(BRI); 100 m N of Daintree River ferry crossing, Jul
1995, Gray 6247 (CNS); North bank of Mossman River
mouth, Sep 1948, Smith 3997 (CANB); Redden Island,
Machans Beach, Apr 2014, Cooper 2235, Venables &
Cooper (CNS); Holloways Beach, Jan 2015, Cooper
2273 (CNS); Holloways Beach, Jul 2014, Cooper 2238
& Venables (CNS); Russell River Road, Jul 2004, Gray
8933 (CNS); Mouth of Maria Creek near Kurramine
Beach, Jul 1994, Waterhouse 3356 (BRI); Deluge Inlet,
Hinchinbrook Island, Aug 1976, Abel AS144 (BRI).
North Kennedy District: Hayman Island, Jun 1934,
White 10120 (BRI). South Kennedy District: Mackay,
Sep 1968, Jones s.n. (BRI [AQ19340]).
Distribution and habitat : Cynometra iripa
is distributed throughout tropical southern
and south-eastern Asia (including India,
Bangladesh, Myanmar, Cambodia, Vietnam
and Thailand), Malesia (Malaysia, Indonesia,
Singapore, the Philippines and New Guinea),
Micronesia, Melanesia (Solomon Islands,
New Caledonia) and Australia, at altitudes
reportedly to 500 m (Ding Hou 1996). Within
Australia, C. iripa has been recorded in
Queensland on the mainland and off shore
islands from Cape York to the Mackay area,
as well as west to East Arnhem Land in the
Northern Territory (Map 1); altitude near sea-
level to 20 m.
In Australia, Cynometra iripa is a plant
of back mangal areas, rarely of upstream
wetlands (Keatings Lagoon near Cooktown
lBooth 5243 & Lynch]) or adjoining
monsoon forest (Arnhem Land [Westaway
3190]). In Queensland it commonly co¬
occurs with Acacia polystachya A.Cunn.
ex Benth., Acrostichum speciosum Willd.,
Aegiceras corniculatum (L.) Blanco, Ary tern
bifoliolata S.T.Reynolds, Avicennia marina
(Forssk.) Vierh., Brownlowia argentata
Kurz, Bruguiera gymnorhiza (L.) Savigny,
Cierodendrum inerme (L.) Gaertn.,
Cryptocarya exfoliata C.K.Allen, Dalbergia
candenatensis (Dennst.) Prain, Derris
trifoliata Lour., Dillenia alata (R.Br. ex DC.)
Martelli, Dysoxylum acutangulum subsp.
foveolatum (Radik.) Mabb., Excoecaria
agallocha L., Ganophyllum falcatum Blume,
Heritiera littoralis Dryand., Lumnitzera
littorea (Jack) F.Voigt, Melaleuca leucadendra
(L.) L., Thespesia populneoides (Roxb.)
Kostel., Terminalia sericocarpa F.Muell and
Xylocarpus spp. In the Northern Territory it is
Cooper, Cynometra in Australia
397
Fig. 2. Cynometra fruit all natural size: C. iripa (Cooper 2273 [CNS]), A. ventral view, B. lateral view showing beak
on dorsal side; C. ramiflora {Cooper 2265 et al. [CNS]), C. dorsal view, D. lateral view; C. roseiflora {Cooper 2271 et
al. [CNS]), E. lateral view, F. ventral view, G. dorsal view. Del. W.T. Cooper.
known to occur in back mangal communities
co-occurring with Aegiceras corniculatum
(L.) Blanco, Lumnitzera racemosa Willd.
and Flacourtia territorialis Airy Shaw, and
in adjoining monsoon forest dominated by
Peltophorum pterocarpum (DC.) Backer ex
K. Heyne.
Phenology : Flowers have been recorded from
March to October; fruits have been recorded
from January to March, June to September
and in November.
Typification: Cynometra iripa Kostel. is
solely based on Rheede’s plate in Hortus
Malabaricus (Kosteletzky 1835; Knaap-van
Meeuwen 1970). This plate was also one of
the two elements cited by Linnaeus (1753) in
his description of C. ramiflora L.; however,
this element has now been excluded from
398
typification of that name (Kosteletzky 1835;
Knaap-van Meeuwen 1970). Kosteletzky
(1835) quite clearly indicated the single
typifying elements for both his name and that
of Linnaeus (1753) and provided accounts of
both species. Although this does not equate
to a formal lectotypification in the modern
sense, subsequent authors have followed
this citation (e.g. Knaap-van Meeuwen 1970;
Ding Hou 1996: 606; Ross 1998: 169). Jarvis
(2007) goes so far as to state “Lectotype
(Knaap-van Meeuwen in Blumea 18: 23
(1970): [icon] “ Cynomorium Silvestre ” in
Rumphius, Herb. Amboin. 1: 167, t. 63. 1741”,
although Kosteletzky (1835) rather than
Knaap-van Meeuwen (1970) should probably
be regarded as making this decision: neither
state “lectotypify” as such.
Notes: Cynometra iripa has been described
as having a style not in line with the dorsal
suture of the ovary (Knaap-van Meeuwen
1970), but Australian material has styles
that are often directly in line with the dorsal
suture, although during and after anthesis
they become excentric to varying degrees.
All living specimens seen in the Cairns area,
as well as along the Claudie and Olive Rivers,
have pink ovaries with a dense covering of
white hairs, thus differing from the rust-
coloured pubescence described by Ross
(1998). Fresh specimens from other areas
were not seen for comparison.
Sepals have been described as being
rather long-hairy (Knaap-van Meeuwen
1970: 23; Ding Hou et al. 1996: 603). Sepals
of Australian specimens seen by the author
of this revision do not have a hairy surface
but do have a ciliate margin especially at the
apex.
Etymology: There has been confusion over
the etymology of the specific epithet iripa. It is
clear that Rheede’s name for this plant, Iripa ,
was based on an indigenous Malayalam (native
language of southern India) name (Rheede’s
opening statement is ‘Iripa Malabarensibus’;
Ram (2005) also indicates that Malayalam
names were employed by Rheede). This is
further confirmed by Nicolson et al. (1988),
who reported that “Irippa (sic) is still used. It
is found [in] mangrove swamps, increasingly
Austrobaileya 9(3): 393-403 (2015)
scarce in Kerala”. Hence the etymology for
iripa is derived from Irippa, the Malayalam
name for the plant.
2. Cynometra ramiflora L., Sp. PI. 382
(1753). Type: based on Cynomorium sylvestre
Rumph., Herb. Amboin. 1: 167, t. 63 (1741),
fide Knaap-van Meeuwen (1970: 23 “excl. syn
Iripa Rheede”).
Cynometra sp. (Paira Homestead Rd
G.Sankowsky+ 1223); Pedley (2007: 39,2010:
34).
Illustrations: Beddome (1869-1874); Pierre
(1880-1907); Kirtikar & Basu (1918);
Verdcourt (1979: 84); Whitmore (1983: 255);
Du Puy (1993: 180 D & E); Corner (1997:
399); Claussen (2005: 21); Duke (2006: 137)
as C. iripa (lower photo).
In Australia: Tree to 15 m, dbh to 60 cm,
buttressed, blaze red. Bark with numerous
lenticels, these round or elongated and often
in vertical lines; twigs with scattered to dense
round and linear lenticels; new flush foliage
pink to cream; stipules filiform, c. 1.5 mm
long; tuft of hairs at petiole apex c. 0.75 mm
long, caducous. Leaves 1 (rarely 2)-jugate;
petiole (+ rachis when present) 5-33 mm long,
shallowly grooved on upper side, glabrous
on mainland specimens and glabrescent on
Christmas Island specimens; petiolules 2-6
mm long, thickened and mostly enclosed by
leaflet base, glabrous on mainland specimens
but minutely pubescent on Christmas Island
specimens; leaflets discolorous, asymmetrical,
obliquely-ovate, obliquely-oblong, obliquely-
obovate or broadly elliptical; basal leaflets, if
present, 17-82 x 9-46 mm; terminal leaflets
63-210 x 30-98 mm; coriaceous, shiny,
glabrous; base oblique, rounded, truncate,
attenuate or cuneate; apex acute, shortly
acuminate, acuminate or emarginate; margin
entire; venation brochidodromous, primary
vein raised on upperside, secondary veins
in 8-12 pairs (6 -7 pairs on basal leaflets
if these present), angle of divergence from
primary vein 40°-50°; tertiary venation
reticulate. Inflorescences axillary, terminal
or ramiflorous, solitary or paired (sometimes
condensed) racemes, up to 20-flowered; rachis
to 20 mm long, glabrous; pedicels 6.5-12.5
Cooper, Cynometra in Australia
mm long, glabrous; bracteoles near pedicel
bases boat-shaped and keeled, 3-3.5 x c. 1.5
mm, ciliate at apex, dorsal surface with hairs
along keel line and some scattered minute
hairs may be present, caducous. Flowers
with an unpleasant odour, erect, 5-9 x c. 9
mm; receptacle inverted cone-shaped, c. 1.5 x
1.5-2.5 mm; sepals 4, oblong-ovate, c. 5 x 2.5
mm, white, apex acute and somewhat ragged
or slightly fimbriate, otherwise margin entire,
glabrous; petals 5, obovate-lanceolate, 5.5-6
x c. 1.5 mm, white, caducous, glabrous, apex
acute or mucronate and somewhat ragged or
slightly fimbriate, otherwise margin entire;
stamens 10; filaments terete, straight or
curved, 6-8 mm long, glabrous; anthers c.
1.25 mm long, cream to brown; ovary inserted
slightly off centre on its stipe, c. 1 mm long,
yellowish or pink, pubescent externally,
internal walls glabrous (or with a few sparse
hairs Cooper 2245); ovules 1-3; style in line
with dorsal suture or frequently excentric,
3-3.5 mm long, sparse hairs towards base;
stigma capitate. Fruit on a 3-10 mm long
pedicel, an asymmetrical, somewhat globose
nut, but flattened on the ventral side, 38-52 x
37-42 x 28.5-40 mm, rust brown coloured,
woody, rugose, scurfy, minutely and sparsely
pubescent, beak short, near apex of dorsal
suture, seed solitary, wrinklepod mangrove.
Figs. IB, 2C & D, 3
Additional selected specimens {from 18 examined ):
Malaysia. Pahang, Kuantan Telok Chempedak Bay, Jul
1992, Saw FRI37559 (CNS). Papua New Guinea. New
Britain Province: Cape Roebuck, west of Fullerborn
Harbour, May 1973, Womersley NGF41214 (CNS).
Western province: Morehead River, c. 8 miles inland,
Aug 1967, Pullen 7057 (CANB), 7074 (CANB); junction
of Bensbach & Tarl Rivers, Bensbach sub-district, Aug
1967, Ridsdale & GaloreNGF33711 (CANB). Australia.
Christmas Island. SE Ross Hill, Mar 2002, Holmes
CI43 & Holmes (CANB); Cultivated at National Park
Headquarters, Dec 2014, Cooper 2285 & Maple (CNS);
Cultivated at 21 Central Rehab Field, Dec 2014, Cooper
2286 & Maple (CNS). Queensland. Cook District: Paira
Homestead, Sep 1991, Sankowsky 1223 (CNS); Old Paira
Homestead Road, Cape York, Feb 1992, Sankowsky 1320
(CNS); Jardine River, Nov 1978, Stirling AIM462 (BRI);
Jardine River, Oct 2014, Cooper 2267, Jensen, Kemp &
Zdenek (CNS); Jardine River, Oct 2014, Cooper 2265,
Jensen, Kemp & Zdenek {C NS); Jardine River, Oct 2014,
Cooper 2268, Jensen, Kemp & Zdenek (CNS); ex Mew
River, Muddy Bay, Cape York (cultivated at Tolga), Oct
2005, Sankowsky 2668 & Sankowsky (BRI); ditto Joe.,
(cult, by Sankowsky at Tolga), Oct 2014, Cooper 2258,
399
Fig. 3. Cynometra ramiflora showing pink colouration
on pendulous new leaves {Sankowsky 2668 et al. [CNS]).
Photo: G. Sankowsky.
Cooper & Sankowsky (CNS); Cairns Botanic Gardens
(ex Mew River), May 2014, Cooper 2275 & Venables
(CNS); Cairns Botanic Gardens (ex Mew River), Aug
2014, Cooper 2245, Cooper & Roberts (CNS).
Distribution and habitat : Cynometra
ramiflora occurs in India, Sri Lanka,
South-east Asia (including Thailand),
Malesia (including Indonesia, Malaysia,
the Philippines, New Guinea), Melanesia
(Solomon Islands, New Caledonia) and
Australia.
On mainland Australia, it has been
recorded from two locations from north
Queensland near Cape York (Map 1). One
site is along the Jardine River in areas of
back mangal on white sand and mangrove
mud where it co-occurs with Acrostichum
speciosum Willd., Calophyllum inophyllumL.,
Cerbera manghas L., Crinum pedunculatum
R.Br., Heritiera littoralis Dryand., Melaleuca
quinquenervia (Cav.) S.T.Blake, Rhizophora
spp. and Xylocarpus granatum K.D.Koenig.
The second is near the Mew River on the east
coast adjacent to mangroves in swamp forest
dominated by Livistona benthamii F.M.Bailey.
On Christmas Island, C. ramiflora occurs
in isolated relict mangroves on an elevated
400
area at c. 300 m altitude where, at no time
since the last interglacial has sea level been
where mangroves are now found (Woodroffe
1988: 12). Christmas Island has been rapidly
uplifted during the Cainozoic pushing
tertiary limestone to 361 m above sea level
(Woodroffe 1988: 12).
Phenology : Flowers in cultivation have
been recorded in August and October; fruit
has been recorded from the Jardine River in
October and in cultivation in May.
Typification: See previous notes under
Cynometra iripa.
Notes: Previously Cynometra ramiflora
was thought not to occur in Australia, but
specimens from Cape York and Christmas
Island are confirmed to be this species.
In the past, C. ramiflora has been
distinguished from C. iripa by the glabrous
inner wall of its ovaries (Knaap-Van Meeuwen
1970: 14; Tomlinson 1986: 253) (those of C.
iripa are pubescent). However, one collection
(Cooper 2245 ) has sparse but distinct pale
hairs on the inner wall of some, but not all
ovaries.
Sepals have been variously described as
being completely hairy, with a few hairs near
their tip or glabrous (Knaap-van Meeuwen
1970: 24, Ding Hou et al. 1996: 606).
Australian material has glabrous sepals with
an entire to slightly fimbriate apex margin.
With the exception of a small tuft
of caducous hairs at the petiole apex,
all specimens seen from the Australian
mainland and New Guinea have glabrous
petioles, rachises and petiolules (including on
tender new growth), whereas material from
Christmas Island and SE Asia have glabrescent
petioles and rachises, and minutely pubescent
petiolules.
Etymology : The specific epithet, ramiflora ,
is derived from the Latin rami- (pertaining to
branches) and -florus (flowered), referring to
the ramiflorous inflorescences.
3. Cynometra roseiflora W.E.Cooper sp.
nov. Similar to Cynometra ramiflora L. but
differs in the colour of new flush foliage (red
Austrobaileya 9(3): 393-403 (2015)
versus pink); petal length (about half as long
as sepals versus of similar length); petal colour
(bright pink versus white); internal ovary
wall (glabrous but for a tuft of hairs at base
versus glabrous or sparsely hairy but lacking
a tuft of hairs at base); fruit shape (reniform
and laterally compressed versus globose
and ventrally flattened). Typus: Australia:
Queensland. Cook District: Mossman Gorge
section, Daintree National Park, north side of
the river, 10 March 2013, W. Cooper 2215 , T.
Hawkes, R. Jensen , J. Kemp & J. Leech (holo:
CNS [2 sheets + spirit]; iso: BRI, CANB, L,
K, MO distribuendi).
Cynometra iripa (in part) ( sensu Pedley 2007:
39).
Cynometra ramiflora (in part) {sensu Hyland
etal. 2003, 2010).
Shrub or tree to 15 m. Bark with round or
elongated lenticels or pustules; twigs zig¬
zag, with lenticels round and scattered;
stipules not seen. Leaves 1-jugate; petioles
4-8 mm long, not channelled, mostly
enclosed by leaflet base, glabrous; leaflets
slightly discolorous, new growth bright red
and pendulous; petiolules 1-2.5 mm long,
wrinkled, glabrous; leaflets asymmetrically
ovate, 70-175 x 20-62 mm, membranaceous-
coriaceous, glabrous, upper-side shiny, under¬
side dull; base oblique, cuneate, attenuate or
rounded; apex acuminate or drawn out with a
bluntly rounded tip, rarely emarginate; margin
entire; venation brochidodromous, primary
vein raised on both surfaces; secondary veins
8-15 per leaflet, angle of divergence from
primary vein 20-40°; tertiary veins reticulate.
Inflorescence a ramiflorous, axillary or rarely
pseudo-terminal, 1-7-flowered fascicle or
pedunculate raceme on a swelling; pedicels
3-4 mm long, glabrous; bracteoles 2 on each
pedicel, caducous, not seen but evidenced
by scars. Flowers not fragrant, erect, c. 7
x 6 mm; receptacle shortly cone-shaped c.
0.5 mm long and wide; sepals 4, lanceolate
or oblong-elliptic, reflexed and strongly
incurved at apex, 3-4 x 1-2.5 mm, bright
pink, some becoming whitish after anthesis,
glabrous, margin at apex often sparsely and
minutely ciliate; petals 5, lanceolate or strap¬
shaped, entire, 1-2 x 0.2-0.7 mm, bright pink,
Cooper, Cynometra in Australia
caducous; stamens 9-10; filaments terete,
c. 4.5 mm long; anthers c. 0.75 x 0.75 mm,
white; ovary inserted slightly excentrically on
a short stipe or sessile, c. 1.5 x l mm, pink,
pubescent externally, glabrous internally
except for a tuft of hairs at base; ovule 1; style
slender, elongate, initially in line with dorsal
suture, becoming excentric after anthesis,
c. 4.5 mm long, sparsely hairy from base to
apex, stigma minutely capitate. Fruit on a
2-5 mm long pedicel, a reniform or oblong
and laterally compressed nut, with a small
beak at apex of dorsal suture, 28-55 x 19.5—
31.5 x 13.5-23.5 mm, rugose, scurfy, sparsely
and minutely pubescent, rust brown coloured;
seeds 1 per fruit, testa thin and adhering to
mesocarp. Germination epigeal. Figs. 1C,
2E-G, 4
Additional selected specimens (from 8 examined ):
Queensland. Cook District: N bank of Mossman River,
Mossman, Oct 1992, Russell s.n. (BRI [AQ548293]);
Mossman Gorge NP, north side of the river, Jul 2013,
Fig. 4. Cynometra roseiflora showing red new leaves
(Cooper 2215 etal. [CNS]). Photo: R. Jensen.
Cooper 2223, Jensen, Jago & Russell (CNS); NPR 133,
Mossman Gorge, Jul 1995, Hyland 25906 RFK & Gray
(CNS); NPR 133, Mossman Gorge, Dec 1995, Hyland
25906 RFK & Gray (CNS); Mossman River, Silky Oaks
Resort, Jul 1992, Sankowsky 1333 (CNS); Mossman
Gorge, Silky Oaks Resort, May 1993, Sankowsky 1417
(CNS); Cultivated by G & N Sankowsky at Tolga, Nov
2014, Cooper 2271 & Sankowsky (CNS).
401
Distribution and habitat: Cynometra
roseiflora is endemic to the Wet Tropics
bioregion in north-eastern Queensland
where it is currently known to occur within
a very small area on the northern side of
the Mossman River in the Mossman Gorge
section of the Daintree National Park and
on the neighbouring property of Silky Oaks
Lodge (Map 1), altitude 20-125 m. It grows
in wet lowland rainforests (mesophyll vine
forest) on soils derived from granite. Plants
that co-occur with C. roseiflora include
Alstonia scholaris (L.) R.Br., Archidendron
ramiflorum (F.Muell.) Kosterm., Backhousia
bancroftii F.M.Bailey & F.Muell. ex
F.M.Bailey, B. hughesii C.T.White, Calamus
australis Mart., Calamus moti F.M.Bailey,
Cardwellia sublimis F.Muell., Citronella
smythii (F.Muell.) R.A.Howard, Dysoxylum
arborescens (Blume) Miq., D. papuanum
(Merr. & L.M.Perry) Mabb., D. pumilum
Mabb.; Lindsayomyrtus racemoides (Greves)
Craven, Medinilla balls-headleyi F.Muell.,
Mesua larnachiana (F.Muell.) Kosterm.,
Myristica insipida R.Br. var. insipida and
Palaquium galactoxylon (F.Muell.) H. J.Lam.
Phenology: Flowers have been recorded in
March; fruits have been recorded in June-
July.
Etymology: The specific epithet, roseiflora ,
is derived from the Latin roseus (pink) and
-florus (flowered).
Acknowledgements
I am grateful to Frank Zich and Darren Crayn
for support and access to the ATH herbarium;
Bill Cooper, Paul Forster, Tim Hawkes, Bob
Jago, Rigel Jensen, Jeanette Kemp, James
Leech, Dion Maple, Chris & Ian Parker, Tony
Roberts, Rupert Russell, Garry Sankowsky,
Brian Venables and Christina Zdenek for
valuable assistance with collections, Paul
Forster for advice and typification, Peter
Bostock for etymology and Steve Murphy for
the map. Permits to collect were issued by the
Queensland Department of Environment and
Resource Management and the Australian
Government Director of National Parks.
402
References
Bailey, F.M. (1900). The Queensland Flora 2: 469. H. J.
Diddams: Brisbane.
Beddome, R.H. (1869-1874). The Flora Sylvatica of
Southern India 2: t. 315. Gantz Brothers:
Madras. http://www.plantillustrations.org/
illustration.php?id_illustration= 193351,
accessed August 2014.
Bentham, G. (1864). Flora Australiensis 2: 296. Lovell
Reeve & Co.: London.
Bruneau, A., Mercure, M., Lewis, G.R & Herendeen,
RS. (2008). Phylogenetic patterns and
diversification in the caesalpinoid legumes.
Botany 86: 697-718.
Claussen, J. (2005). Native Plants of Christmas Island.
ABRS/CINHA: Canberra.
Cooper, W. & Cooper, W.T. (2004). Fruits of the
Australian Tropical Rainforest. Nokomis
Editions: Melbourne.
Corner, E.J.H. (1997). Wayside Trees of Malaya.
Malayan Nature Society: Kuala Lumpur.
Cowan, R.S. & Polhill, R.M. (1981). Detarieae. In
R.M. Polhill & PH. Raven (eds.). Advances in
Legume Systematics Part 7, 117-134. Royal
Botanic Gardens, Kew: Richmond.
Ding Hou (1996). Cynometra. In Ding Hou et al.
(eds.). Flora Malesiana ser.l, 12(2): 597-608.
Rijksherbarium/Hortus Botanicus: Leiden.
Duke, N. (2006). Australia’s Mangroves. University of
Queensland & Norman C. Duke: Brisbane.
- (2013). World Mangrove iD: expert information
at your fingertips App Store Version 1.0.
Norman C. Duke and Mangrove Watch Ltd:
Elanora.
Du Puy, D.J. (1993). Cynometra. In Flora of Australia
50: 141, 180, 202-203. Australian Biological
Resources Study: Canberra.
Hyland, B.P.M., Whiffin, T., Christophel, D.C., Gray,
B. & Elick, R.W. (2003). Australian Tropical
Rain Forest Plants. Trees, Shrubs and Vines.
CD-ROM. CSIRO Publishing: Melbourne.
Hyland, B.P.M., Whiffin, T., Zich, F. (2010). Australian
Tropical Rainforest Plants. Edition 6. CSIRO
Publishing http: //www. anbg. gov. au/cpbr/cd-
keys/rf k/Index.html, accessed August 2014.
Jarvis, C. (2007). Order out of Chaos. Linnaean Plant
Names and their Types. The Linnean Society
of London/Natural History Museum, London:
London.
Austrobaileya 9(3): 393-403 (2015)
Kirtikar, K.R. & Basu, B.D. (1918). Indian Medicinal
Plants 2: t. 358. Bahadurganj, India, Sudhindra
Nath Basu, Panin! office; [etc., etc.”] http://
www.plantillustrations.org/illustration.php7id_
illustration=16 2019, accessed August 2014.
Knaap-van Meeuwen, M.S (1970). A revision of
the four genera of the tribe Leguminosae-
Caesalpinioideae-Cynometreae in Indomalesia
and the Pacific. Blumea 18: 1-52.
Kosteletzky, V.F. (1835). Allgemeine Medizinisch-
Pharmazeutische Flora 4: 1341. Borrosche &
Andre: Prag (Prague).
Lear, R. & Turner, T. (1977). Mangroves of Australia,
University of Queensland Press: St Lucia.
Linnaeus, C. (1753). Species Plantarum. Laurentii
Salvii: Holmiae (Stockholm).
Nicolson, D.H., Suraesh, C.R. & Manilal, K.S. (1988).
An Interpretation of Van Rheede’s Hortus
Malabaricus, International Association of
Plant Taxonomists, Berlin, Germany/Koeltz
Scientific Books: Konigstein.
Parkinson, S. (1768-1771) A. Cook First Voyage
Artwork Collection , Natural History Museum
(BM). http: //plants .j stor. org/v isual/nhm-uk-1-
a393903-096a-m-l?s=t, accessed August 2014.
Pedley, L. (2007). Caesalpiniaceae. In P.D. Bostock &
A.E. Holland (eds.). Census of the Queensland
Flora 2007, p. 39. Environmental Protection
Agency: Brisbane.
- (2010). Caesalpiniaceae. In P.D. Bostock &
A.E. Holland (eds.). Census of the Queensland
Flora 2010, p. 34. Queensland Herbarium,
Biodiversity and Ecosystem Sciences,
Department of Environment and Resource
Management: Brisbane.
Pierre, L. (1880-1907). Flore forestiere de la Cochine
4: t. 389, fig. B. O. Doin: Paris. http://www.
plantillustrations.org/illustration.php7id_
illustration=188709, accessed August 2014.
Ram, H.Y.M. (2005). On the English edition of Van
Rheede’s Hortus Malabaricus by K.S. Manilal
(2003). Current Science 89(10): 1672-1680.
Ross, J.H. (1998). Cynometra. In Flora of Australia
12: 167-169. Australian Biological Resources
Study: Canberra.
The Plant List (2013). Version 1.1. Published on the
Internet; http://www.theplantlist.org/, accessed
26th April 2014.
Tomlinson, PB. (1986). The Botany of Mangroves.
Cambridge University Press: Cambridge.
Cooper, Cynometra in Australia
Verdcourt, B. (1979). A Manual of New Guinea
Legumes. Bot. Bull. No. 11, Office of Forests,
Division of Botany: Lae.
Whitmore, T.C. (1983). Tree Flora of Malaya 1: 254-
255. Longman Malaysia: Kuala Lumpur.
403
Wightman, G.M. (1989). Mangroves of the Northern
Territory. Conservation Commission of the
Northern Territory: Palmerston.
Woodroffe, C.D. (1988). Relict mangrove stand on last
interglacial terrace, Christmas Island, Indian
Ocean. Journal of Tropical Biology 4: 1-17.
Map 1 . Distribution of Cynometra iripa Afwithin Australia), C. ramiflora + (within mainland Australia), and C.
roseiflora •.
Olearia cuneifolia A.R.Bean & M.T.Mathieson
(Asteraceae: Astereae), a new species from Queensland
A.R. Bean & M.T. Mathieson
Summary
Bean, A.R. & Mathieson, M.T. (2015). Olearia cuneifolia A.R.Bean & M.T.Mathieson (Asteraceae:
Astereae), a new species from Queensland. Austrobaileya 9(3): 404-407. Olearia cuneifolia
A.R.Bean & M.T.Mathieson is described, illustrated and compared to related taxa. It has a restricted
distribution in the Mungallala area of southern Queensland. A conservation status of Endangered is
recommended.
Key Words: Asteraceae, Olearia , Olearia cuneifolia , endangered species, Maranoa, Queensland flora
A.R.Bean & M.T.Mathieson, Queensland Herbarium, DSITI, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-
tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: Tony.Bean@dsiti.qld.gov.au
Introduction
Olearia Moench with 122 indigenous species
is currently Australia’s most species diverse
Asteraceae genus (APC 2015). The molecular
study by Cross et al. (2002) showed that
Olearia is polyphyletic, with some species
appearing in clades with species from other
genera of the tribe Astereae. They identified
two major taxonomic groups for Olearia ,
‘primary clade I’ and ‘primary clade II’,
to which all species could be assigned. The
study also revealed the presence of eight
robust clades within Olearia , which they
designated A-H. It is possible that the name
Olearia will, after further study, be confined
to Clade A (including the Queensland species
O. ramulosa (Labill.) Benth., O. microphylla
(Vent.) Maiden & Betche and O. nernstii
(F.Muell.) Benth.); otherwise all members of
primary clade I will retain the generic name of
Olearia. Messina et al. (2014) have provided
a revision of the species included in Olearia
sect. Asterotriche Benth., a monophyletic
subset of the Clade A of Cross et al. (2002).
Olearia cuneifolia , newly named here,
belongs to Clade B of Cross et al. (2002) and
is related to O. magniflora (F.Muell.) Benth.,
O. muelleri (Sond.) Benth. and O. calcarea
F.Muell. ex Benth.
Accepted for publication 23 July 2015
Materials and methods
This study is based on the morphological
examination of specimens held at BRI, together
with field observations. The measurements for
floral parts are based on material preserved in
70% alcohol or reconstituted with hot water;
other plant parts were measured from dried
material.
Taxonomy
Olearia cuneifolia A.R.Bean &
M.T.Mathieson sp. nov. with affinity to O.
muelleri , but differing by the cuneate leaves,
the much longer involucres, the disc florets
with hairs on the corolla tube and corolla
lobes, and the two-whorled pappus. Typus:
Queensland. Maranoa District: Nalpa
Downs, c. 16 kmNE of Mungallala, 26 March
2015, M.T. Mathieson MTM1999 (holo: BRI;
iso: CANB, K, MEL, NSW, US, distribuendi).
Erect shrub to 2 m high. Branchlets very
viscid and with sparse, erect eglandular hairs
to 0.15 mm long. Young branchlets distinctly
angular due to decurrent leaf-bases, but older
branchlets terete. Leaves alternate, sessile,
oblanceolate to cuneate, 8-15 x 2-5.2 mm, ±
glutinous, ± concolorous, venation not visible,
except midrib; glabrous or with short sparse
erect eglandular hairs, mainly along margins;
apex acute or truncate; base attenuate;
margins flat or recurved, entire or with 2
small teeth near apex. Capitula terminal,
Bean & Mathieson, Olearia cuneifolia
solitary, sessile. Involucres ellipsoidal at
anthesis, 14-16 mm long, 7-9 mm diameter;
campanulate to hemispherical at fruiting
stage. Bracts 5-7-seriate; outer bracts 3-4
x 1.8-2.5 mm, elliptical, with ± dense
eglandular hairs near distal end; margins
irregularly ciliate; inner bracts lanceolate,
6-10 x 1.5-2 mm, inner surface glabrous,
outer surface with eglandular hairs near
apex; apex obtuse, margin irregularly ciliate
near apex. Receptacle slightly to markedly
alveolate, 3-3.8 mm diameter. Ray florets
14-21, female; corolla tube linear, 6.2-6.9
mm long, with small antrorse eglandular
hairs on apical % of tube; ligule 7.5-9.5 mm
long, white; styles exserted, recurved. Disc
florets 28-42, bisexual; corolla tube linear,
6.5-7.5 mm long, with antrorse eglandular
hairs on medial section; corolla lobes 5, acute,
0.8-1.6 mm long, glabrous except for a cluster
of small eglandular hairs near apex; anthers
1.2-1.4 mm long, with sterile tip 0.8-1 mm
long, anther tails c. 0.1 mm long. Achenes
flattened-cylindric, 4-6-ribbed, 3.8-4.2 mm
long, densely silky-hairy throughout; pappus
bristles barbellate, creamy-white, in two
whorls; inner whorl 7.5-8 mm long at fruiting
stage, the outer whorl 1-1.5 mm long. Figs.
1-3
Additional specimens examined : Queensland.
Maranoa District: Lot 23, CP847082 Mitchell
8445 - Morven 8346 [Umberill Station], Sep 2003,
Baumgartner s.n. (BRI [AQ764458]); Nalpa Downs,
WNW of Mitchell, Dec 2013, Mathieson MTM1599
(BRI); Nalpa Downs, c. 40 km NW of Mitchell, Sep
2014, Mathieson MTM1790 (AD, BRI, HO, NE, NT);
Andromeda, Mar 2015, Mathieson MTM2000 (BRI,
NSW); Andromeda, N of Mungallala, May 2008, Silcock
125 (BRI); Andromeda, c. 24 km NNE of Mungallala,
Oct 2008, WangJW0170( BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Olearia cuneifolia
is endemic to Queensland. The species is
known from sites north and north-east of
Mungallala, between Roma and Charleville.
It occurs within the ecotone between open
or degraded forests dominated by Acacia
harpophylla F. M uel 1. exBenth. and Casuarina
cristata Miq. and open sclerophyll woodland
dominated by Eucalyptus crebra F.Muell.
and/or E. thozetiana (Maiden) R.T.Baker. The
soils are derived from sedimentary rocks and
405
consist of self-mulching cracking clays on flat
areas or stony clays on lower slopes of low
mesas and rises.
Phenology : Flowers and fruits are recorded
in March, May, September and October.
Affinities : Olearia cuneifolia is related to
O. muelleri, O. magniflora and O. calcarea.
All of these species have solitary and sessile
capitula, and the involucres are cylindrical to
ellipsoidal at anthesis. All have small resinous
leaves.
Olearia cuneifolia differs from O. muelleri
by the narrower, more cuneate-shaped leaves
(broadly-ovate to orbicular in O. muelleri ), the
much larger involucres, the greater number of
disc and ray florets, the presence of hairs on
the corolla tube and lobes of the disc florets
(glabrous in O. muelleri ), the longer achenes
and the pappus with two whorls of bristles
(one whorl in O. muelleri).
Olearia cuneifolia differs from O.
magniflora by the leaves without teeth or
with only two teeth (at least some leaves
with four or more teeth in O. magniflora ), the
shorter rays of the ray florets, the rays white
in colour (mauve to purple in O. magniflora ),
and the densely hairy achenes (glabrous in O.
magniflora).
Olearia cuneifolia is similarly in leaf
morphology to O. calcarea , but differs from
O. calcarea by the longer involucres, the
greater number of ray florets, the much shorter
rays of the ray florets, and the shorter achenes
and pappus. O. calcarea is often regarded as a
hybrid between O. magniflora and O. muelleri
(Walsh & Lander 1999). O. cuneifolia is not
considered to be a hybrid as other species of
Olearia in the area (i O. canescens (Benth.)
Hutch., O. elliptica DC., O. gordonii Lander,
O. subspicata (Hook.) Benth.) are not related
to it.
Conservation status: Olearia cuneifolia is
only known from three locations in a small
area (approximately 19.5 km 2 ) to the north of
Mungallala in south central Queensland. It has
not been located elsewhere in the surrounding
district despite many surveys in similar
406
Austrobaileya 9(3): 404-407 (2015)
Fig. 1. Olearia cuneifolia. A. flowering branchlet *1. B. outer involucral bract *8. C. inner involucral bract x8. D.
mature achene and pappus x8. E. disc floret ><16. F. ray floret *8. All from Mathieson MTM1999 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
Bean & Mathieson, Olearia cuneifolia
407
Fig. 2. Lateral view of young flowering capitulum
(Mathieson MTM1999). Photo: M.T. Mathieson.
Fig. 3. Disc and ray florets on young flowering capitulum
(Mathieson MTM1999). Photo: M.T. Mathieson.
References
Apc (2015). Australian Plant Census. Council of Heads
of Australasian Herbaria, https://www.anbg.
gov.au/chah/apc/, accessed 23 May 2015.
Cross, E.W., Quinn, C.J. & Wagstaff, S.J. (2002).
Molecular evidence for the poly phyly of Olearia
(Astereae: Asteraceae). Plant Systematics and
Evolution 235: 99-120.
habitat. The total population is estimated to
be < 250 individuals occupying a total area of
less than two hectares. Applying the criteria
of the IUCN (IUCN 2012), the recommended
conservation status is Endangered (D2).
Etymology : The specific epithet is given in
reference to the leaf shape.
Acknowledgements
We are grateful to Will Smith (BRI) for the
line drawings.
Iucn (2012). IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria,
version 3.1, 2nd ed. https://portals.iucn.org/
library/efiles/documents/RL-2001-001-2nd.pdf,
accessed 29 September 2014.
Messina, A., Walsh, N.G., Hoebee, S.E. & Green,
P.T. (2014). A revision of Olearia section
Asterotriche (Asteraceae: Astereae). Australian
Systematic Botany 27: 199-240.
Walsh, N.G. & Lander, N.S. (1999). Olearia. In N.G.
Walsh & T.J. Entwisle (eds ). Flora of Victoria,
Dicotyledons Cornaceae to Asteraceae 4: 886-
912. Inkata Press: Melbourne.
Eremophila woodiae Edginton (Scrophulariaceae),
a new species from Queensland
M.A. Edginton
Summary
Edginton, M.A. (2015). Eremophila woodiae Edginton (Scrophulariaceae), a new species from
Queensland. Austrobaileya 9(3): 408-415. Eremophila woodiae is described and illustrated. Notes
on ecology, distribution and conservation status are provided. The known distribution of the new
species is restricted to the vicinity of Vergemont Station and Opalton in western central Queensland.
A conservation status of Least Concern is recommended.
Key Words: Scrophulariaceae, Myoporaceae, Eremophila , Eremophila woodiae , new species,
taxonomy, conservation status, Vergemont Station, Opalton
M.A. Edginton, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science, Information Technology and
Innovation, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia.
E-mail: Mark. Edginton@dsiti.qld.gov. au
Introduction
Eremophila R.Br. is a genus of 215 species
and is endemic to Australia (Chinnock 2007).
The genus is widespread throughout the
arid areas of the continent (although some
species do occur outside arid areas, albeit
less commonly) with the majority of species
restricted to Western Australia. Until recently,
Eremophila was considered to be part of the
family Myoporaceae, a southern hemisphere
family. A review by Tank et al. (2006) based
on molecular studies supported the inclusion
of the traditional Myoporaceae within the
Scrophulariaceae, an inclusion which has now
been accepted at BRI and elsewhere.
A new species of Eremophila , restricted
to western central Queensland, is described
in this paper. Herbarium material was first
collected in 1986 by Neldner and Nicholson,
then in 1987 by Mitchell.
Material and methods
This study is based upon the examination
of dried herbarium material and label data
from the Queensland Herbarium. All existing
specimens were examined. No spirit material
had been collected, although parts rehydrated
Accepted for publication 27 August 2015
to facilitate drawing have subsequently been
put into spirit. Unless stated otherwise all
photographs were taken by the author.
Taxonomy
Eremophila woodiae Edginton sp. nov.
Typus: Queensland. Gregory North District:
Vergemont, W of Longreach, 1 September
2013, R. Fensham 6372 (holo: BRI).
Eremophila sp. (Opalton V. J. Neldner+ 2619);
Edginton (2014).
Small shrub to 0.5 metres; branches terete,
often exhibiting remaining basal portions of
leaves, resinous on new growth, becoming
non-resinous with age, non-tuberculate,
red-brown to yellow, becoming grey with
age; indumentum on new branches, leaves,
petioles, pedicels and sepals moderately dense
with sessile and short spreading colourless
glandular hairs 0.1-0.4 mm long, and longer
villous glandular and eglandular colourless
hairs 0.6 -1.1 mm long, branches glabrescent.
Leaves spirally arranged, densely crowded
towards the branch tips, spreading to
ascending, linear-lanceolate, conduplicate in
distal three-quarters and flattened below, 12-
22 mm long, 1.5-3 mm long, resinous, mid to
dark green; margins mainly entire apart from
distinct lobing towards apex with 3-5 lobes
per margin directed upwards, apex obtuse to
sub-acute; base narrowing to a petiole-like
Edginton, Eremophila woodiae
section 0.5-1 mm long formed by the central
vein. Flowers 1 per axil; pedicels semi-terete,
1-2 mm long, dark red-brown to yellow in
dried specimens, becoming grey with age.
Sepals 5, slightly imbricate, 12-14.5 mm long,
resinous, acute; differentiated into 1 posterior,
2 anterior and two inner ones; posterior sepal
ovate-lanceolate, 5-6 mm wide; anterior
sepals broadly triangular-lanceolate, 3-4 mm
wide; inner sepals triangular-lanceolate, 2-3
mm wide. Corolla ± zygomorphic, bilabiate,
14-19 mm long, violet to light purple,
unspotted; tube 11-14 mm long, bulbous
at base, slightly constricted above and then
dilating gradually distally; upper lip 4-5 mm
long, 2 lobed, lobes obtuse, divided for c. Vie
of length; lower lip 4-5 mm long, 3-lobed, the
lobes divided for most of their length, medial
one obtuse, slightly longer and broader than
the lateral ones which are obtuse to subacute;
outer surface of upper tube and lobes sparsely
to moderately villous, hairs colourless,
eglandular, constriction and lowermost part of
tube glabrous; inner surface of lobes glabrous;
tube prominently woolly in throat just below
lobes of upper lip, otherwise villous in upper
part, glabrous in lower part, hairs eglandular.
Stamens 4; anthers 2-2.5 mm long, lower 2
enclosed, upper two barely exserted from
throat, glabrous; filaments sparsely villous
with white eglandular hairs near base,
glabrous above; ovary conical-ovoid, slightly
to moderately laterally compressed, 2-3 mm
long, 1-1.5 mm wide, glabrous, 4-locular; 3
ovules per locule; style c. 10 mm, sparsely
villous with white eglandular hairs. Fruit
(mature) ovate-conical, 5-8 x 3.5-5.5 mm,
exocarp papery, whitish, glabrous; endocarp
woody, slightly compressed, subreticulately
ribbed distally, red-brown; immature fruit
enclosed by sepals. Figs. 1-5.
Additional specimens examined: Queensland. Gregory
North District: 18 km SW of Opalton, Nov 1986,
Neldner 2619 & Nicholson (BRI). Mitchell District:
25 km SW of Vergemont Station, W of Longreach, Sep
1989, Mitchell 463 (BRI); Vergemont Station, May 2011,
Fensham 6101 & Silcock (BRI); Vergemont Station, W
of Longreach, Sep 2013, Fensham 6376 (BRI), 6379
(BRI), 6380 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Eremophila
woodiae is endemic to western central
Queensland, in the vicinity of Opalton and
409
Vergemont Stations west of Longreach and
south of Winton (Map 1).
The species occurs on barren plateaux,
especially near the edges, in skeletal soil with
sparse, stunted shrubland. There is one record
from the base of a jump-up in “boree ( Acacia
tephrina) and spinifex ( Triodia sp./spp.) flats”
(Neldner 2619 & Nicholson). Associated
species commonly include Acacia shirleyi
Maiden, A. catenulata C.T.White, A. sibirica
S.Moore, Corymbia blakei K.D.Hill &
L.A.S. Johnson, Eremophila latrobei F.Muell.,
Hakea collina C.T.White, Triodia longiceps
J.M.Black and T. pungens R.Br. (Silcock
& Fensham 2014; Queensland Herbarium
HERBRECS data 2015).
Phenology : The specimens collected indicate
that flowering and fruiting occurs between
May to November.
Affinities: Eremophila woodiae bears
a superficial resemblance to E. hispida
Chinnock, which has a known distribution
which is close to, but does not quite overlap,
that of E. woodiae. Both taxa are low shrubs
with leaves which appear linear when
viewed without a microscope, and both
species have violet to purple flowers 15-20
mm long. Eremophila woodiae has leaves
which are linear-lanceolate when viewed
microscopically (linear on E. hispida ); very
crowded leaves (not crowded on E. hispida),
simple hairs only on all parts (simple hairs,
with or without some stellate hairs on
branchlets, leaves and sepals on E. hispida ),
and the top % to Vz of each leaf has lobes
(entire leaves on E. hispida). Despite the
superficial resemblance, E. woodiae and E.
hispida are unlikely to be close relations.
Eremophila woodiae can be classified
in Eremophila section Eremaeae Chinnock
based on the species description (Chinnock
pers. comm., July 2015). Chinnock further
stated that the corolla was interesting and
appeared slightly different (based on the
single image of a flower seen) in having two
obtuse upper lobes; however, as there can be
variation in the size of the flowers and the
arrangement of the lower lobes in species
of this section more flowers from different
410
Austrobaileya 9(3): 408-415 (2015)
QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM (BRI)
Flora of Queensland Mitchell
Eremophila
QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM (BRI)
Brisbane Australia
AQ 876335
Coll. R.J. Fensham 6372
1 SEP 2013
23d 30m 07s 142d48m 15s [GDA94] Depth m
(54,684224,7399756) (7450-842997) Alt. m
Vergemont, W of Longreach.
Barren ferricrete plateau-top.
Shrub to 0.5m, blue flower; about 2500 plants over 50ha of habitat.
Photo with specimen at BRI.
Queensland Herbarium (BRI)
5p . rT-rJWw
Det. 303 Myoporaceae
Dup.
* May be cited as computerised collection Number AQ 876335
(Archival Paper)
Fig. 1. Holotype of Eremophila woodiae (.Fensham 6372, BRI).
Edginton, Eremophila woodiae
411
Fig. 2. Eremophila woodiae. A. branching habit *2. B. leaf *8. C. close-up of leaf showing glandular and eglandular
hairs x24. D. front view of corolla x6. E. side view of calyx and corolla x4. F & G. inner and outer surfaces of posterior
sepal x4. H. cross-section of posterior sepal showing glandular and eglandular hairs xl6. All from Fensham 6379
(BRI). Del. W. Smith.
412
Austrobaileya 9(3): 408-415 (2015)
Fig. 3. Flower, branch and leaves of Eremophila woodiae at Vergemont Station. Photo: R. Fensham.
populations may show greater variation.
Otherwise all other aspects of the species fall
well within the boundaries of Eremophila
section Eremaeae. It may be related to E.
goodwinii F.Muell. because of the glandular
indumentum, although unlike this species it
does not have the banding on the inside lateral
walls of the corolla (Chinnock pers. comm.,
July 2015).
Notes : In one collection of Eremophila
woodiae (Mitchell 463), a flower with 6
sepals was noted (Fig. 5). All other flowers
examined during this study had 5 sepals so it
is presumed that 6 sepals is a rare exception.
None of the fruits observed had completely
shed the exocarp - though some had shed
most of it; consequently it is possible that
none of the fruits were completely mature.
Therefore 1 mm was added arbitrarily to the
highest measured values for length and width,
and these augmented values were used as the
high end of the ranges for length and width.
Conservation status : The species known
range is very restricted; however, it is
locally common in places. A species profile
(as Eremophila sp. (Opalton V.J. Neldner+
2619) by Silcock & Fensham (2014) found
that this species occurred on 6 of 10 plateaux
surveyed in the overall area of distribution.
Population sizes on each of these plateaux
varied from 1000 to 4000 plants, with a total
of about 17000 plants found. Ninety km 2 of
similar plateaux were mapped in its known
range, and of this 5 km 2 was surveyed. It was
estimated that the total population based on
known occurrences is approximately 300,000
individuals. However, Silcock & Fensham
Edginton, Eremophila woodiae
413
Fig. 4. Branch portion of Eremophila woodiae showing raised persistent leaf base remnants and glandular and
eglandular hairs.
Fig. 5. Six-sepal flower of Eremophila woodiae ( Mitchell 463 , BRI).
414
Austrobaileya 9(3): 408-415 (2015)
(2014) concluded that there is a lot of suitable
habitat to the west and south of its known
range, so the total population may be higher
than 300,000.
The habitat in which Eremophila woodiae
occurs is without domestic stock and has
low feral goat numbers; conversely grazing
by native animals is thought to be very low.
No evidence of grazing on the species was
observed. Silcock& Fensham (2014) concluded
that there are no threats to this species, that it
is abundant within its limited range and that
there are no observable fluctuations in the
number of plants over the short term. They
ascertained that the species is not eligible for
listing under any IUCN criteria. Therefore a
Least Concern conservation status under the
Queensland Nature Conservation Act 1992 is
recommended.
Etymology : The specific epithet of this
species is named for Aileen Wood, a long
term staff member at the Queensland
Herbarium. Aileen’s knowledge of cultivated
plants, especially cultivars, is unsurpassed
at the Queensland Herbarium and is greatly
appreciated by staff.
Acknowledgements
I wish to thank the following staff at the
Queensland Herbarium who assisted me in
the preparation of this paper: Rod Fensham for
collecting material to facilitate description,
and for reading an early manuscript draft
and making instructive suggestions; Ailsa
Holland for reading an early manuscript draft
and making instructive suggestions; Tony
Bean for the distribution map, methodology
advice and for reading a late manuscript draft
and making instructive suggestions; Will
Smith for the distribution map, drawings
and assistance with photographs. I also wish
to thank Bob Chinnock for reviewing the
manuscript and making useful comments.
References
Chinnock, R. (2007). Eremophila and Allied Genera: A
Monograph of the plant family Myoporaceae.
Rosenberg Publishing: Sydney.
Edginton, M.A. (2014) Scrophulariaceae. In P.D.
Bostock & A.E. Holland (eds.) (2014). Census
of the Queensland Flora 2014. Queensland
Department of Science, Information Technology
and Innovation: Brisbane, https://www.qld.
gov.au/environment/assets/documents/plants-
animals/herbarium/qld-f lora-census.pdf,
accessed 1 December 2014.
Silcock, J. & Fensham, R. (2014). Eremophila sp.
(Opalton V.J. Neldner+ 2619) species profile.
Unpublished.
Tank, D.C., Beardsley, P.M., Kelcher, S. A. & Olmstead,
R.G. (2006). L.A.S. Johnson Review No. 7.
Review of the Systematics of Scrophulariaceae
s.l. and their current disposition. Australian
Systematic Botany 19: 289-307.
Edginton, Eremophila woodiae
415
Map 1. Distribution of Eremophila woodiae , grey shaded areas are conservation reserves.
Rhynchospora croydonensis R.Booth (Cyperaceae),
a new species from northern Queensland
R. Booth
Summary
Booth, R. (2015). Rhynchospora croydonensis R.Booth (Cyperaceae), a new species from northern
Queensland. Austrobaileya 9(3): 416-420. A new species, Rhynchospora croydonensis R.Booth, is
described and illustrated and notes are provided on its distribution and habitat. A key to Queensland
species of Rhynchospora Vahl. is provided.
Key Words: Cyperaceae, Rhynchospora , Rhynchospora croydonensis, Australia flora, Queensland
flora, new species, taxonomy, identification key
R.Booth, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science, Information Technology and Innovation,
Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: Ron.
Booth@dsiti.qld.gov.au
Introduction
Rhynchospora Vahl. is a large, cosmopolitan
genus consisting of more than 300 species,
mostly occurring in the tropics and subtropics
of the Central and South Americas (Strong
2006). Only a few species are widely
distributed, though most of the Australian
species also occur in southeast Asia (Kern
1974). Australia has about twenty one
species, with fourteen of these occurring in
Queensland (Bostock & Holland 2014).
Bentham & Hooker (1883) separated
the genus Rhynchospora into two informal
sections, “ Haplostylae ” and “ Diplostylae ”
based on the degree of stylar branching
and this was followed by Kiikenthal (1949,
1952). Thomas et al. (2009) constructed
a preliminary molecular phylogeny of
the genus that indicated the two informal
sections in Rhynchospora are artificial. A full
phylogenetic study of the genus with greater
sampling from Australia and Asia is still
needed.
According to the classification of
Goetghebeur (1986), Rhynchospora may be
included within the subfamily Cyperoideae ,
tribe Rhynchosporeae. However, Bruhl (1995)
indicated that the tribe Rhynchosporeae is
part of the subfamily Caricoideae. Muasya
et al. (2009) found good molecular support
for the recognition of tribe Rhynchosporeae
in an isolated position near tribe Cariceae
and Scirpeae, with the Rhynchosporeae
consisting solely of the genus Rhynchospora
(including Pleurostachys Brongn.).
Sharpe (1989) provided a key and
descriptions for four species in southeast
Queensland, but the most comprehensive
set of descriptions remain those provided
by Kiikenthal (1949, 1952). Due to the
extensive field work undertaken in recent
years, particularly in north Queensland, more
Rhynchospora material has become available
for study at the Queensland Herbarium.
Critical examination of these collections by
the present author has now enabled this new
species to be formally described and named.
Materials and methods
All herbarium specimens of Rhynchospora
held at BRI have been examined.
Measurements were made from dried
material.
Accepted for publication 23 July 2015
Booth, Rhynchospora croydonensis
Taxonomy
Rhynchospora croydonensis R. Booth, sp.
nov. similar to Rhynchospora pterochaeta
F.Muell. but differs in the achene surface
that has scattered hispid hairs (versus densely
papillose), and hairs on the hypogynous
bristles at the very base of the bristles (versus
densely pilose for half their length). Typus:
Queensland. Burke District: 6.5 km along
Coralie Road from Croydon - Claraville
Road junction, 22 April 2011, K.R. McDonald
KRM10937 (holo: BRI [AQ759401]; iso:
NSW).
Rhynchospora sp. Croydon (S.L.Everist
5384); R.Booth in Bostock & Holland (2014).
Annual or short lived perennial 20-45 cm
tall; culms tufted, 3-angled, trigonous,
striate, 0.6-1.3 mm wide, glabrous. Lamina
flat or conduplicate, 1-3 mm wide with long
ciliate hairs when young, glabrescent. Ligule
membranous. Involucral bracts ciliate on
the margins, longer than the inflorescence.
Inflorescence a single dense head, 1.2-1.5 cm
long by 2-2.5 cm wide. Spikelets lanceolate or
linear-lanceolate, 7.5-10 mm long, pale brown
to brown. Perianth present as 6 hypogynous
bristles, unequal in length, longer than the nut
and style base, antrorsely scabrid, plumose at
the base, glabrous above. Glumes distichous,
6-7, narrowly ovate or ovate-lanceolate, 2-10
mm long, 1.2-1.8 mm wide, coloured straw or
light brown to brown, glabrous, keeled or with
the midrib distinct, not nerved; apex acute;
margin glabrous; rachilla wingless. Style
deciduous, entire, glabrous. Achene with a
persistent style base, not grooved, 2.4-3 mm
long, as broad or broader than the achene and
longer than, or equalling the achene; margins
winged, setulose; stramineous, or yellow-
brown. Achene obovoid, biconvex, lenticular,
or concave-convex; 2.2-3 mm long, 1.3-1.6
mm wide, not ribbed; surface smooth or with
417
a faint cell pattern, with hispid hairs mainly in
the distal half, pilose hairs only at the base of
the achene. Fig. 1.
Additional specimens examined : Queensland. Burke
District: Cothilda Station, May 2001 Turpin GPT872
(BRI); between Croydon and Gilbert River, May 1954,
Everist 5384 (BRI). Cook District: Staaten River
NP, c. 35 km W of Bulimba Homestead, 150 km W
of Chillagoe, Sep 2013, Leitch ODA004939 (BRI);
Fishermans Waterhole, Walsh River, N of Chillagoe,
Mar 2005, McDonaldKRM3936a (BRI); Bulleringa NP,
Jul 2006, Lovatt TH9249 (BRI); 79 km from Georgetown
on Croydon Road, Apr 1996, Forster PIF19012b & Ryan
(BRI); 23 miles [38.3 km] SE of Croydon township, Jul
1954, Speck 4719 (CANB).
Distribution and habitat: Rhynchospora
croydonensis is endemic to northern
Queensland where it has been found between
Croydon and the Gilbert River in the south,
Staaten National Park in the north, and west
to Bulleringa National Park (Map 1). Plants
usually grow in drainage lines in sandy soils
often with Melaleuca viridiflora Sol. ex
Gaertn. var. viridiflora.
Affinities: Rhynchospora croydonensis is
closely related to R. pterochaeta , which it
differs from most obviously in the achene
characters: R.pterochaeta being papillose over
much of its surface, while R. croydonensis
has hispid hairs, mainly in the distal part of
the achene.
Conservation status: There are only nine
collections of Rhynchospora croydonensis
and its geographic range is not large. This
sedge has been found in Bulleringa and
Staaten River National Parks and is likely to
be widespread in its seasonally ephemeral
habitat dominated by annual or geophytic
species. It is not considered to be threatened
and a Least Concern conservation status is
recommended.
Etymology: The epithet is from the town
of Croydon in the Gulf of Carpentaria near
where this species was first collected.
418
Austrobaileya 9(3): 416^-20 (2015)
Fig. 1. Rhvnchospora croydonensis. A. habit *0.4. B. inflorescence *3. C. achene and hypogynous bristles xl2. All
from McDonald KRM10937 (BRI).
Booth, Rhynchospora croydonensis 419
Key to the Queensland species of Rhynchospora
1 Inflorescence a compound panicle or clustered in loose corymbs.2
1. Inflorescence a single, dense head.4
2 Stems filiform, < 1 mm wide.R. gracillima
2. Stems stout, 2-15 mm wide.3
3 Inflorescence a large, loose, compound panicle; style base furrowed on
both sides; stout plants 70-200 cm high.R. corymbosa
3. Inflorescence of several small, irregular corymbs; style base not furrowed;
slender plants to 1 m high, usually less.R. brownii
4 Style base 0.4-0.6 mm long; bristles whitish, shorter than the achene.R. rubra
4. Style base > 0.6 mm long; bristles usually > the achene in length.5
5 Base of the achene and the bristles with no pilose
hairs (hispid hairs may be present on the bristles only).6
5. Base of the achene or at least bottom part of the bristles with pilose hairs.9
6 Achene (not including the style base) < 2 mm long.R. subtenuifolia
6. Achene > 2 mm long.7
7 Spikelets < 6 mm long.R. submarginata
7. Spikelets > 6 mm long.8
8 Style base furrowed or grooved, achene with broad triangular
based hairs at the apex; bristles much longer than the style base.R. exserta
8. Style base not furrowed, achene with rather fine hispid hairs;
bristles only just longer than the achene and style base.R. heterochaeta
9 Achene revolute, papillose on the nearly joined margins.R. leae
9. Achene biconvex or convex, not revolute.10
10 Style base grooved, curved, or winged adjacent to the achene, often
setulose on the margins. 11
10. Style base not grooved, curved or winged.13
11 Style base long-conical with a groove down the middle.R. longisetis
11. Style base as broad or broader than the achene, curved, but not grooved.12
12 Achene papillose (hairs rounded at the ends) over much of its surface,
pilose hairs covering lower half of the achene.R. pterochaeata
12. Achene with hispid hairs (pointed at the ends) mainly in the distal half,
pilose hairs only at the base of the achene.R. croydonensis
13 Achene > 3 mm long, style base at least 2 mm long.R. longisetis
13. Achene < 3 mm long, style base <1.5 mm long.14
14 Achene papillose over most of its surface, bristles unequal in length.R. wightiana
14. Achene hispid or occasionally papillose, mainly in the distal half, bristles
equal in length
R. affinis
420
Acknowledgements
I thank Keith MacDonald for his excellent
collections, Will Smith for the illustrations,
and Tony Bean for his support and helpful
suggestions.
References
Bentham, G. & Hooker, j.D. (1883). Cyperaceae. In
Genera Plantarum ad exemplaria imprimis in
herbariis Kewensibus. 3(1): 1-459. L. Reeve &
Co.: London.
Bostock, RD. & Holland, A.E. (eds.) (2014). Census
of the Queensland Flora 2014. Queensland
Herbarium, Department of Science, Information
Technology and Innovation, https://data.qld.
gov.au/dataset/census-of-the-queensland-
flora-2014, accessed 1 July 2015.
Bruhl, J. (1995). Sedge genera of the world: Relationships
and a new classification of the Cyperaceae.
Australian Systematic Botany 8: 125-305.
Goetghebeur, P. (1986). Genera Cyperacearum. Een
bijdrage tot de kermis van de morfologie,
systematiek en fylogenese van de Cyperaceae
genera. Unpublished Dr Sci. Thesis, State
University: Gent.
Kern, J.H. (1974). Cyperaceae. In C.G.G.J. van Steenis
(ed.). Flora Malesiana Series 1. 7: 435-753.
Wolters-Noordhoff Publishing: Groningen.
Austrobaileya 9 ( 3 ): 416-420 ( 2015 )
Kukenthal, G. (1949). Vorarbeiten zu einer monographic
der Rhynchosporoideae. 18. Rhynchospora
Vahl. Botanische Jahrbiicher fur Systematik,
Pflanzengeschichte und Pflanzengeographie
74: 375-509.
- (1952). Vorarbeiten zu einer monographic der
Rhynchosporoideae. Botanische Jahrbiicher
fur Systematik, Pflanzengeschichte und
Pflanzengeographie 75: 127-195, 273-314,
451-497.
Muasya, A.M., Simpson, D.A., Verboom, G.A.,
Goetghebeur, P, Naczi, R.F.C., Chase, M.W.
& Smets, E.F. (2009). Phylogeny of Cyperaceae
based on DNA sequence data: Current progress
and future prospects. The Botanical Review 75:
2 - 21 .
Sharpe, P. (1989). Cyperaceae. In T.D. Stanley & E.M.
Ross (eds.). Flora of South-Eastern Queensland
3: 277-355. Queensland Department of Primary
Industries: Brisbane.
Strong, M.T. (2006). Taxonomy and distribution of
Rhynchospora (Cyperaceae) in the Guianas,
South America. Contributions from the United
States National Herbarium 53: 1-225.
Thomas, W.W., Araujo, A.C. & Alves, M.V. (2009).
A preliminary molecular phylogeny of the
Rhynchosporeae (Cyperaceae). The Botanical
Review 75: 22-29.
V 7
1
i u or
_ 17°Q
•
6
4 J
iims
J / o
K Normanton
10OC^—' “X
•
*
x_
iSR w
/•>
1 O O
•ICi 00
• •
•
- /
A 1
iy o
i 'i
>°E 143
1
>°E 14*
* r
t°E y i4f
5°E ^ 14E
1 u,"
Map 1. Distribution of Rhynchospora croydonensis , grey shaded areas are conservation reserves.
First record of the Gnetales in Australia:
Gnetum gnemon L. (Gnetaceae) on Badu and
Mua islands, Torres Strait, Queensland
David G. Fell 1 , David J. Stanton, Dick Williams, Frank Loban, Frank Nona,
Troy Stow, John Wigness, Erimiah Manas & Guyai Uiduldam
Summary
Fell, D.G., Stanton, D.J., Williams, D., Loban, F., Nona, F., Stow, T., Wigness, J., Manas E., and
Uiduldam G. (2015). First record of the Gnetales in Australia: Gnetum gnemon L. (Gnetaceae) on
Badu and Mua Islands, Torres Strait, Queensland. Austrobaileya 9(3): 421-430. The gymnosperm
order Gnetales is reported for the first time in Australia, from specimens of Gnetum gnemon collected
on two continental islands in Torres Strait, Queensland. The distribution, habitat, ecology and local
conservation status of the species are discussed, and its origins in Torres Strait are considered with
reference to biogeographic and anthropogenic factors.
Key Words: Gnetaceae, Gnetum gnemon , Australia flora, Queensland flora, Badu Island, Mua Island,
Torres Strait
‘David G. Fell, P.O. Box 337, Alstonville, NSW 2477, Australia. Email: dgfell@westnet.com.au
Introduction
Gnetum L. is the sole genus within the
family Gnetaceae and order Gnetales of the
gymnosperms. The genus consists of about 40
species with 10 species in South America, one
in tropical West Africa, and 20-25 species in
tropical and subtropical Asia (Markgraf 1929,
1977; Maheshwari & Vasil 1961; Verheij &
Sukendar, 1991; Carlquist 1994, 1996; Price
1996; Wonn & Renner 2006, Hou et al. 2015).
The origins and evolutionary relationships
of the gnetophytes are considered as central
toward understanding the origin of flowers
and seed plant evolution (Markgraf 1929;
Chamberlain 1935; Price 1996; Hansen et al.
1999; Winter et al. 1999; Manner & Eleivich
2006). Recent genetic studies now recognise
that gnetophytes are more closely related to
conifers than to angiosperms (Hansen et
al. 1999; Winter et al. 1999; Becker et al.
2000), and that the major lineages of Gnetum
diverged in the Late Cretaceous (Hou et al.
2015).
Accepted for publication 21 August 2015
Gnetum gnemon L. has a wide distribution
in Malesia and the Western Pacific and is
native to Indonesia, Papua New Guinea, the
Solomons, and Vanuatu (Verheij & Sukendar
1991; Manner & Eleivich 2006; Wonn &
Renner 2006; Bourke 2010). In Papua New
Guinea it occurs in the Morobe, Eastern
Highlands, Western Highlands, Central,
East Sepik, Sandaun (West Sepik), Manus
Island, New Ireland, Western, Bougainville,
New Britain, Madang, Milne Bay, and Gulf
Provinces (Conn & Damas 2006). It is
previously known in Australia only from
cultivated trees in the vicinity of Darwin
(Atlas of Living Australia, 2012; I. Cowie
pers. comm., November 2012).
Gnetum gnemon is a dioecious evergreen
tree 15-30 m in height in the canopy or
subcanopy with a trunk diameter at breast
height to 40 cm (Peekel 1984; Conn & Damas
2006; Manner & Eleivich 2006). The trunk is
smooth and cylindrical with prominent raised
swollen bands (100-300 mm apart) caused
by the growth and fall of the opposite and
symmetrical branches (Conn & Damas 2006).
Leaves are simple and opposite, elliptic,
lanceolate or oblong-oval, 15-25 cm long and
5-9 cm wide (Manner & Eleivich 2006). As
a gymnosperm, Gnetum does not have true
422
flowers; the cones or strobili are presented at
the tip of a slender stem or axis (Chamberlain
1935; Manner & Eleivich 2006). It has yellow
single-seeded fruits which turn purplered or
orangered at maturity (Maheshwari & Vasil
1961; Manner & Eleivich 2006), ripening
between September and December (Bourke
etal. 2004).
Across its Asian, Malesian and Western
Pacific range the genus Gnetum is known
from tropical rainforest up to 1,700 m with
rainfall of 750-5,000 mm/year (Manner &
Eleivich 2006). It occurs in primary and
secondary vegetation, with cultivated trees
commonly found in home orchards and
subsistence gardens.
Wild and cultivated Gnetum gnemon is an
important natural resource in many parts of
Asia, Malesia and the Pacific where it occurs.
Documented uses include: food (leaves
for wrapping food items, young cones and
leaves cooked with meat for flavoring; seeds
ground into a flour for fried flat cakes; flowers
(stroboli) eaten; young fruits eaten raw or
cooked; timber (poles for house construction,
tool handles, burned for fuel, and pulped for
papermaking); stem bark fibre (string bags,
ropes, bowstring on musical instruments,
construction of fishing lines and fishnets,
assembling arrowheads and arrowshafts);
agroforestry and rehabilitation (intercropping
for rambutan and breadfruit, trellis for
Dioscorea yams, improving soil fertility,
windbreaks, boundary markers) (Henderson
& Hancock 1989; Verheij & Sukendar 1991;
Ohtsuksa 1983; Peekel 1984; Salim etal. 2002;
Walter & Sam 2002; Manner & Eleivich 2006;
Quartermain & Tomi 2010). Extracts derived
from Gnetum are reported useful as health
supplements (Kato et al. 2009) and the nuts
form an important home industry throughout
Indonesia (Cadiz & Florido 2001).
In Papua New Guinea it is an important
wild and cultivated food plant in many
locations (Powell 1976; Bourke 2004) and
known in Tok pisin as ‘ Tulip ’ (two leaves)
(French 1986). The Gidra people of the
Oriomo River area of southwest Papua New
Guinea adjacent to Torres Strait, eat the fruits
and leaves (Ohtsuka 1983), and the leaves and
Austrobaileya 9 ( 3 ): 421-430 ( 2015 )
fruit are identified as a source of protein across
the nation (Cordon 1970). Cultivation of trees
is achieved by propagating seed and/or from
cuttings (French 1986). In the Kiunga area of
Western Province the bark is used to make the
fibre for string bags and other products and
it is also cultivated as a food plant (leaves)
in Daru (Western Province) (B. Waterhouse
pers. comm., April 2014).
We report on the occurrence of
Gnetum gnemon on two islands in Torres
Strait, Queensland, thus recognizing the
gymnosperm order Gnetales for the first time
from Australia. The distribution, habitat and
ecology of the species at these localities are
discussed together with an assessment of
its local conservation status. Its origins in
Torres Strait are considered with reference to
biogeographic and anthropogenic factors.
Materials and methods
A survey of the vegetation of the Torres Strait
Islands, Queensland, Australia, was carried
out in 2007 (Stanton et al. 2009). The survey’s
primary objective was to map vegetation
communities at a scale of 1:25,000 and
Regional Ecosystems at a scale of 1:50,000,
and was supplemented by floristic inventory
and collections of voucher specimens for
Australian herbaria. Additional surveys on
the Badu and Mua islands between 2009
and 2015 have been carried out as part of a
biodiversity management planning program
through the Land and Sea Management Unit
of the Torres Strait Regional Authority (3D
Environmental 2011a, 2011b; Gynther et al.
2014; Reis etal 2015).
Collections of Gnetum gnemon were
made at Badu Island in October 2007 {Fell
10206 & Stanton ) (Fig. 1) and on Mua Island
in April 2011 {Fell 10803 & Stanton ) (Fig.
2), with further confirmed observations on
Mua in March 2014 and on Badu in May
2015 (Fell pers. obs.). Voucher specimens are
lodged with the Queensland Herbarium (BRI)
with duplicates to the Australian Tropical
Herbarium (CNS).
Fell et all., Gnetum gnemon in Australia
423
Fig. 1 . Leaves of Gnetum gnemon on Badu Island (Fell 10206 & Stanton). Photo: D.G. Fell
Results and discussion
Gnetum gnemon in Torres Strait
Badu Island
Badu Island is situated approximately midway
between the tip of Cape York Peninsula and
mainland New Guinea, and belongs to the
Near Western Group of Torres Strait Islands.
It is a continental island of 10,467 ha, centred
at 10° 07’ S, 142° 09’ E and located around
92 km south of the Papua New Guinea (PNG)
coastline and 70 km NW of Cape York (Map
1). The island is the homeland of the Badulgal
people with a population of 784 people as
at the 2011 census (Australian Bureau of
Statistics 2012).
The coarse grained Badu granite
dominates the landscape, forming the island’s
rugged interior of low rocky hillocks with
massive granite boulders. Granite basement
rock is overlain on its margins by younger
unconsolidated deposits including alluvial
deposits and extensive dune fields of varying
age and geomorphic expression (Willmott
& Powell 1977; Garnett & Jackes 1983; 3D
Environmental 2011a).
A total of 49 vegetation communities
within 20 broad vegetation groups and 32
Regional Ecosystems are recognised across
the island, within which 592 plant species
have been recorded. The flora comprises
560 native species with 17 ferns, one cycad,
one conifer and 572 flowering plants (3D
Environmental 2011a).
Mua Island
Mua (also known as Moa) Island lies adjacent
and immediately to the east-south east of
Badu, being separated by a narrow (2.5 km
wide) channel. Situated approximately 55 km
424
north of the tip of Cape York, Queensland and
94 km south of the New Guinea mainland
(Map 1), it has a total area of 17,001 ha,
and is the second largest island in Torres
Strait. There are two Torres Strait Islander
communities on the island: at Kubin and St
Pauls, which had populations of 163 and 258
respectively as at the 2011 census (Australian
Bureau of Statistics 2012).
Mua is formed on continental igneous
basement rocks and is topographically diverse,
dominated by the high point of Banks Peak
Austrobaileya 9(3): 421-430 (2015)
in the north-east, rising to 376 m. A rugged
east and south facing coastline features rocky
coastal headlands, and an expansive coastal
plain forms a broad enclave behind the island’s
north-eastern coastline. Vegetation is diverse
with a total of 62 vegetation communities
occurring within 23 broad vegetation groups
and 44 regional ecosystems. The flora is the
richest in the Torres Strait region with 609
native species, comprising 19 ferns, one
cycad, two conifers and 654 flowering plants
(3D Environmental 2012a).
Fig. 2. Upland habitat of Gnetum gnemon on Banks Peak, Mua Island. Photo: D.J. Stanton.
Local Habitat & Ecology
In Torres Strait Gnetum occurs in poorly
drained lowland swamp forest (Badu),
lowland riparian rainforest (Mua), and on
steep granitic hillslopes in well-developed
evergreen vineforest (Mua) (Fig. 3).
The Badu occurrence is within a closed
(swamp) forest characterised by poorly
drained soils which may be seasonally
inundated. Typical canopy tree species are
Carallia brachiata (Lour.) Merr., Deplanchea
tetraphylla (R.Br.) F.Muell., Lophostemon
suaveolens (Sol. ex Gaertn.) Peter G.Wilson
425
Fell et all., Gnetum gnemon in Australia
Fig. 3. Multi stemmed trunk of Gnetum gnemon in
lowland riparian rainforest on Mua Island. Photo: D.G.
Fell.
& J.T.Waterh., Maranthes corymbosa Blume,
Melaleuca dealbata S.T. Blake and Syzygium
angophoroides (F.Muell.) B.Hyland with a
sharp ecotone to the surrounding woodland
vegetation.
On Mua, Gnetum occurs in upland and
lowland situations. Upland habitats are on
the steep granite hillslopes and crests of
Banks Peak, the highest topographic feature
in Torres Strait. Gnetum was recorded
between approximately 250-350 m altitude
in evergreen notophyll vineforest and in
wind sheared evergreen vinethicket (Fig.
2). The evergreen vineforests are developed
on upper sheltered slopes where weathering
of the granite has produced a well-drained
and relatively fertile sandy loam soil (3D
Environmental 2011b). The rainforest type
is a unique and newly described ecosystem
for Queensland, restricted to only a few
mountain top locations in Torres Strait (3D
Environmental 2009). The canopy height
ranges from 23 m to 35 m with dominants
including Acmenosperma claviflorum (Roxb.)
Kausel., Anthocarapa nitidula (Benth.)
T.D.Penn. exMabb., Calophyllum sil Lauterb.,
Manilkara kanosiensis H.J.Lan & B.Meeuse,
Sterculia shillinglawii F.Muell. subsp.
shillinglawii and Syzygium beuttnerianum
(K.Schum.) Nied. Gnetum habitat on the
steep southern slopes of the peak features
a wind sheared canopy of Acmenosperma
claviflorum, Calophyllum sil, Podocarpus
grayae De Laub. Licuala ramsayi var. tuckeri
Barfod & Dowe and Pandanus zea H.St.
John. Riparian rainforest on alluvial sands
and silts constitute Gnetum lowland habitat
on Mua. Characteristic canopy species are
Buchanania arborescens (Blume) Blume,
Horsfieldia australiana S.T.Blake, Maranthes
corymbosa Blume, Syzygium angophoroides
and S.bamagense B.Hyland.
No uses are documented or known
for Gnetum gnemon in the Torres Strait.
Specimens were shown to Land and Sea
Rangers during our visits to Badu in
November 2007, November 2010 and May
2015, and on Mua in March 2011 and March
2014. They did not recognise the plant, and
stated that they had no name or use for it (D.
Williams pers. comm., 2015; T. Stow pers.
comm., 2007; J. Wigness pers. comm., 2011).
Natural or translocated?
Some plants and their populations in
Torres Strait are a reflection of natural
biogeographic distributions, whereas others
are anthropogenic and may indicate the
influence of people as dispersal agents
(Denham 2008; Denham etal. 2009; McNiven
2008).
The accepted hypothesis that the
pantropical range of Gnetum reflects a
Gondwanan history was established by
Markgraf (1929). However, Wonn & Renner
(2006) consider that its present range follows
a more recent radiation in the Malesian
region, and therefore is not Gondwanan.
Using analysis of fossil-calibrated molecular-
clocks, these authors investigated Gnetum
lineages now found in Africa, South America
and Southeast Asia with results suggesting the
influence of ancient long-distance dispersal of
426
seeds across seawater. Further, its distribution
throughout Asia is thought to have occurred
during radiation through Malesia where
opportunities for overland seed dispersal
coincided with times of low sea levels (Wonn
& Renner 2006).
Torres Strait was formed by rising sea
levels in the Holocene ( c . 8000-6500 years
before present) that inundated the Arafura
Plain, a low-lying land bridge that connected
Australia and New Guinea for much of
recent geological history (Jennings 1972;
Woodroffe et ah 2000). Given the occurrence
of G. gnemon in neighboring areas of central-
southern New Guinea, it is likely the Torres
Strait records are refugial populations that
reflect its biogeographic distribution across
the Malesian region.
However, the potential for the taxon to
have been introduced into Torres Strait by
human vectors should not be discounted. The
species is widely cultivated across its range,
including in New Guinea, and hence it is
possible that it was translocated to the islands.
Movements of human populations and trade
between New Guinea and Torres Strait have
greatly influenced the distribution patterns
of a number of important tropical crop plants
and has influenced cultivation practices
in the region (Haddon 1935; Barrau 1963;
Harris 1977; Barham 2000; Denham 2008;
Denham et ah 2009; McNiven et al. 2006;
McNiven 2008). Furthermore, the impact of
Torres Strait islanders upon their pre-contact
surroundings included the introduction of
new plant species from other islands (Shnukal
2004; McNiven 2008), a practice that is
ongoing in contemporary culture. The fact
that local people do not have a local name or a
use for the plant does not mean that it was not
used in the past.
Conservation Status
Across the majority of its range Gnetum
gnemon is a common tree species in the wild
that is also widely cultivated throughout
Malesia. In Torres Strait, a conservative
estimate of its population size on Badu is 500-
1000 individuals within an area of available
habitat of < 200 ha. Surveys carried out by
Austrobaileya 9(3): 421-430 (2015)
the authors in 2007,2009,2011,2014 and 2015
assessed the condition of the habitat as good,
being free of weeds although diggings by feral
pigs ( Sus scrofa) were observed throughout
the habitat. The even age of the canopy
and the species composition together with
evidence of old charred stumps indicate that
the habitat is transitional and subject to past
burning. Invasive weeds such as Singapore
daisy ( Sphagneticola trilobata (L.) Pruski),
praxelis ( Praxelis clematidea R.M.King &
H.Rob.), annual mission grass ( Pennisetum
pedicellatum Trin. subsp. pedicellatum )
and leucaena ( Leucaena leucocephala
(Lam.) de Wit) occur on the islands, but are
mostly associated with habitation and along
roadsides. Singapore daisy has successfully
invaded degraded swamp forests within and
on the margins of the Badu community and
is considered a serious threat to these habitats
across the island.
Resilience to fire of Gnetum gnemon is
not documented; however, its mesic habitat is
likely to be sensitive to fire. Fire has been an
ongoing influence on the island’s vegetation,
and fire management is an increasing focus
of the Land and Sea Ranger program (3D
Environmental 2012a, 2012b). Given the
small population size and highly localised
occurrence, there is a risk of stochastic
extinction of the species on this island.
The upland rainforest habitat of the
Mua population is similarly remote and
inaccessible, and no known direct threats
are evident. Population size is not known;
however, the spatial extent of the forest
type is mapped as < 477 ha (Stanton et ah
2009). While numerous weeds occur on the
island they are limited to the margins of the
island communities Kubin and St Pauls and
along some major tracks and roads. The
undisturbed and remote nature of the upland
habitat suggests that there would appear to
be a very low risk of stochastic extinction
of the population. Its lowland occurrence on
Mua occupies approximately 20 ha within
a linear band of riparian rainforest located
three kilometres from the coast. The ecotone
to adjacent Corymbia and Melaleuca grassy
woodland vegetation is sharp and controlled
427
Fell et all., Gnetum gnemon in Australia
by seasonal burning practices. Weeds such as
Brazilian joyweed (Alternanthera brasiliana
(L.) Kuntze) and leucaena occur nearby. Weed
incursions, and inappropriate fire management
which erode fire sensitive riparian margins,
represent potentially threatening processes to
the integrity of the lowland Gnetum habitat.
Integration of further ecological and
genetic studies are necessary to better
understand the conservation and management
requirements of Gnetum gnemon in Torres
Strait. Future assessments on the conservation
values of Gnetum gnemon in Torres Strait
should acknowledge that conservation of
peripheral populations is dependent upon the
genetic divergence from other conspecific
populations, and may be beneficial to the
protection of the evolutionary process (Lesica
& Allendorf 1995).
It is feasible that additional populations
occur on Badu and Mua and further field
assessments are required to better understand
the species ecology in terms of distribution,
population size, phenology, recruitment, and
to investigate cultural values. Similar focus
is also required for other additions to the
Australia flora recently recorded in Torres
Strait namely Cycas papuana F.Muell. and
Manilkara kanosienisis H.J.Lan & B.Meeuse
(Fell in prep.) as well as other highly disjunct
species recorded in the region (Fell & Stanton
2011). Such studies are achievable with
the support and involvement of traditional
landowners and their representative bodies
and the Torres Strait Regional Authority Land
and Sea Management Unit.
Acknowledgements
The authors acknowledge all Elders past and
present, Traditional Owners and community
members of Badu and Mua islands. Access
to Badu was provided by the Mura Badulgal
(TSI) Corporation Registered Native Title
Body Corporation (RNTBC) and to Mua by the
Mualgal (Torres Strait Islander) Corporation
RNTBC. These bodies administer the native
title rights and interests over their respective
islands. The field surveys on Badu and Mua
were funded and managed by the Land and
Sea Management Unit of the Torres Strait
Regional Authority. Field assistance on Badu
was provided by Badu Island Ranger Keijie
Bowie as well as by Mua Ranger Jackson
Ware, Warraber Trainee Ranger Young Billy
and Mer Trainee Ranger Tauki Passi. On
Mua Island, Ranger Mentor Simon Conaty
supported field work and his assistance is most
appreciated. Thanks to David Gooding who
provided GIS support to detailed vegetation
mapping over Torres Strait islands. Botanical
identifications were provided by the staff of
the Queensland Herbarium. Comments on
an earlier version of this paper from Garrick
Hitchcock, Rob Neal, Paul Forster and
Barbara Waterhouse are greatly appreciated.
References
3d Environmental (2011a). Biodiversity Profile for
Badu Island. Report to Torres Strait Regional
Authority. 3D Environmental: Brisbane.
Available from http://www.tsra.gov.au/the-
tsra/programs-and-output/env-mgt-program/
publications-and-resources#BPR.
- (2011b). Biodiversity Profile for Mua Island.
Report to Torres Strait Regional Authority.
3D Environmental: Brisbane. Available from
http: //www. tsra. gov. au/the-tsra/program s- and-
output/env-mgt-program/publications-and-
resources#BPR.
- (2012a). Mua Island, Ecological Fire
Management Plan. Report to Torres Strait
Regional Authority. 3D Environmental:
Brisbane. Available from http://www.tsra.gov.
au/the-tsra/programs-and-output/env-mgt-
program/pubiications-and-resources#BPR.
- (2012b). Badu Island, Ecological Fire
Management Plan. Report to Torres Strait
Regional Authority. 3D Environmental:
Brisbane. Available from http://www.tsra.gov.
au/the-tsra/programs-and-output/env-mgt-
program/pubiications-and-resources#BPR.
Australian Bureau Of Statistics (2012). 2011
census data. (Australian Bureau of Statistics:
Canberra). Available from: http://abs.gov.au.
Atlas Of Living Australia (2012). Available from:
http://bie.ala.org.au/species/Gnetum+gnemon.
Barham, A.J. (2000). Late Holocene maritime societies
in the Torres Strait Islands, northern Australia
- cultural arrival or cultural emergence? In S.
O’Connor & P. Veth (eds.). East of Wallace’s
Line: studies of past and present maritime
cultures of the Indo-Pacific region. Modern
Quaternary Research in Southeast Asia 16:
223-314. Balkema: Rotterdam.
428
Barrau, J. (1963). Plants and the migration of Pacific
peoples: a symposium. Tenth Pacific Science
Congress, Honolulu, Hawaii, 1961. University
of Hawaii: Honolulu.
Becker, A., Winter, K-W., Meyer, B., Saedler, H., &
Theiben, G. (2000). MDAS-Box gene diversity
in seed plants 300 million years ago. Molecular
Biology & Evolution 17: 1425-1434.
Bourke, R.M. (2010). Indigenous edible nuts in Papua
New Guinea. In A.R. Quartennain & B.
Tomi (eds.). Fruits and nuts: Research and
development issues in Papua New Guinea , pp.
84-98. NARI Proceedings No. 9. National
Agricultural Research Institute: Lae, Papua
New Guinea.
Bourke, R.M., Camarotto, C., D’souza, B.J., Nema,
K., Tarepe, T.N. & Woodhouse, S. (2004).
Production Patterns of 180 Economic Crops
in Papua New Guinea. Coombs Academic
Publishing: Canberra.
Cadiz, R.T., & Florido, H.B. (compilers) (2001). Bago.
Gnetum gnemon Linn. Research Information
Series on Ecosystems 13(2). http://erdb.denr.
gov. ph/publ ications/r ise/r_vl 3n2. pdf.
Carlquist, S. (1994). Wood and bark anatomy of Gnetum
gnemon L. Botanical Journal of the Linnean
Society 116: 203-221.
- (1996). Wood and bark anatomy of lianoid
Indomalesian and Asiatic species of Gnetum.
Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 121:
1-24.
Chamberlain, C. J. (1935). Gymnosperms: Structure and
Evolution. The University of Chicago Press:
Chicago.
Conn, B.J. & Damas, K.Q. (2006). Guide to trees of
Papua New Guinea. Available from: http://
www.pngplants.org/PNGtrees.
Cordon, M.W. (1970). Some observations on village life
in New Guinea. Australian Institute of Anatomy,
Food and Nutrition, Notes and Review 27: 77-
82.
Denham, T.P (2008). Traditional forms of plant
exploitation in Australia and New Guinea: the
search for common ground. Vegetation History
and Archaeobotany 17: 245-248.
Denham, T.P., Donohue, M. & Booth, S. (2009).
Horticultural experimentation in northern
Australia reconsidered. Antiquity 83: 634-648.
Fell, D.G. & Stanton, D.J. (2011). Luvunga monophylla
(Rutaceae), a new species record for
Queensland. Austrobaileya 8: 431-434.
French, B.R. (1986). Food Plants of Papua New Guinea:
a compendium. Privately published: Sheffield,
Tasmania.
Austrobaileya 9(3): 421-430 (2015)
Garnett, S.T. & Jackes, B.R. (1983). Vegetation of Badu
Island, Torres Strait. Queensland Naturalist 24:
40-52.
Gynther, t. Fell, D.G. & Freeman, A. (2014). A
terrestrial vertebrate fauna survey ofMua (Moa
Island), Torres Strait, Queensland. Unpublished
report for the Torres Strait Regional Authority,
Land & Sea Management Unit.
Haddon, A.C. (1935). Reports of the Cambridge
anthropological expedition to Torres Straits.
Vol. 1: General ethnography. Cambridge
University Press: Cambridge.
Hansen, A., Hansmann, S., Samigullin, T., Antonov,
A. & Martin, W. (1999). Gnetum and the
angiosperms: molecular evidence that
their shared morphological characters are
convergent, rather than homologous. Molecular
Biology & Evolution 16: 1006-1009.
Harris, D.R. (1977). Subsistence strategies across
Torres Strait. In J. Allen et al. (eds.), Sunda and
Sahul: prehistoric studies in Southeast Asia,
Melanesia and Australia , 421-463. Academic
Press: Melbourne.
Henderson, C.P & Hancock, I.R. (1989). A guide to the
usefid plants of Solomon Islands. Ministry of
Agriculture and Land: Honiara.
Hou, C., Humphreys, A.M., Thureborn, O., & Rydin
C. (2015). New insights into the evolutionary
history of Gnetum (Gnetales). Taxon 64: 239-
253.
Jennings, J.N. (1972). Some attributes of Torres Strait. In
D. Walker (ed.). Bridge and barrier: the natural
and cultural history of Torres Strait , pp. 29-38.
Australian National University: Canberra.
Kato, E., Tokunaga, Y. & Sakan, F. (2009). Stilbenoids
isolated from the seeds of Melinjo {Gnetum
gnemon L.) and their biological activity.
Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry
57: 2544-2549.
Lesica, P. & Allendorf, F.W. (1995). When are peripheral
populations valuable for conservation?
Conservation Biology 9: 753-760.
Maheshwari, P. & Vimla Vasil (1961). Gnetum.
Botanical Monograph No. 1. Council of
Scientific & Industrial Research: New Delhi.
Manner, H.I. & Eleivitch, C.R. (2006). Gnetum gnemon
(gnemon), ver. 1.1. In C.R. Elevitch (ed.).
Species Profiles for Pacific Island Agroforestry.
Permanent Agriculture Resources (PAR):
Holualoa, Hawai‘i.
Markgraf, F. (1929). Monographic der Gattung Gnetum.
Bulletin duJardin Botanique de Buitenzorg Ser.
3, 10: 407-511.
- (1977). A new species of Gnetum from Papua
New Guinea (Gnetaceae). Blumea 23: 344.
429
Fell et all., Gnetum gnemon in Australia
McNiven, I.J., Dickinson, W.R., David, B., Weisler,
M., Von Gnielinski, F., Carter, M. & Zoppi, U.
(2006). Mask Cave: Red-slipped pottery and
the Australian-Papuan settlement of Zenadh
Kes (Torres Strait). Archaeology in Oceania 41:
49-81.
McNiven, I.J. (2008). Inclusions, exclusions and
transitions: Torres Strait Islander constructed
landscapes over the past 4000 years, northeast
Australia. The Holocene 18: 449-462.
Ohtsuka, R. (1983). Oriomo Papuans: Ecology of sago-
eaters in lowland Papua. University of Tokyo
Press: Tokyo.
Peekel, PG. (1984). Flora of the Bismarck Archipelago
for Naturalists. Trans. E.E Henty. Office of
Forests: Lae, Papua New Guinea.
Powell, J.M. (1976). Ethnobotany. In K. Paijmans
(ed.). New Guinea Vegetation , pp. 106-183.
Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial
Research Organization, Canberra.
Price, R.A. (1996). Systematics of the Gnetales: A review
of morphological and molecular evidence.
International Journal of Plant Sciences 157(6
Suppl.): S40-S49.
Quartermain, A.R. & Tomi, B. (eds.) (2010). Fruits and
Nuts: Research and Development Issues in
Papua New Guinea. Workshop Proceedings
No. 9. National Agricultural Research Institute,
Lae, Papua New Guinea.
Reis, T., Greenhalgh, A., Fell, D.G. & Tsra Near
Western Ranger Group (2015). A terrestrial
fauna survey of Badu Island, Torres Strait,
Queensland. Unpublished technical report to the
Torres Strait Regional Authority, Land and Sea
Management Unit. David Fell Environmental
Pty Ltd: Alstonville, NSW.
Salim, A.S., Simons, A.J., Orwas, C., Chege, J.,
Owuor, B. & Mutua, A. (2002). Agroforestry
Database. World Agroforestry Centre:
Nairobi, Kenya. Available from: http://www.
worldagroforestrycentre.org.
Shnukal, A. (2004). The post-contact created
environment in the Torres Strait Central
Islands. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum,
Cultural Heritage Series 3: 317-346.
Stanton, D.J., Fell, D.G. & Gooding, D.O. (2009).
Vegetation Communities and Regional
Ecosystems of the Torres Strait Islands,
Queensland, Australia. Report to the Torres
Strait Regional Authority. 3D Environmental
Trust, Brisbane.
Verhei i, E.W.M. & Sukendar (1991). Gnetum gnemon L.
In E.W.M. Verheij & R E. Coronel (eds ). Plant
Resources of South East Asia: edible fruits and
nuts 2: 182-184. PROSEA: Bogor, Indonesia.
Walter, A. & Sam, C. (2002). Fruits of Oceania. ACIAR
Monograph No. 85. Trans. P. Ferrar form Fruits
d’Oceanie. Australian Centre for International
Agricultural Research: Canberra.
Willmott, W.F. & Powell, B.S. (1977). Torres Strait-
Boigu-Daru, Queensland 1:250 000 Geological
Series - Explanatory Notes, Sheets SC/ 54-12,
SC/ 54-7 and SC/ 54-8. Bureau of Mineral
Resources, Geology and Geophysics. Australian
Government Publishing Service: Canberra.
Winter, K.U.A., Becker, A., Munster, T., Kim, J.T.
Saedler, H. & G. Theissen, G. (1999). MADS-
box genes reveal that gnetophytes are more
closely related to conifers than to flowering
plants. Proceedings of the National Academy
of Sciences of the United States of America 96:
7342-7347.
Wonn, H. & Renner, S.S. (2006). Dating dispersal
and radiation in the Gymnosperm Gnetum
(Gnetales)-clock calibration when outgroup
relationships are uncertain. Systematic Biology
55: 610-622.
Woodroffe, C.D., Kennedy, D.M., Hopley, D.,
Rasmussen, C.E. & Smithers, S.G. (2000).
Holocene reef growth in Torres Strait. Marine
Geology 170: 331-346.
430
Austrobaileya 9(3): 421^-30 (2015)
Map 1. Position of Badu and Mua islands in Torres Strait indicating position between Papua New Guinea and mainland
Australia.
Plectranthus laetus P.I.Forst. and P. ventosus
P.I.Forst. (Lamiaceae), new species from
Cape York Peninsula, Queensland
Paul I. Forster
Summary
Forster, P.I. (2015). Plectranthus laetus P.I.Forst. and P. ventosus P.I.Forst. (Lamiaceae), new
species from Cape York Peninsula, Queensland. Austrobaileya 9(3): 431-438. Two new species of
Plectranthus are described from Cape York Peninsula: P. laetus P.I.Forst. from Orchid Creek Station
and P. ventosus P.I.Forst. from the Melville Range at Cape Melville National Park. Both species occur
on granite substrates within or adjacent to rainforests.
Key Words: Lamiaceae, Plectranthus , Plectranthus laetus , Plectranthus ventosus , Australia flora,
Queensland flora. Cape Melville, Orchid Creek, new species, taxonomy, distribution maps.
P.I.Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science, Information Technology and Innovation,
Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: Paul.
For ster @dsit i. qld. gov. au
Introduction
Ongoing botanical exploration of remote
areas of Cape York Peninsula continues to
reveal vascular plants that are new to science.
A further two species of Plectranthus
L.Her. are described here, both discovered
in previously unsurveyed localities on the
tops of mountains or ridges, and in habitats
akin to the ‘sky island’ concept discussed
previously Forster (2014). In each case,
access to the localities was by helicopter.
The description of these new species brings
to 15, the number of species of Plectranthus
now recognised for the Cape York Peninsula
bioregion (https: //data. qld. gov.au/dataset/
bioegeographic-subregions-queensland). The
species previously recognised are P. apreptus
S.T.Blake, P. apricus P.I.Forst., P. arenicola
P.I.Forst., P. batianoffii P.I.Forst., P. congestus
R.Br., P. dumicola P.I.Forst., P. excelsus
P.I.Forst., P. foetidus Benth., P. megadontus
P.I.Forst., P. mirus S.T.Blake, P. pulchellus
P.I.Forst., P. scutellarioides (L.) R.Br. and P.
venustus P.I.Forst.; ten of the overall total are
endemic.
Accepted for publication 23 July 2015
Materials and methods
Fieldwork was undertaken in north
Queensland to procure fresh material
for specimens and cultivation enabling
observation of variation in morphology and
phenology. The subsequent descriptions
and observations are based on these recent
collections and other earlier collections in the
Queensland Herbarium (BRI).
Taxonomy
Plectranthus laetus P.I.Forst., sp. nov. with
affinity to P. pulchellus but differing in the
orange sessile glands (versus yellow), the
verticillasters with fewer flowers (6-10 versus
12-16), the flowers with corollas that are
strikingly blue-purple (versus light purple)
and the larger calyces. Typus: Queensland.
Cook District: Orchid Creek Station,
Coffee Scrub; SW of Lockhart River, Cape
York Peninsula, 30 April 2014, P.I. Forster
PIF41138 & S.L. Thompson (holo: BRI; iso:
CNS, MEL, NSW distribuendi ).
Perennial herb, stems erect to 50 cm high;
foliage scentless when crushed, not clammy;
non-glandular and glandular trichomes
uncoloured, non-glandular trichomes without
prominent raised bases, sessile glands
8-celled, orange. Roots fibrous, somewhat
432
fleshy and thickened. Stems square, erect
to straggling, fleshy, easily snapped, the
lower parts up to 13 mm diameter and
not noticeably thickened, pink-purple to
pink-green, upper parts with persistent
indumentum, non-glandular trichomes sparse
to dense, antrorse, 6-10-celled up to 1 mm
long, glandular trichomes absent, sessile
glands sparse. Leaves discolorous, petiolate;
petioles 7-19 x 1.5-2 mm, channelled on top,
non-glandular trichomes sparse, antrorse,
4-10-celled up to 0.5 mm long, glandular
trichomes absent, sessile glands occasional
to sparse; laminae lanceolate-ovate to ovate,
fleshy, ±flat to slightly keeled, 30-70 x 26-
50 mm, crenate with 8-14 teeth up to 4 mm
long on each margin, of similar length along
margin, secondary teeth poorly developed;
tip acute; base obtuse to rounded; upper
surface medium-green and somewhat glossy,
veins impressed and often pink-purple,
non-glandular trichomes sparse, antrorse,
4-8-celled up to 0.5 mm long, glandular
trichomes and sessile glands absent; lower
surface pale purple to purple-green and with a
light hoary silver frosting from indumentum,
veins strongly raised, non-glandular
trichomes sparse, antrorse, 4-8-celled up to
0.8 mm long, glandular trichomes absent,
sessile glands scattered. Inflorescence up to
350 mm long, usually single or with 1 or 2
side branches; axis square in cross-section,
pink-purple, non-glandular trichomes sparse,
antrorse, 4-8-celled up to 0.5 mm long,
glandular trichomes sparse and minute (< 0.2
mm long), sessile glands absent or occasional;
bracts broadly ovate, 1.5-1.8 x 7-8 mm,
ecomose, margins somewhat irregularly
crenate to crenulate due to slightly enlarged
bases of trichomes, non-glandular trichomes
sparse, antrorse, 4-6-celled up to 0.4 mm
long, glandular trichomes absent, sessile
glands occasional to scattered; verticillasters
6-10-flowered, 7-20 mm apart; pedicels
4-5 x c. 0.2 mm, non-glandular trichomes
sparse, antrorse, 2-4-celled up to 0.2 mm
long, glandular trichomes and sessile glands
absent. Flower calyces 2.5-2.8 mm long,
non-glandular trichomes sparse, antrorse,
2-4-celled up to 0.2 mm long, glandular
trichomes occasional and very short (< 0.2
Austrobaileya 9(3): 431-438 (2015)
mm long), sessile glands sparse. Corolla 9.5-
11.5 mm long, blue-purple; tube 5-6 mm long,
abruptly curved at 80-90° 2-2.4 mm from the
base, slightly inflated upwards, non-glandular
trichomes absent or occasional, 2-celled
and very short (< 0.2 mm long), glandular
trichomes and sessile glands absent; upper
lobes suborbicular, erect to weakly reflexed,
1.8-2 x 1.5-1.6 mm, non-glandular trichomes
scattered, antrorse, 2-4-celled up to 0.3 mm
long, glandular trichomes absent, sessile
glands sparse; lateral lobes rounded, c. 0.5
x 0.7-0.8 mm, glabrous; lower lobe oblong-
ovate, 5-5.2 x 4-4.2 mm, non-glandular
trichomes sparse, antrorse, 2-4-celled up to
0.3 mm long, glandular trichomes absent,
sessile glands sparse; filaments filiform, 7-8
x c. 0.2 mm, lilac, fused for 4-5 mm from the
base; anthers c. 0.4 x 0.3 mm; style filiform,
8-9 x c. 0.2 mm, cream, bifid for c. 0.5 mm.
Fruit calyces 4.5-5 mm long; upper lobe
broadly ovate, 2-2.2 x 2-2.2 mm; lateral
lobes lanceolate, 1.8-2.2 x 0.7-0.8 mm; lower
lobes lanceolate-falcate, 2-2.2 x 0.7-0.8 mm.
Nutlets ± circular in outline, compressed
flattened globose, 0.8-1 mm wide, 0.4-0.5
mm thick, brown, weakly verrucose. Fig. 1.
Distribution and habitat : Thus far,
Plectranthus laetus has been collected from
a single locality on Orchid Creek Station,
southwest of Lockhart River on Cape York
Peninsula in Queensland. Plants commonly
grew in diffuse colonies on granite boulders
and slabs in the ecotone between woodland
dominated by Corymbia clarksoniana
(D.J.Carr & S.G.M.Carr) K.D.Hill &
L.A.S.Johnson, Eucalyptus cullenii Cambage
and Melaleuca saligna Schauer and closed
forest (semi-deciduous notophyll vineforest)
at altitudes between 380 and 400 m. Some
plants were also found under the vineforest
canopy, but usually in sunny spots or in
close proximity to the margin. Other species
in close association at the type locality
included Abelmoschus moschatus subsp.
tuberosus (Span.) Borss.Waalk., Cymbopogon
queenslandicus S.T.Blake, Desmodium tenax
Schindl., Glycine sp. (Bolt Head PI.Forster
PIF8948), Hibiscus normanii F.Muell.,
Setaria oplismenoides R.A.W.Herrm.,
Solanum intonsum A.R.Bean and Vernonia
Forster, Plectranthus laetus and P. ventosus
433
Fig. 1. Plectranthus laetus. A. habit of branchlet with flowering and fruiting inflorescence x0.6. B. adaxial leaf
surface xl. C. abaxial leaf surface xl. D. verticillaster with buds and flower x4. E. floral bract xl2. F. face view of
flower x6. G. lateral view of flower x6. H. lateral view of flowering calyx x8. L lateral view of fruiting calyx x8. J. seed
x32. All from Forster PIF41138 & Thompson (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
434
junghuhniana J.Kost. This relatively small
habitat space is periodically impacted by
wildfires undoubtedly resulting in the markedly
sharp rainforest margin. Adult plants of the
Plectranthus are probably killed by these fires,
but regenerate in situ either from seed or the
fleshy rootstocks or ex situ by dispersal from
adjacent plants within the vineforest canopy.
Austrobaileya 9(3): 431-438 (2015)
Notes : Plectranthus laetus was first collected
in 2014 during a general botanical survey
of Orchid Creek Station. The new species
appears to be closely related to P. pulchellus
(Forster 1994) that grows on sandstone
substrates (cliff lines) adjacent to spring fed
rainforests (evergreen notophyll/mesophyll
vineforests) on the Olive River Reserve and
from which it is disjunct by c. 70 km (Map 1).
Map 1. Distribution of Plectranthus pulchellus • and P.
conservation reserves and property boundaries.
Plectranthus pulchellus differs from P.
laetus mainly in the yellow sessile glands
(versus orange) and the verticillasters with a
greater number of flowers (12-16 versus 6-10),
flowers with corollas that are light purple
laetus ▲ on Cape York Peninsula, grey shaded areas are
(versus blue-purple) and with smaller calyces.
There are also other minor differences in the
combinations of indumentum composition
and cover on the foliage and floral parts;
however, the speciation hypothesis is that the
two are sister taxa.
Forster, Plectranthus laetus and P. ventosus
435
Etymology : The specific epithet is derived
from the Latin word laetus (pleasant), an
allusion to the appearance of this plant.
Plectranthus ventosus RI.Forst., sp. nov.
with affinity to P. parviflorus Willd. but
differing in lacking a basal stem tuber (versus
present), antrorse non-glandular trichomes
on the foliage (versus retrorse) and obovate-
rhomboid floral bracts (versus ovate to
obovate). Typus: Queensland. Cook District:
ex situ cultivation from Melville Peak, on the
ridge between the headwaters of Sweetwater
Creek and Temple Creek, Cape Melville
National Park, 10 April 2015, H.B. Hines
CM40 &C.J. Hoskin (holo: BRI).
Perennial herb, stems erect to 15 cm high;
foliage scentless when crushed, not clammy;
non-glandular and glandular trichomes
uncoloured, non-glandular trichomes without
prominent raised bases, sessile glands
absent. Roots fibrous, somewhat fleshy and
thickened. Stems square, erect to straggling,
fleshy, easily snapped, the lower parts up to
8 mm diameter and not noticeably thickened,
pink-purple to pink-green, upper parts with
persistent indumentum, non-glandular
trichomes sparse, antrorse, 4-6-celled up to
1 mm long, glandular trichomes sparse, very
short with little development of stalks. Leaves
discolorous, petiolate; petioles 2-5 x 0.8-1
mm, weakly channelled on top, non-glandular
trichomes sparse, antrorse, 4-6-celled up to
1 mm long, glandular trichomes ± stalkless;
laminae lanceolate-ovate to ovate, fleshy,
±flat to slightly keeled, 6-25 x 4-20 mm,
crenate with 4-6 teeth up to 2 mm long
on each margin, of similar length along
margin, secondary teeth poorly developed;
tip acute; base obtuse to rounded; upper
surface medium-green and somewhat glossy,
veins impressed, non-glandular trichomes
sparse, antrorse, 4-6-celled up to 1 mm long,
glandular trichomes absent; lower surface pale
green, veins strongly raised, non-glandular
trichomes sparse, antrorse, 4-6-celled up to
1 mm long, glandular trichomes sparse and
stalked to 0.4 mm long. Inflorescence up to
100 mm long, usually single or with 1 or 2 side
branches; axis square in cross-section, pink-
purple, non-glandular trichomes occasional,
weakly antrorse, 4-6-celled up to 0.2 mm
long, glandular trichomes dense and minute
(< 0.2 mm long); bracts obovate-rhomboid,
strongly cupped, 0.9-1 x 0.8-1 mm, ecomose,
margins somewhat irregularly crenate to
crenulate due to slightly enlarged bases of
trichomes, non-glandular trichomes sparse,
antrorse, 2-4-celled up to 0.4 mm long,
glandular trichomes occasional, ± sessile;
verticillasters 6-10-flowered, 4-14 mm apart;
pedicels 2-4.5 x c. 0.2 mm, non-glandular
trichomes sparse, antrorse, 2-4-celled up to
0.2 mm long, glandular trichomes ± sessile.
Flower calyces 1.8-2 mm long, non-glandular
trichomes sparse, antrorse, 2-4-celled up to
0.2 mm long, glandular trichomes sparse and
very short (< 0.2 mm long). Corolla either not
opening (cleistogamous) or poorly formed,
2.8-3 mm long, white, with some mauve
edging; tube 1.8-2 mm long, ± straight,
slightly inflated upwards, non-glandular and
non-glandular trichomes absent; upper lobes
suborbicular, inflexed, c. 0.5 x 0.5 mm, non-
glandular trichomes scattered, antrorse,
2-4-celled up to 0.2 mm long, glandular
trichomes scattered < 0.1 mm long; lateral
lobes rounded, c. 0.2 x 0.2 mm, glabrous;
lower lobe oblong-ovate, 0.8-1 x 0.6-0.7 mm,
non-glandular trichomes sparse, antrorse,
2-4-celled up to 0.2 mm long, glandular
trichomes absent; filaments filiform, 1.8-2 x
c. 0.1 mm, lilac, fused for 0.8-1 mm from the
base; anthers c. 0.2 x 0.1 mm; style filiform,
c. 1.2 x 0.1 mm, cream, bifid for c. 0.2 mm.
Fruit calyces 4.5-5 mm long; upper lobe
broadly ovate, 1-1.2 x 1.6-1.8 mm; lateral
lobes lanceolate, 1-1.2 x c. 0.8 mm; lower
lobes lanceolate-falcate, 1.2-1.3 x 0.4-0.5
mm. Nutlets ± circular in outline, compressed
flattened globose, 0.7-0.8 mm wide, 0.4-0.5
mm thick, brown, weakly verrucose. Figs. 2
& 3.
Distribution and habitat. Plectranthus
ventosus is known so far from a single
population at Cape Melville where it was
collected on a ridge top ( c . 590 m altitude)
growing amongst scattered large boulders
in stunted rainforest immediately adjacent
to an exposed boulder field. Substrate is
coarse sandy loam derived from Cape
Melville granite; however, the plants mainly
436
Austrobaileya 9(3): 431—438 (2015)
Fig. 2. Plectranthus ventosus. A. habit of whole plant with flowering and fruiting inflorescences x0.6. B. adaxial leaf
surface x2. C. abaxial leaf surface x2. D. verticillaster with buds and fruiting calyces x4. E. floral bract x32. F. lateral
view of cleistogamous flower xl2. G. face view of cleistogamous flower xl2. H. lateral view of flower calyx xl2. I.
lateral view of fruiting calyx x8. J. top view of seed x32. K. lateral view of seed x32. All from Hines CM40 & Hoskin
(BRI). Del. W. Smith.
Forster, Plectranthus laetus and P. ventosus
437
Fig. 3. Plectranthus ventosus in habitat {Hines CM40 & Hoskin [BRI]). Photo: H. Hines.
grew lithophytically on top of the boulders
in detritus derived from leaf litter (Fig. 3).
Two other species of Plectranthus occur at
Cape Melville, namely P. dumicola and P.
megadontus (Map 2); both tend to be at lower
altitudes and in more exposed situations.
Notes : Plectranthus ventosus was discovered
at Cape Melville by Harry Hines and Conrad
Hoskin on 15 December 2013 during surveys
for amphibians and reptiles. Live material
was forwarded to the author and cultivated in
Brisbane.
This species appears to be predominantly
cleistogamous based on repeated inspection
of cultivated material with normally formed
inflorescences, verticillasters and buds.
Fully formed seeds are present in most
fruiting calyces and although a corolla is
formed, it fails to open or appears malformed
and dwarfed without proper expansion of
the floral organs. Whether this is a case
of ‘induced cleistogamy’ (equivalent to
‘pseudocleistogamy’ or ‘ecological
cleistogamy’) where floral development
is affected by environmental conditions
(Culley & Klooster 2007) remains to be seen.
All other Australian Plectranthus flower
normally, although Blake (1971) did observe
cleistogamous flowers on P. parviflorus.
Cleistogamy has not been recorded in the
genus in other parts of its extra-Australian
range with other Lamiaceae genera recorded
as cleistogamous being Ajuga L., Lamium
L., Salvia L. and Scutellaria L. (Culley &
Klooster 2007). Although this Plectranthus
438
Austrobaileya 9(3): 431—438 (2015)
occurs in a relatively ‘severe’ habitat, other
species of the genus from similar altitudes
and latitudes flower normally when cultivated
further south (i.e. Brisbane), hence its floral
behavior is probably natural.
Inferred relationships of this species
are hypothesized to be with species such
as Plectranthus apreptus , P. laetus, P.
parvifloriis and P. pulchellus ; however, this
remains to be tested with non-morphological
methods. Plectranthus ventosus differs from
all these species by the absence of sessile
glands on the foliage and floral parts. It
is perhaps most similar to P. parviflorus ;
however, that species differs by the possession
of a pronounced basal tuber to the stems
(absent), retrorse orientated non-glandular
trichomes on the foliage (versus antrorse) and
floral bracts that are ovate to obovate (versus
obovate-rhomboid).
Plectranthus ventosus is surprisingly only
the second vascular plant to be recognised as
endemic to the boulder fields of the Melville
Range at Cape Melville, the other being
the iconic Wodyetia bifurcata Irvine, The
Melville Range is recognised as a significant
local centre of diversity for vertebrates with
six endemic to these habitats (Hoskin 2013).
Etymology : The specific epithet is derived
from the Latin word ventosus (windy), and
pertains to the continuous strong winds
that buffet and shape the vegetation at Cape
Melville Range. These very winds prevented
revisitation of this specific locality in 2014 in
an attempt to source further material and to
ascertain the population extent.
Acknowledgements
I would like to thank Harry Hines (Queensland
Parks & Wildlife Service) and Conrad Hoskin
(James Cook University - Townsville) for live
material and photographs of Plectranthus
ventosus ; Simon Thompson (DATSIMA) for
assistance in the field and organization of
the fieldwork at Orchid Creek Station (OCS);
Keith McDonald for assistance in the field at
OCS and Wifi Smith (BRI) for preparation of
the figures and maps.
References
Blake, S.T. (1971). A revision of Plectranthus (Labiatae)
in Australasia. Contributions from the
Queensland Herbarium^'. 1-120.
Culley, T.M. & Klooster, M.R. (2007). The
cleistogamous breeding system: a review
of its frequency, evolution, and ecology in
angiosperms. The Botanical Review 73: 1-30.
Forster, P.I. (1994). Ten new species of Plectranthus
L’Her. (Lamiaceae) from Queensland.
Austrobaileya 4: 159-186.
- (2014). Diversity on a tropical sky island: two new
species of Plectranthus L.’Her. (Lamiaceae)
from the Hann Tableland, northern Queensland.
Austrobaileya 9: 207-215.
Hoskin, C.J. (2013). A new frog species (Microhylidae:
Cophixalus) from boulder-pile habitat of Cape
Melville, north-east Australia. Zootaxa 3722:
61-72.
Map 2. Distribution of Plectranthus species at Cape
Melville, Cape York Peninsula (area entirely within Cape
Melville National Park): P. dumicola •, P. megadontus
A and P. ventosus ▼.
Overlooked plant species names associated with
the botanical collections of Eugene Fitzalan
John Leslie Dowe
Summary
Dowe, J.L. (2015). Overlooked plant species names associated with the botanical collections of
Eugene Fitzalan. Austrobaileya 9(3): 439-444. Three overlooked species names, related to the
botanical collections of Eugene Fitzalan are assessed for their nomenclatural validity. The names
were published by Walter Hill: Erythrina fitzalanii W.Hill is found to be valid and placed as a
synonym of Erythrina variegata L.; Dendrobium luridum and Dendrobium fitzalani are invalid and
are therefore names that are to be rejected.
Key Words: Eugene Fitzalan, Fabaceae, Orchidaceae, Erythrina fitzalanii , Erythrina variegata ,
Dendrobium fitzalani , Dendrobium luridum , Queensland, Burdekin Expedition, overlooked species
names
J.L. Dowe, Australian Tropical Herbarium, James Cook University, Smithfield, Queensland 4878,
Australia. E-mail: john.dowe@jcu.edu.au
Introduction
Whilst preparing a paper on the botanical
collections of Eugene Fitzalan (b.1830;
d.1911) who was active in Queensland during
the latter decades of the 1800s (Dowe 2015),
three apparently overlooked species names
were encountered. The names were all
introduced in publications written by Walter
Hill. Two of the names, Erythrina fitzalanii
and Dendrobium luridum , were cited in
relation to the species collected by Eugene
Fitzalan during the Burdekin Expedition (Hill
1860a). The third, Dendrobium fitzalani was
included in the Catalogue of the Plants in the
Queensland Botanic Gardens (Hill 1875).
This paper discusses the names and assesses
their nomenclatural validity.
Botanical results of the Burdekin
Expedition
The Burdekin Expedition of 1860 was the
first botanical expedition to be sanctioned by
the then newly formed Queensland Colonial
Government. The Expedition departed
Brisbane on 22 August 1860 in the Schooner
Spitfire , under the command of Joshua
W. Smith RN in the company of George
Elphinstone Dalrymple, Commissioner of
Accepted for publication 23 July 2015
Crown Lands for Queensland. The Expedition
sailed as far north as Halifax Bay, and returned
to Brisbane on 18 October 1860. Fitzalan was
under contract to the Victorian Government
as a paid collector engaged by Ferdinand
Mueller, the Victorian Government Botanist.
The intention of the Burdekin Expedition was
to locate the mouth of the Burdekin River,
and to determine if the river was navigable
and suitable as a port (Dalrymple 1860; Smith
1860). About 140 specimens were collected by
Fitzalan during the Expedition (Dowe 2015).
The specimens were originally examined by
Walter Hill (the Queensland Government
Botanist) when the Expedition returned to
Brisbane. Hill (1860b) provided an annotated
species list, but only to the designation of
family. The specimens were subsequently sent
to Mueller in Melbourne, and he produced a
detailed botanical treatment that described
and annotated 88 taxa of which 10 were
described as novelties (Mueller 1860). Later,
based on collections by Fitzalan made during
the Expedition, a further 16 new taxa were
described in Benthanfs Flora Australiensis ,
11 in Mueller’s Fragmenta Phytographiae
Australiae, and one each in Adansonia and
the Journal de Botanique Neerlandaise
(Dowe 2015). In total, about 40 new taxa
were described from Fitzalan’s specimens
collected during the Expedition. Following
the Expedition, Fitzalan was to continue
440
collecting for Mueller in tropical Queensland,
reaching a total of about 2200 specimens, thus
placing him as one of the most productive
botanical collectors in Queensland of that era
(Dowe 2015).
Overlooked species names
Two of the names, Erythrina fitzalanii
and Dendrobium luridum, appeared in a
newspaper article summarising the botanical
results of the Burdekin Expedition, and were
included within a quote that was ascribed to
Hill (1860a). The third name, Dendrobium
fitzalani appeared in a systematically arranged
list of plants that were then being cultivated in
the Botanic Gardens in Brisbane (Hill 1875).
Searches of the APC (2015), APNI (2015),
IPNI (2015) and Kew (2015) databases, and
other relevant taxonomic citation sources
were conducted and the names were not
located, thus indicating that the names have
not been recorded in the taxonomic literature.
The publication of new species names in
non-scientific publications such as newspapers
and catalogues has proven to be problematic
for botanical nomenclature and taxonomy,
particularly with regards to valid publication
and typification (Nelson 1990; Ewan 1993;
Dowe 2004). New names published in trade
catalogues and non-scientific newspapers
have been deemed invalid since 1953, but
names published prior to that date may be
permitted by the code, if the rules of botanical
nomenclature are otherwise observed
(McNeill etal. 2012). Two examples of names
validly published in Australian newspapers
are Dendrobium falcorostrum Fitzg. and
Dendrobium fuscum Fitzg. (=D. discolor
Lindl.), both published in the Sydney Morning
Herald (Fitzgerald 1876, 1879).
Erythrina fitzalanii
The name Erythrina fitzalanii was first
published in The Moreton Bay Courier,
Saturday, 27 October 1860: “ Burdekin
Expedition - Botanical Research.. .through
the courtesy ofMr. Hill, Superintendent of the
Botanical Gardens... Amongst the ornamental
plants the Erythrina fitzalanii (W.H.), a scarlet
flowering coral tree, twelve feet in height, is the
gem of those collected during the expedition.
Austrobaileya 9(3): 439-444 (2015)
Trees of it in flower were seen by the party
six miles distant ” (Hill 1860a). This relates to
direct observations made on Long Island by
Fitzalan (1860) of a flowering Erythrina. “...
we saw in the centre of one of the patches of
scrub... a tree of such an intense scarlet that
it was visible at a distance of several miles. I
made my way to this spot, andfound it to be a
new Erythrina, completely covered with large
scarlet blossoms, but without a single leaf on
it. This is the most beautiful tree I have ever
seen ”. Smith (1860) was similarly impressed
with the Erythrina. ‘Here [Long Island],
and at every place we visited, geological
and botanical specimens were obtained;
among the latter, a most beautiful flower of
a scarlet color, completely covering the few
trees which we saw. Upon close examination
it was observed that, at this season, there
were no leaves on the tree, which has a
whitish bark, and is about 20 ft in height ”.
Hill (1860b) produced a ‘List of Specimens,
collected by Mr. Fitzalan’ from the Burdekin
Expedition designated only to family, in
which he included a significant number under
Fabaceae. Although not directly relatable to
Hill’s list, there is one item that may pertain to
Fitzalan’s collection, it being: “75. Fabaceae,
a handsome tree, beautiful when in flower,
wood close grained andfirm”. This is the only
Fabaceae tree included in Hill’s list, the others
being described as shrubs or vines.
Fitzalan’s collections of Erythrina species
at MEL include E. variegata L. from Port
Denison [MEL 0072371], E. vespertilio
Benth. from both Port Denison and Moreton
Bay [MEL 0072399, MEL 0072401, MEL
0072450 and MEL 0072467], and a specimen
filed as Erythrina sp. [MEL 2113384]
from the Cumberland Islands (Fig. 1). The
Cumberland Islands, as accepted at that
time, included the islands between Hayman
Island in the north to St Bees Island in the
south and thus encompassed Long Island. It is
assumed that the latter collection was made at
Long Island, as described by both Smith and
Fitzalan. An examination of the flower parts
in that specimen relates it to E. variegata. The
only other possible species that it could be,
based on known distribution, is E. vespertilio
Benth. subsp. vespertilio but the flower
Do we, Fitzalan names
441
parts in the MEL specimen are significantly
longer and therefore exclude that species.
Considering this, the specimen can serve as
a type for the name E. fitzalanii W.Hill, but
with the taxon made synonymous with E.
variegata L. The description provided in the
newspaper article is adequate to identify the
plant to E. variegata , with gregarious scarlet
flowers, habit to about 3-6 m in height, bark
whitish and leaves deciduous. An addition to
the synonymy of E. variegata as presented by
Bean (2008) is thus:
Erythrina fitzalanii W.Hill, The Moreton
Bay Courier [Vol 15, No. 936] 27 Oct. 1860:
2. Type: Queensland. South Kennedy.
Cumberland Islands [Long Island], 1860,
Fitzalan s.n. (lectotype: MEL 2113384 [here
designated]).
Dendrobium luridum
The second overlooked name was also
introduced in the same article in The Moreton
Bay Courier. “Two beautiful plants of the
Dendrobium luridum, and its variety, with
yellow flowers, were also collected on the
islands ” (Hill 1860a). This was later spelt
as Dendrobium laridum, in a re-issue of the
article in another newspaper (Hill 1860c).
A search of both MELISR and the Mueller
Correspondence files at RBG Melbourne
failed to locate any specimens or references
that relate to this name (A.Vaughan and
S.Maroske, pers. comm). As there are
contraventions of Articles in the ICBN
[Melbourne Code] (McNeill et al. 2012), i.e.
Article 9 (identity ambiguous); and Article 36
(when it is merely proposed in anticipation of
the future acceptance of the taxon concerned),
this name is to be rejected. The identity of this
species is otherwise not able to be determined:
one possibility is that it relates to Dendrobium
discolor Lindl., but this cannot be established
because of the lack of description and the
absence of extant specimens.
Dendrobium fitzalani
The third overlooked name was introduced
in Hill’s Catalogue of the plants in the
Queensland Botanic Gardens , as verbatim:
“Dendrobium fitzalani F.M... .Dendron, trees;
bio, to live; growing upay, Epi... .Queensland”
(Hill 1875). As the name was appended with
the authorship of F.M. [i.e. F. Muell.], searches
were conducted of Mueller’s Correspondence
at RBG Melbourne to locate any reference in
communications between Hill and Mueller, as
well as the MELISR database (A.Vaughan and
S.Maroske, pers. comm), and no such name
was located. As there are contraventions
of Articles in the ICBN [Melbourne Code]
(McNeill et al. 2012), i.e. Article 9 (identity
ambiguous); and Article 36 (when it is
merely proposed in anticipation of the future
acceptance of the taxon concerned), this name
is to be rejected.
Acknowledgements
Nimal Karunajeewa and Alison Vaughan of
the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL)
are thanked for assisting with access to
MELISR and for the image of the Fitzalan
specimen in MEL. Sara Maroske is thanked
for undertaking searches of the Mueller
Correspondence archives at MEL and Charles
Nelson is thanked for comments on the
original draft.
References
Apc [Australian Plant Census] (2015). Australian Plant
Census, http: //www. anbg. gov. au/chah/apc/,
accessed 4 April 2015.
Apni [Australian Plant Name Index] (2015). Australian
Plant Name Index, http://www.anbg.gov.au/
apni/, accessed 4 April 2015.
Bean, A.R. (2008). A taxonomic revision of Erythrina
L. (Fabaceae: Faboideae) in Australia.
Austrobaileya 7: 641-658.
Dalrymple, G.E. (1860). Report of the proceedings of
the Burdekin Expedition, Part 2. In Report of
the proceedings of the Queensland Government
schooner “Spitfire ” in search of the mouth of
the River Burdekin, on the north-eastern coast
of Australia: and the exploration of the portion
of that coast, extending from Gloucester Island
to Halifax Bay , pp 12-38. T.P Pugh’s Printing
Office: Brisbane.
Dowe, J.L. (2004). Taxonomic notes on palms
(Arecaceae) in catalogues of the Brisbane
Botanic Garden, Australia, of 1875 and 1885.
Austrobaileya 6: 967-971.
- (2015). “/ sa w a good deal of the country much
more than any other collector ”: An assessment
of the botanical collections of Eugene Fitzalan
(1830-1911). Cunninghamia 15: 87-133.
442
Austrobaileya 9(3): 439-444 (2015)
National Herbarium ol Victoria (MEL)
Erylfirina sp
Reid Praieci Annotation: JuiZOOl
NATIONAL HERBARIUM OF
VICTORIA (MEL), AUSTRALIA
Fig. 1 . Lectotype of Erythrinafitzalanii W.Hill. Original label collected by Eugene Fitzalan from Cumberland Islands
[Long Island] during the Burdekin Expedition, 1860, MEL 2113384.
Do we, Fitzalan names
443
NATIONAL HERBARIUM OF VICTORIA (MEL)
MELBOURNE, AUSTRALIA
MEL 2113384
182 FABACEAE
Erythrina sp
(Y16C 5113384-
Coll.: Fitzalan, E.F.A. s.n. Date:
AUSTRALIA : QUEENSLAND
Region/District: Port Curtis
Locality: Cumberland Island [Possibly Calder Island.
Lat/long taken for Calder Island].
Lat.: 20°46'S Long.: 149°37'E
Notes:
[Collector lived between 1830-1911.]
No Herbarium Sheet Carpol
Fig. 1 (cont.) Lectotype of Erythrina fitzalanii W.Hill. The reverse of the label showing the printed herbarium data.
Reproduced with permission from the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL), Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne.
Ewan, J. (1993). An overlooked printed Catalogue
of plants in the botanick garden of South-
Carolina , 1810. Taxon 42: 365-367.
Fitzalan, E. (1860). Report on the Burdekin Expedition.
The Moreton Bay Courier [Vol. 15, No.938] 1
November 1860: 2-3. http://www.trove.nla.gov.
au, accessed November 2014.
Fitzgerald, R.D. (1876). New Dendrobium. The Sydney
Morning Herald [Vol. 74, No. 12013] 18 Nov.
1876: 7. http://www.trove.nla.gov.au, accessed
November 2014.
- (1879). To the editor of the Herald. The Sydney
Morning Herald [No. 12941] 24 Sept. 1879:
3. http.//www.trove.nla.gov.au, accessed
November 2014.
Hill, W. (1860a). [Quoted in] Burdekin Expedition -
Botanical Research. The Moreton Bay Courier
[Vol 15, No. 936] 27 October 1860: 2. http://
www.trove.nla.gov.au, accessed November
2014.
- (1860b). Appendix B. List of specimens
collected by Mr. Fitzalan, during the expedition
to the north-eastern coasts of Queensland. In
J.W. Smith & G.E. Dalrymple, Report of the
proceedings of the Queensland Government
schooner “Spitfire’’ in search of the mouth of
the River Burdekin, on the north-eastern coast
of Australia: and the exploration of the portion
of that coast, extending from Gloucester Island
to Halifax Bay, pp. 39-42. T P. Pugh’s Printing
Office: Brisbane.
- (1860c). [Quoted in] Burdekin Expedition -
Botanical Research. The Mercury [Hobart]
[Vol. 6, No. 983] 26 November 1860: 3. http://
www.trove.nla.gov.au, accessed November
2014.
- (1875). Catalogue of the plants in the Queensland
Botanic Garden. J.C. Beal: Brisbane.
Ipni [International Plant Name Index] (2015). The
International Plant Name Index, Published on
the Internet http://www.ipni.org, accessed 4
July 2014.
Kew (2015). The Plant List. A working list of all plant
species, http://www.theplantlist.org, accessed 4
April 2015.
McNeill, J.; Barrie, F.R.; Buck, W.R.; Demoulin, V.;
Greuter, W.; Hawks worth, D. L.; Herendeen, P. S.;
Knapp, S.; Marhold, K.; Prado, J.; Prud’homme
Van Reine, W.F.; Smith, G.F.; Wiersema, J.H.
& Turland, N.J. (2012). International Code
of Nomenclature for algae, fungi, and plants
(Melbourne Code) adopted by the Eighteenth
International Botanical Congress Melbourne,
Australia, July 2011. Regnum Vegetabile 154.
A.R.G. Gantner Verlag KG.
444
Mueller, F. (1860). Essay on the plants collected by
Mr. Eugene Fitzalan during Lieut. Smith’s
expedition to the estuary of the Burdekin. John
Ferres: Melbourne.
Nelson, E.C. (1990). \. .and flowers for our amusement’:
the early collecting and cultivation of Australian
plants in Europe and the problems encountered
by today’s taxonomists. In P.S. Short (ed.).
History of systematic botany in Australasia,
pp. 285-296. Australian Systematic Botany
Society: South Yarra.
Austrobaileya 9(3): 439-444 (2015)
Smith, J.W. (1860). Report of the proceedings of the
Burdekin Expedition, Part 1. In Report of the
proceedings of the Queensland Government
schooner “Spitfire” in search of the mouth of
the River Burdekin, on the north-eastern coast
of Australia: and the exploration of the portion
of that coast, extending from Gloucester Island
to Halifax Bay , pp 1-11. T.P Pugh’s Printing
Office: Brisbane.
A conspectus of Polyscias J.R.Forst. & G.Forst.
(Araliaceae) in Queensland, Australia
A.R. Bean
Summary
Bean, A.R. (2015). A conspectus of Polyscias J.R.Forst. & G.Forst. in Queensland, Australia.
Austrobaileya 9(3): 445-456. The 12 indigenous species of Polyscias in Queensland are enumerated,
and their nomenclature, distribution and habitat are discussed. Distribution maps and an identification
key are provided. Specimen citations of Polyscias zippeliana (Miq.) Valeton from Australia are newly
given. Lectotypes are selected for Aralia nodosa Blume, Hedera australiana F.Muell., Nothopanax
macgillivrayi Seem., Panax elegans F.Muell., Panax mollis Benth., Panax murrayi F.Muell., Panax
zippeliana Miq. and Pentapanax willmottii F.Muell.
Key Words: Araliaceae, Polyscias , Polyscias zippeliana , taxonomy, Queensland flora, lectotypes,
nomenclature, identification key
A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science, Information Technology and Innovation,
Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. E-mail:
Tony.Bean@dsiti.qld.gov.au
Introduction
Polyscias J.R.Forst. & G.Forst. is the second
largest genus in Araliaceae, with 159 species
(Lowry & Plunkett 2010), and is distributed
from tropical Africa to the islands of the
eastern Pacific Ocean. Over the last 150 years,
Polyscias has sometimes been narrowly
defined and sometimes broadly circumscribed.
The current trend is a broadly defined
Polyscias , exemplified by the molecular study
of Plunkett & Lowry (2010), where Polyscias
is used in a broad sense, encompassing
several previously widely recognised genera
including Arthrophyllum Blume, Gastonia
Comm, ex Lam., Tetraplasandra A.Gray and
Reynoldsia A.Gray. These genera have been
shown to be polyphyletic or paraphyletic with
respect to a narrowly defined Polyscias.
This paper presents a summary of the
Polyscias species occurring in Queensland
and adjacent areas, provides a key to their
identification, and lectotypifies several names.
12 species of Polyscias are recognised here
for Queensland, all are indigenous. Bostock &
Holland (2014) listed 11 species as indigenous
to Queensland. One species from that list,
P. Scutellaria (Burm.f.) Fosberg, is excluded
from this account, because both existing
records were found to be based on cultivated
specimens; while two species are added - P.
spectabilis (Harms) Lowry & G.M.Plunkett,
which has recently been transferred from
the genus Gastonia , and P. zippeliana (Miq.)
Valeton, not previously recorded in Australian
censuses or databases.
Materials and methods
This paper is based on the study of around
400 Polyscias specimens at BRI, and
specimen images of types from BM, BR, FI,
K, L, M and MEL. Any measurements given
here have been made from dried herbarium
specimens. Collection dates for historical
New Guinean collections were determined
using Steenis-Kruseman (2011). Distribution
maps have been compiled using DIVA-GIS
Version 7.5.0, using label data of specimens
from BRI, and of the type specimen of P.
zippeliana at L. Species treatments are
arranged in alphabetical order.
Accepted for publication 23 July 2015
446
Common abbreviations used in the
specimen citations are HS (homestead), LA
(Logging Area), NP (National Park), SF/SFR
(State Forest/State Forest Reserve) and TR
(Timber Reserve).
Taxonomy
Polyscias J.R.Forst. & G.Forst., Char. Gen.
PI. 63 (1775).
Shrubs ortrees; leaves alternate, imparipinnate
or bipinnate (rarely tripinnate or unifoliolate);
petiole with an expanded sheathing base;
leaflets in pairs, margins entire, crenate or
dentate. Inflorescences terminal, paniculate;
flowers in umbels or less commonly in
racemes; pedicels often articulated below the
ovary. Ovary inferior. Calyx rudimentary,
often comprising 5 small teeth. Petals 4-5(-8),
valvate. Stamens equal in number to petals.
Fruit a spherical or laterally flattened drupe,
crowned by persistent styles.
1. Polyscias australiana (F.Muell.) Philipson,
Blumea 24: 171 (1971); Hedera australiana
F.Muell., Fragm. 4: 120 (1864); Irvingia
australiana (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm.
5: 18 (1865); Kissodendron australianum
(F.Muell.) Seem., J. Bot. 3: 201 (1865);
Kissodendron australianum (F.Muell.) Seem,
var. australianum , F.Muell., Descr. Notes
Papuan PI. 5: 88 (1877). Type: Queensland.
Rockingham Bay, 1 March 1864, J. Dallachy
s.n. (lecto: MEL 1533942 [here designated];
isolecto: BM 000810429; BR 563082; MEL
1533941).
Kissodendron australianum var. furfuraceum
C.T.White, Contr. Arnold Arbor. 4: 83 (1933).
Type: Queensland. Cook District: Boonjie, 8
October 1929, S.F. Kajewski 1256 (holo: BRI).
Illustrations : Elliot & Jones (1997: 418);
Cooper & Cooper (2004: 65); Hyland et al.
( 2010 ).
Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.
Cook District: Mossman River, Feb 1932, Brass 2145
(BRI); SF 310 Gadgarra, Nov 1995, Forster PIF17970 &
Spokes (BRI, MEL). North Kennedy District: Kirrama
Range, Bryce Henry LA, SF 344, Nov 1992, Fell DF2041
(BRI, CNS, MEL). South Kennedy District: Clarke
Range, Eungella NP, Broken River, near bridge on road
to Eungella Dam, Apr 1981, Telford 11182 & Rudd{ BRI,
CANB, NSW). Port Curtis District: Waterpark Creek,
Byfield, 1983 , McCabe s.n. (BRI [AQ394772]). Moreton
Austrobaileya 9 ( 3 ): 445-456 ( 2015 )
District: Yandina Creek, SF 351 near Eumundi, Oct
1993, Bean 6813 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Polyscias
australiana is endemic to Queensland. It
is mainly distributed in the Wet Tropics
bioregion, but extending further south, viz. in
the Proserpine - Mackay region, the Byfield
area near Rockhampton, and in a very limited
area near Eumundi, north of Brisbane (Map
1). It grows in evergreen notophyll rainforest
where rainfall exceeds 1500 mm per annum.
In southern and central Queensland, it is
found mainly at low altitudes, but at the
northern end of its range, it extends to 1200
metres.
Notes : Polycias australiana is distinguished
by the pinnate leaves with 7-21 leaflets; the
rusty hairs on the developing inflorescences,
vegetative shoots and petiole bases; and the
primary inflorescence axis bearing many
secondary axes in 3 or 4 verticils.
2. Polyscias bellendenkerensis (F.M.Bailey)
Philipson, Austrobaileya 1: 24 (1977);
Pentapanax bellendenkerensis F.M.Bailey,
Queensland Agric. J. 15: 491-492 (1904);
Kissodendron bellendenkerense (F.M.Bailey)
Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 484 (1928). Type:
Queensland. Cook District: Summit of
Bellenden-Ker, 20-23 July 1904, A. Meston
170 (holo: BRI).
Illustrations : Elliot & Jones (1997: 418);
Cooper & Cooper (2004: 65); Hyland et al.
( 2010 ).
Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland.
Cook District: Upper catchment of Mossman River,
Mossman Bluff, Jan 1989, Fell & Baird s.n. (BRI
[AQ457118]); ‘Heathland’ near helicopter pad on W
slope of S peak of Bartle Frere, Wooroonooran NP, Apr
1995, Hunter JH766 (BRI); Summit of Centre peak,
Bellenden Ker, Nov 1972, Webb & Tracey 11914 (BRI,
CANB).
Distribution and habitat : Polyscias
bellendenkerensis is endemic to Queensland
where it is found in two disjunct areas of the
Wet Tropics bioregion; on the Mt Bellenden-
Ker and Mt Bartle Frere massif, and in the
mountains west of Mossman (Map 2). It
grows in shrubland or elfin ‘cloud forest’ at
altitudes of 1100-1600 metres.
Bean, Polyscias in Queensland
447
Map 1. Queensland
distribution of Polyscias
australiana •, P. murrayi
□, P. sambucifolia A.
Map 2. Australian and Malesian distribution of Polyscias bellendenkerensis •, P. macgillivrayi A, P. zippeliana EH
448
Notes : Polyscias bellendenkerensis is
distinguished by the mostly bipinnate foliage,
the flowers borne in umbels, and the styles
remaining erect in fruit.
3. Polyscias elegans (C.Moore & F.Muell.)
Harms, Natur. Pflanzen. Ill, 8 (111): 45 (1894);
Panax elegans C.Moore & F.Muell., Trans.
Philos. Inst. Victoria 2: 68 (1857); Nothopanax
elegans (C.Moore & F.Muell.) Seem., FI. Vit.
[Seemann] 3: 114 (1866); Tieghemopanax
elegans (C.Moore & F.Muell.) R.Vig., Bull.
Soc. Bot. France 52: 308 (1905); Gelibia
elegans (C.Moore & F.Muell.) Hutch., Gen. FI.
PI. 2: 58 (1967). Type: Queensland. Moreton
Bay, [December 1856], W. Hill & F. Mueller
(lecto: MEL 672695 [here designated]).
Panax polybotryus F.Muell., Hooker’s J.
Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 9: 229 (1857). Type:
Queensland. Moreton Bay, [in 1856] F.
Mueller s.n. (syn: BM 000810430).
Polyscias branderhorstii Harms, Nova
Guinea 8: 274 (1909); Gelibia branderhorstii
(Harms) Hutch., Gen. FI. PI. 2: 58 (1967).
Type: New Guinea. South coast at Dorf
Gelieb, 3 November 1907, B. Branderhorst
208 (syn: K 000792854 & K 000792853).
Illustrations : Cooper & Cooper (2004: 65);
Hyland et al. (2010); Nicholson & Nicholson
(2007a: 52).
Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland.
Cook District: Thursday Island, Jul 1975, Stocker
1295 (BRI); The Big Scrub, 2-4 km NE of Mt Surprise
turnoff, Mt Garnet - Charters Towers Road, May 1976,
Rodd 3200 (BRI, NSW). South Kennedy District:
Carlisle Island, c. 1 km W of Turtle Bay and c. 35 km
N of Mackay, Sep 1986, Sharpe 4442 & Batianoff
(BRI). Port Curtis District: Stevens Road, S of Pine
Mountain, Shoalwater Bay Training Area, Apr 2011,
Bean 30856 & Halford (BM, BRI, MO). Burnett
District: Mt Wooroolin, 4 km WNW of Kingaroy, Apr
1991, Telford 11036 & Rw^(BISH, BRI, CANB, NSW).
Wide Bay District: Gheerulla Creek, above the falls,
W of Mapleton, Apr 1998, Bean 13199 (BRI). Moreton
District: Ithaca Creek, Apr 1876, Bailey s.n. (BRI
[AQ215503]).
Distribution and habitat : Polyscias elegans
occurs along the Queensland coast, and
extends up to 250 km inland where suitable
sheltered habitats exist. It is also found on the
Torres Strait islands, and in southern New
Guinea (Map 3). It also occurs in coastal
Austrobaileya 9(3): 445-456 (2015)
New South Wales, as far south as Jervis Bay
(Floyd 1989). It grows in all types of notophyll
rainforest, including those of the littoral zone.
Notes : Panax polybotryus was omitted from
Govaerts et al. (2014), and is treated as a
name of uncertain application in APC (2015).
In the protologue for P. polybotryus , Mueller
stated that it has a “racemose, not umbellate
inflorescence”. Polyscias elegans is the only
Australian Polyscias species that does not
have an umbellate inflorescence, a clear
indication that the two names are synonymous.
This has been confirmed by examination of
an image of a type of P. polybotryus held at
BM. It comprises detached leaflets and a short
portion of an infructescence. Both the leaflets
and the infructescence are consistent with the
species known as Polyscias elegans.
Harms (1909) distinguished Polyscias
branderhorstii from P. elegans by the
very short pedicels of the fruits and the
much “weaker” (sparser?) hairs on the
inflorescence. However, these differences are
not significant; pedicel length is variable in P.
elegans throughout its range, as is the density
of the inflorescence indumentum.
Nomenclature: Panax polybotryus was
published in the 9 th volume of Hooker’s
Journal of Botany and Kew Miscellany , and
p. 229 was published during August 1857
(Stafleu & Cowan 1979). Panax elegans
was published in the 2 nd volume of the
Transactions of the Philosophical Institute
of Victoria, on 30 September 1857 (Chapman
1991); hence in the genus Panax , the epithet
polybotryus has nomenclatural priority over
elegans. However, Panax polybotryus cannot
be transferred to Polyscias , as the combination
Polyscias polybotrya is preoccupied for
another taxon ( Polyscias polybotrya Harms,
Notizbl. Konigl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 3: 20
(1902)). Therefore Polyscias elegans is the
correct name for this species.
4. Polyscias macgillivrayi (Seem.) Harms,
Natur. Pflanzen. Ill, 8 (111): 45 (1894);
Nothopanax macgillivrayi Seem., FI. Vit.
[Seemann] 3: 114 (1866); Panax macgillivrayi
(Seem.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 382 (1867);
Tieghemopanax macgillivrayi (Seem.) R.Vig.,
Bean, Polyscias in Queensland
449
Map 3. Queensland and New Guinea
distribution of Polyscias elegans.
Bull. Soc. Bot. France 52: 313 (1905). Type:
Queensland. Cook District: Cape York,
October 1848, J. MacGillivray 431 (lecto:
K000792847, here chosen; isolecto: BRI
(fragment)).
Illustrations : Hyland et al. (2010).
Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.
Cook District: Mount Cook NP, NP 142, 1.5 km WSW
of Mt Cook summit, Feb 1993, Fell DGF2877 & Stanton
(BRI, CNS); Turrel Hill, 10 km WSW of Nesbit River
mouth, 51.6 km N of Silver Plains HS, Aug 1993, Fell
DGF3393 et al. (BRI, CNS); Lamond Hill, Iron Range,
Jul 1991, Forster PIF9016 (BRI); Great Barrier Reef,
Restoration Rock, near Cape Weymouth, Portland
Roads, Jul 1969, Heatwole s.n. (BRI [AQ8116]);
Warraber Island, Torres Strait, May 2002, Waterhouse
BMW6410 (BRI, CANB).
Distribution and habitat: Polyscias
macgillivrayi is found along the east coast
of Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, and in
coastal parts of mainland Papua New Guinea
and New Britain (Map 2). It also extends
to Micronesia (Philipson 1979). It mainly
inhabits the littoral zone almost exclusively,
and is frequent on continental islands, but
occasionally extends up to 20 km inland.
Notes: Dried specimens of this species are
instantly discernible by their strong odour
resembling curry powder.
5. Polyscias mollis (Benth.) Harms, Natur.
Pflanzen. Ill, 8 (111): 45 (1894); Panax mollis
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 382 (1867); Nothopanax
mollis (Benth.) Seem., J. Bot. 4: 295 (1866);
Tieghemopanax mollis (Benth.) R.Vig.,
Bull. Soc. Bot. France 52: 312 (1905). Type:
Queensland. Rockingham Bay, undated, J.
Dallachy s.n. (lecto: MEL 2249865 [here
designated]; isolecto: MEL 2249866; MEL
2249858).
Panax macdowallii F.Muell., Southern Science
Record n.s. 2 (1886); Aralia macdowallii
(F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex F.M.Bailey, Syn.
Queensland FI. Suppl. 2: 31 (1888); Polyscias
macdowallii (F.Muell.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot.
450
89: 485 (1928). Type: Queensland. “Russell’s
River, Walter Hill”, n.v.
Illustrations: Cooper & Cooper (2004: 65);
Hyland et al. (2010).
Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.
Cook District: Palmerston NP, west of Crawford
Lookout, Jan 1993, Bean 5407 (BRI); Westcott Road,
Topaz, Mar 2001, Cooper 1522 & Cooper (BRI); trail
into Stockwellia site near Malanda, Feb 2009, Costion
1695 (BRI, CNS); Wooroonooran NP, Ghourka Road,
Mar 2003, Forster P1F29260 & Cooper (BRI, MEL);
SFR 755, North Johstone LA, Mar 1976, Moriarty 1966
(BRI, CNS); Bailey’s Creek area, Oct 1963, Smith 11654
(BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Polyscias mollis
is endemic to Queensland, and confined to
the Wet Tropics bioregion, from Innisfail to
Cooktown (Map 4), where it grows as an
understorey species in complex notophyll
rainforest in high rainfall areas.
Notes : Polyscias mollis is unique among
Australian Polyscias species by virtue of its
prickly stems. The leaf rachis is sometimes
prickly as well. The tiny marginal teeth on the
leaflets are also diagnostic. The typical form
has numerous short erect hairs on the leaflets,
rachises and inflorescences. A glabrous form
that was described at species rank ( Panax
macdowallii F.Muell.), is apparently common,
and perhaps as widely distributed as the
typical form. Govaerts et al. (2014) accepted
Polyscias macdowallii as a distinct species,
but apart from the indumentum, it does not
differ in any consistent way from P. mollis
sens str.
Typification: There are six sheets at MEL of
Polyscias mollis material that were collected
by Dallachy from Rockingham Bay. MEL
2249865 is here chosen as the lectotype as the
material on the sheet is a good match for the
protologue, and the corner of the label has a
“B” indicating that it was seen by Bentham
for Flora Australiensis. One of the sheets
(MEL 2249857) was certainly not seen by
Bentham as its label includes information
about the prickly stems possessed by the
species, and that information is missing from
the protologue; another sheet (MEL 2249859)
is probably not original material as it bears
mature fruits, and the protologue stated that
Austrobaileya 9(3): 445-456 (2015)
fruits were “not seen quite ripe”; another
sheet (MEL 2271939) bearing only leaflets, is
perhaps a part of the same gathering as MEL
2249857, and if so, it is not original material.
The type of Panax macdowallii is not
present at MEL, where one would expect
it to be (W. Gebert pers. comm. Sep 2014).
Bailey (1888) cited Mueller as saying that
he had recently received “further specimens
collected by Mr Sayer” soon after his original
naming. There are numerous Araliaceae
specimens at MEL collected by Sayer, but
the only one matching the protologue (i.e.
having 2 styles and pinnate leaves) is MEL
2249860. This scrappy specimen is quite
glabrous, and some prickles are present on
the very short section of stem that has been
preserved, and the leaflets have tiny marginal
teeth, confirming it as the glabrous form of
P. mollis. Since Mueller considered the Sayer
specimen to be the same taxon as his Panax
macdowallii , it follows that P. macdowallii is
the glabrous form of P. mollis.
6. Polyscias murrayi (F.Muell.) Harms,
Natur. Pflanzen. Ill, 8 (111): 45 (1894); Panax
murrayi F.Muell., Fragm. 2: 106 (1860);
Nothopanax murrayi (F.Muell.) Seem., J.
Bot. 4: 295 (1866); Tieghemopanax murrayi
(F.Muell.) R.Vig., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 52:
310 (1905). Type: New South Wales. Near
Twofold Bay, [September 1860], F. Mueller
s.n. (lecto: MEL 672694 [here designated];
isolecto: BM 000810432; BR 563113; MEL
672693; MEL 672754).
Illustrations : Cooper & Cooper (2004: 66);
Hyland et al. (2010); Nicholson & Nicholson
(2007b: 48).
Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.
Cook District: MtHaig, Emerald LA, Aug 1976, Stocker
1527 (BRI). North Kennedy District: Bluewater SF,
NW of Townsville, Oct 1992, Bean 5071 (BRI, MEL).
South Kennedy District: 500 m along walking track
to Mt Dalrymple, Eungella NP, Jul 1995, Wiecek 594 et
al. (BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW, SYD). Darling Downs
District: W of Moss Gardens, near Killarney, Mar 2004,
Bean 21775 (BRI). Moreton District: The Summit, Mt
Glorious, Mar 1999, Phillips 198 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : In Queensland,
Polyscias murrayi occurs mainly in the south¬
east of the state, but with disjunct occurrences
Bean, Polyscias in Queensland
451
Map 4. Australian distribution of Polyscias mollis □, P. spectabilis A, P. willmottii •.
around Eungella, west of Mackay, and in the
Wet Tropics where it is found as far north as
Mt Lewis, near Julatten (Map 1). It occurs all
along the New South Wales coast and just into
Victoria (Floyd 1989). It is a pioneer species,
inhabiting roadsides and sunny breaks in
notophyll rainforest. In Queensland it is rarely
found below 500 metres in altitude.
Notes : The leaflet margins are usually
distinctly toothed, but in some collections, the
leaflets are entire.
7. Polyscias nodosa (Blume) Seem., J. Bot.
3: 181 (1865); Aralia nodosa Blume, Bijdr.
FI. Ned. Ind. 873 (1826); Paratropia nodosa
(Blume) DC., Prodr. 4: 265 (1830); Hedera
nodosa (Blume) Hassk., Tijdschr. Natuurl.
Gesch. Physiol. 10: 131 (1843); Eupteron
nodosum (Blume) Miq., Bonplandia 4:
139 (1856). Type: Indonesia. Mt Menara,
Java, s.dat ., s.coll. (lecto: L 0008479 [here
designated]).
Illustrations : Cooper & Cooper (2004: 66);
Hyland etal. (2010).
Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.
Cook District: Iron Range NP, Gordon Creek, Sep 1997,
Gray 7248 (BRI, CNS); Kuranda Range Road, Sep 1987,
Gray 4567 (BRI, CNS); Foot of MacAlister Range,
2.5 km ENE of Saddle Mountain, Oct 1987, Lyons 49
(BRI, DNA); Base of Mt Isley, Edmonton, S of Cairns,
Jan 1997, Plunkett 1537 et al. (BRI); Bank of Barratt
452
Creek, Oct 1992, Russell s.n. (BRI [AQ547505]). North
Kennedy District: Brandy Creek Road, about 5 km E of
Shute Harbour and 13 km NE of Proserpine, Nov 1985,
Sharpe 4149 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : In Queensland
Polyscias nodosa is known from Iron Range;
at several locations between Cooktown and
Tully; and in a limited area near Proserpine
(Map 5). It also occurs in mainland Papua
New Guinea, Bougainville, Java, Lombok,
Celebes, Moluccas and the Philippines
(Philipson 1979). It is a pioneer species that
inhabits disturbed sites in evergreen notophyll
rainforest in high rainfall areas.
Notes : Fertile specimens are easily
recognisable by their long racemose
inflorescences bearing sessile umbels. The
leaves may exceed two metres in length. It
is cultivated as an ornamental in south-east
Asia.
8. Polyscias pupurea C.T.White, Proc. Roy.
Soc. Queensland 47: 64 (1936), as Polyscias
purpureus. Type: Queensland. Cook District:
Mossman River Gorge, 5 February 1932, L.J.
Brass 2072 (holo: BRI; iso: MEL).
Illustrations : Cooper & Cooper (2004: 66);
Hyland etal. (2010).
Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland.
Cook District: Rex Range, NE of Julatten, Jan 1993,
Bean 5676 & Forster (BRI, DNA); Mt Bartle Frere,
Jun 1986, Bruhl 534 (BRI, CANB); FR 310, Swipers
LA, E of Malanda, Aug 1963, Hyland AFO/2752 (BRI,
CNS); Mcllwraith Range, Sep 1974, Hyland 7638 (BRI,
CNS); c. 0.5 km south of Copperlode Falls Dam, Mar
2009, Jago 7256 (BRI, L); Gold Hill summit ridge, TR
165, Aug 1986, Weston 474 et al (BRI, CNS, NSW);
Kuranda, Feb 1922, White 1532 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat: Polyscias purpurea
is endemic to Queensland where it occurs in
the Mcllwraith Range, and in the Wet Tropics
bioregion of Queensland, between Cooktown
and Tully (Map 5). It is an understorey
species in evergreen notophyll rainforest in
high rainfall areas.
Notes: It can be distinguished by its complete
lack of hairs on all plant parts, and the purple
petals.
9. Polyscias sambucifolia (DC.) Harms,
Natur. Pflanzen. Ill, 8 (111): 45 (1894);
Panax sambucifolius DC., Prodr. 4: 255
Austrobaileya 9(3): 445-456 (2015)
(1830); Nothopanax sambucifolia (DC.)
K.Koch, Wochenschr. Gartnerei Pflanzenk.
2: 77 (1859); Tieghemopanax sambucifolius
(DC.) R.Vig., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 52:
310 (1905). Types: New Holland, [in 1823],
F. W. Sieber FI. Nov. Holl. n. 256 (syn: BM
000810433; syn: BR 563114; syn: G-DC,
microfiche!; syn: M 0172422; syn: M 0172423).
Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.
Moreton District: Near White Swamp road, SSW of
Boonah, Feb 1990, Bean 1365 (BRI, CANB); 6 km W
of Mt Glorious, Dec 1995, Bean 9370 (BRI, NSW); 7 km
NW of Springbrook on Ankida Nature Refuge, Jan 2005,
Thompson MOR543 (BRI). Darling Downs District: 1.5
km S of Christie Target, near Wallangarra, Dec 1989,
Bean 1216 (BRI, NSW); South Bald Rock Swamp, E
side near South Bald Rock, Girraween NP, Feb 1994,
Grimshaw G422 & Robins (BRI).
Distribution and habitat: In Queensland
Polyscias sambucifolia is confined to the
south-east corner, south from Mt Mee, above
400 m altitude (Map 1). It is widespread in
New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. It
inhabits simple rainforest or wet sclerophyll
eucalypt forest on a variety of soil types.
Notes: Polyscias sambucifolia is a highly
variable species for which a number of putative
subspecies have been proposed (APNI 2015).
None of these occur in Queensland where the
species has relatively uniform morphology.
10. Polyscias spectabilis (Harms) Lowry &
G. M.Plunkett, PI. Divers. Evol. 128: 74 (2010);
Peekeliopanax spectabilis Harms, Notizbl.
Bot. Gart. Berlin-Dahlem 9: 478 (1926);
Gastonia spectabilis (Harms) Philipson,
Blumea 18: 494 (1970). Type: Papua New
Guinea. New Ireland Province: Lamekot,
Lamusong, in 1925, G. Peekel 1001 (holo: B,
destroyed; iso: ?, n.v.).
Illustrations: Cooper & Cooper (2004: 64);
Hyland et al. (2010), as Gastonia spectabilis.
Selected specimen examined : Queensland. Cook
District: Cedar Bay NP, Gap Creek area, Jun 2005,
Forster PIF31018 & Jensen (BRI, L, MEL, NSW).
Distribution and habitat: In Australia,
Polyscias spectabilis is confined to a
single locality in the Gap Creek area near
Bloomfield, Queensland (Map 4). It is
however, widespread in New Guinea and
adjacent islands (Philipson 1979). It is a
Bean, Polyscias in Queensland
453
Map 5. Australian distribution of Polyscias nodosa □, P. purpurea •.
pioneer species that inhabits disturbed sites in
evergreen notophyll rainforest in high rainfall
areas.
Notes : This species reportedly reaches 30
metres in height in Australia, and 40 metres
in New Guinea. Philipson (1979) conjectured
that it is “possibly the largest araliad known”.
11. Polyscias willmottii (F.Muell.) Philipson,
Austrobaileya 1: 24 (1977); Pentapanax
willmottii F.Muell., Austral. J. Pharm. 2: 125
(1887). Type: Queensland. Cook District:
Mt Bellenden-Ker, in 1887, W.A. Sayer &
A. Day ids on 34 (lecto: MEL 672698 [here
designated]; isolecto: MEL 672699).
Illustrations : Cooper & Cooper (2004: 66);
Hyland et al. (2010); Nicholson & Nicholson
(2004: 57).
Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.
Cook District: 27.3 km from the Rex Highway on Mt
Lewis Road near Julatten, Nov 1990, Holland 36 (BRI,
NSW); Black Snake Lookout, Wooroonooran NP, Jul
1995, Hunter JH4624 (BRI); Boulder field, 50 m north
of Bower Bird site, just past NW Peak, Bartle Frere, May
2004, Jensen 1397 (BRI, MEL); summit of Mt Lewis,
Nov 1988, Jessup GJM5134 et al. (BRI, DNA, NSW);
North Mary LA, SF 143, Jul 1994, Forster PIF15624
(BRI, CNS, MEL, NSW).
Distribution and habitat: Polyscias willmottii
is endemic to Queensland, and confined to
the Wet Tropics bioregion between Mt Bartle
Frere and Thornton Peak (Map 4). It grows
in high-altitude rainforest or ‘cloud forest’,
between 1000-1600 metres.
Notes: Polyscias willmottii is distinguished
by the glabrous new-growth, the wavy leaflet
margins, the relatively long petiolules and the
5-locular fruits.
454
12. Polyscias zippeliana (Miq.) Valeton, Bull.
Dep. Agric. Indes Neerl. 10: 42 (1907); Panax
zippelianum Miq., Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugduno-
Batavi 1: 15 (1863); Nothopanax zippelianus
(Miq.) Seem., FI. Vit. [Seemann] 115 (1866).
Type: Indonesia. Papua. Near Dourga River,
[May 1828], A. Zippelius (lecto: L 0008487,
[here designated]; isolecto: K 000792850, L
0008488).
Kissodendron australianum var. dispermum
F.Muell., Descr. Notes Papuan PI. 5: 88
(1877); Kissodendron dispermum (F.Muell.)
Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 484 (1928);
Polyscias australiana var. disperma (F.Muell.)
Philipson, Blumea 24: 171 (1978); Polyscias
disperma (F.Muell.) Lowry & Plunkett, PI.
Divers. Evol. 128: 68 (2010), nom. illeg. non
Blanco (1837), syn. nov. Type: Papua New
Guinea. Fly River, [December 1875], L.M.
dAlbertis s.n. (syn: MEL, image!; syn: FI
[Beccari Herbarium 4662], image!).
Additional selected specimens examined : Queensland.
Cook District: Lockerbie, 10 miles [16 km] WSW
of Somerset, Apr 1948, Brass 18412 (A, BRI); 22.6
km E of Bromley on the track to Carron Valley, Jul
1990, Clarkson 8878 & Neldner (BRI, CNS); Head
of Pascoe River, 5 km NW of Mt Yangee, 21.2 km
WSW of Lockhart River community, Apr 1994, Fell
DGF4274 & Claudie (BRI, DNA); 3.5 km NNE of
Massy Creek Crossing, Silver Plains Station, eastern
fall of Mcllwraith Range, Jul 1993, Forster PIF13611
et al. (BRI, MEL); Richardson Range, 18 km along
Middle Peak track to Shelburne Bay, Jun 2008, Forster
PIF33617 & McDonald (BRI, PE); Bamaga, Cape York,
Sep 1963, Jones 2516 (BRI, CANB); N of Massy Creek,
c. 13 km NW of Silver Plains, Aug 1978, Kanis 2019
(BRI, CANB, L); Mcllwraith Range (NP proposal), Sep
2004, McDonald KRM3019 (BRI, DNA); Isabella Falls,
off Cooktown - Laura road, c. 30 km from Cooktown,
Jan 1997, Plunkett 1550 et al. (BRI); Isabella Falls, on
the Battle Camp road, 31.6 km NW of Cooktown, Nov
2010, Wilson 685 & Wilson (BRI, CANB, CNS).
Distribution and habitat : Polyscias
zippeliana is widespread in far north
Queensland on Cape York Peninsula and the
islands of Torres Strait. It is also common
Austrobaileya 9(3): 445-456 (2015)
in the lowlands of southern New Guinea,
both in Papua New Guinea and Indonesian
Papua, and is found in the far north of the
Northern Territory, including Melville Island
and Kakadu NP (Map 2). It typically grows
along watercourses with fringing rainforest
in a landscape dominated by Eucalyptus and
Melaleuca woodland.
Notes : Polyscias zippeliana is clearly allied
to P. australiana , but differing by the larger
often 2-locular fruits and longer pedicels, by
the primary inflorescence axis lacking the 3 or
4 many-branched verticils, and the generally
fewer leaflets.
Polyscias zippeliana has previously been
recorded as occurring in Australia, without
any precise location or specimen citations,
by Philipson (1995) and Lowry & Plunkett
(2010). Despite this, it was not recorded for
Queensland in Bostock & Holland (2014) or
for Australia in AVH (2015). The record of P.
australiana from Northern Territory (Short et
al. 2011) is referable to P. zippeliana.
Philipson (1995) described P. zippeliana
as having “3 or 4 pairs of leaflets”, mimicking
the description in the protologue. However, it
is unrealistic to suppose that there could be
so little variation in the number of leaflets in
this species, when every other species has a
considerable range of leaflet numbers.
Philipson (1995) also stated that the New
Guinean species Polyscias schultzei Harms
occurs in “Queensland, Australia”. As
Philipson restricted his view of P. zippeliana
to specimens bearing 3 or 4 pairs of leaflets,
it seems likely that Australian specimens of
P. schultzei sensu Philipson are in fact P.
zippeliana with 5 or more pairs of leaflets.
It is also quite possible that P. schultzei is
synonymous with P. zippeliana , but that
determination requires further study.
Bean, Polyscias in Queensland
455
Key to the Polyscias species of Queensland
1 At least some bipinnate leaves on a given branch.2
1. All leaves pinnate.3
2 Leaflets elliptical, 2.3-3.5 times longer than wide; flowers in umbels; styles
not recurved in fruit.2. P. bellendenkerensis
2. Leaflets broadly ovate, 1.6-2.3 times longer than wide; flowers
solitary, arranged in a raceme along the secondary axes; styles
recurved in fruit.3. P. elegans
3 Stems with stout prickles; leaflet margins with many small teeth 0.3-0.5
mm long.5. P. mollis
3. Stems unarmed; leaflet margins entire or with teeth c. 1 mm long.4
4 Undersides of mature leaflets white or grey due to very numerous tiny
peltate scales.9. P. sambucifolia
4. Undersides of mature leaflets green, glabrous.5
5 New vegetative growth, petiole bases and floral bracts hairy.6
5. New vegetative growth, petiole bases and floral bracts glabrous.8
6 Petiolules of lateral leaflets < 5% lamina length; fruits 10-locular; styles
recurved in fruit; the hairs white or grey; pedicels not articulated ... 10. P. spectabilis
6. Petiolules of lateral leaflets 5-20% of lamina length; fruits 2- or 3-locular;
styles erect in fruit; the hairs rusty-coloured; pedicels articulated.7
7 Dried fruits 3.5-6 mm long, 3 or 4-locular; fruiting pedicels 3-9 mm
long.1. P. australiana
7. Dried fruits 6.5-8 mmlong, 2 or3 (-4)-locular; fruiting pedicels 13-23 mm
long.12. P. zippeliana
8 Tall trees, often exceeding 15 m; well-developed leaves more than 1.5 m
long, leaflets 15-35; petiolules of lateral leaflets < 5% of lamina length.9
8. Small trees to 6 m high; well-developed leaves 20-50 cm long, leaflets
3-15; petiolules of lateral leaflets 5-45% of lamina length.10
9 Leaflets narrow, 3.2-5 times longer than wide; fruits 2-locular, flattened,
distinctly pedicellate.6. P. murrayi
9. Leaflets broader, 2.1-2.8 times longer than wide; fruits 5-locular, ±
globose, sessile.7. P. nodosa
10 Petiolules long, 25-45% of leaflet length; leaflet margins undulate;
fruits 5-locular.11. P. willmottii
10. Petiolules shorter, 5-20% of leaflet length; leaflet margins flat; fruits
2-locular.11
11 Leaflets ± parallel-sided, abruptly narrowed near apex; dried specimens
highly odoriferous; petals white to greenish; dried mature fruits 4-5
mm long, fruiting pedicels 3.5-5 mm long; usually growing in littoral
zone.4. P. macgillivrayi
11. Leaflets tapering ± evenly to the apex; dried specimens not
odoriferous; petals purple; dried mature fruits 2.5-3.5 mm long,
fruiting pedicels 1.5-3 mm long; growing in rainforest away from the
coast.8. P. purpurea
456
Acknowledgements
I am grateful to Will Smith (BRI) for editing
the distribution maps; to the curatorial staff
at MEL and particularly Wayne Gebert, for
sending images of type specimens at my
request; and to Chiara Nepi (FI) for sending
an image of a type specimen held there.
References
Apc (2015). Australian Plant Census. Council of Heads
of Australasian Herbaria, https://www.anbg.
gov.au/chah/apc/, accessed 17 April 2015.
Apni (2015). Australian Plant Name Index , IBIS database.
Centre for Australian National Biodiversity
Research: Canberra, http://www.anbg.gov.au/
apni/, accessed 27 March 2015.
Avh (2015). Australia’s Virtual Herbarium.
Commonwealth Heads of Australasian
Herbaria, http://avh.chah.org.au/, accessed 27
March 2015.
Bailey, F.M. (1888). A Synopsis of the Queensland
Flora, Second Supplement. J.C. Beal: Brisbane.
Bostock, RD. & Holland, A.E. (eds.) (2014).
Introduction to the Census of the Queensland
Flora 2014. Queensland Department of
Science, Information Technology, Innovation
and the Arts: Brisbane, http://www.qld.gov.au/
environment/assets/documents/plants-animals/
herbarium/qld-flora-census.pdf, accessed 9
April 2015.
Chapman, A.D. (1991). Australian Plant Name Index.
Australian Flora and Fauna Series 12-15. AGPS
Press: Canberra.
Cooper, W. & Cooper, W.T. (2004). Fruits of the
Australian Tropical Rainforest. Nokomis
Editions Pty Ltd: Melbourne.
Elliot, W.R. & Jones, D.L. (1997). Encyclopaedia of
Australian Plants suitable for cultivation.
Volume 7. Lothian: Melbourne.
Floyd, A.G. (1989). Rainforest Trees of mainland South¬
eastern Australia. Inkata Press: Melbourne,
Sydney.
Govaerts, R., Esser, H.J., Frodin, D.G, Lowry, P.P &
Wen, J. (2014). World Checklist of Araliaceae.
Facilitated by the Royal Botanic Gardens,
Kew. http://apps.kew.org/wcsp/, retrieved 20
September 2014.
Austrobaileya 9(3): 445-456 (2015)
Harms, H. (1909). Araliaceae. In H.A. Lorentz
(ed.), Resultats de l’Expedition Scientifique
Neerlandaise a la Nouvelle-Guinee. Nova
Guinea 8(1): 271-277.
Hyland, B.P.M., Whiffin, T., Zich, F., Duffy, S., Gray,
B., Elick, R., Venter, F. & Christophel,
D. (2010). Australian Tropical Rainforest
Plants, Edition 6. http://keys.trin.org.au/
key-server/data/0e0f0504-0103-430d-8004-
060d07080d04/media/Html/index.html,
accessed 2 April 2015.
Lowry, P.P. & Plunkett, G.M. (2010). Recircumscription
of Polyscias (Araliaceae) to include six related
genera, with a new infrageneric classification
and a synopsis of species. Plant Diversity and
Evolution 128: 55-84.
Nicholson, N. & Nicholson, H. (2004). Australian
Rainforest Plants VI, 1 st ed. Terania Rainforest
Publishing: The Channon.
- (2007a). Australian Rainforest Plants I, 6 th ed.
Terania Rainforest Publishing: The Channon.
- (2007b). Australian Rainforest Plants II, 4 th ed.
Terania Rainforest Publishing: The Channon.
Philipson, W.R. (1979). Araliaceae. In C.G.G.J. van
Steenis (ed.). Flora Malesiana, Series 1, Volume
9, pp. 1-105. Martinus Nijhoff: The Hague.
- (1995). Araliaceae (excluding Schefflera).
In B.J. Conn (ed.). Handbooks of the Flora
of Papua New Guinea 3: 1-48. Melbourne
University Press: Carlton.
Plunkett, G.M. & Lowry, P.P. (2010). Paraphyly and
polyphyly in Polyscias sensu lato: molecular
evidence and the case for recircumscribing the
“pinnate genera” of Araliaceae. Plant Diversity
and Evolution 128: 23-54.
Short, PS., Albrecht, D.E., Cowie, I.D., Lewis, D.L.
& Stuckey, B.M. (eds.) (2011). Checklist of
the Vascular Plants of the Northern Territory.
Northern Territory Herbarium, Department of
Natural Resources, Environment, The Arts and
Sport: Palmerston.
Stafleu, F.A. & Cowan, R.S. (1979). Taxonomic
Literature, Volume 2: H-Le, 2 nd edition. Bohn,
Scheltema & Holkema: Utrecht.
Van Steenis-Kruseman, M.J. (2011). Cyclopaedia
of Malesian Collectors. http://www.
nationaalherbarium.nl/fmcollectors/, accessed
16 September 2014.
Austrobaileya 9(3): 457-460 (2015)
457
SHORT COMMUNICATION
Triunia kittredgei Olde (Proteaceae): a name to be rejected
G.P. Guymer & Paul I. Forster
Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science, Information Technology and Innovation, Brisbane
Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: Gordon.
Guy mer @dsit i. qld. gov. au
Triunia Lour, is a genus of four species
endemic to eastern Australia (Foreman 1995).
Two species (Triunia erythrocarpa Foreman,
T. montana (C.T.White) Foreman) occur in
the Wet Tropics of northeastern Queensland
and two species (T. robusta (C.T.White)
Foreman, T. youngiana (C.Moore & F.Muell.
ex F.Muell.) L.A.S.Johnson & B.G.Briggs)
occur in southeastern Queensland (SE Qld),
with the latter also found in adjacent parts of
New South Wales. In this note we examine
the typification and application of several of
these names; in particular we address what is
the correct name to be applied to the iconic
threatened species in SE Qld (Forster et al.
1990; Shapcott 2002; Powell et al. 2005) that
is known as T. robusta (cf. Olde 2015).
Chronology of Events
White (1933) described Helicia youngiana
var. robusta C.T.White (= Triunia robusta
(C.T.White) Foreman) without nominating a
type. He provided a detailed description of
the taxon: ‘2. var. robusta, n. var. Leaves
mostly entire but sometimes toothed and
deeply so towards the top, up to 20 cm. long
and 5.5 cm. wide, smooth and very shining
above. Racemes up to 10 cm. long; pedicels
up to 7 mm. long, hairy but much less so than
in the type [var. typica], buds cylindrical 1.5
cm. long, individual bracts up to 1 cm. long
and 4 mm. wide. Fruits (in the dried state)
subglobose, 2.5 cm. long, 2 cm. diam.’
White cited eight specimen collections
from his examination of material at BRI, MEL
and NSW but did not indicate the herbaria
where the specimens were held. Seven of
Accepted for publication 27 August 2015
these specimen collections are from SE Qld
and one collection from northeastern Qld, viz.
SE Queensland collections :
Maroochy [Maroochie], [July 71888] F.M.
Bailey s.n. (BRI [AQ317456], MEL 2277223A
n.v.y. flowering specimen
Maroochy [Maroochie], s.dat., J. Low s.n.
(BRI [AQ317464], MEL 2277222A n.v.y.
flowering specimen
Eumundi, [Nov 1894], J.F. Bailey & J.H.
Simmonds s.n. (BRI [AQ317466], MEL
2277221A n.v.y. flowering specimen
Eumundi, [Nov 1892], J.H. Simmonds s.n.
(BRI [AQ317462], MEL n.v., NSW n.v)\
flowering specimen
Eumundi, [Nov 1900], J.F. Bailey s.n. (BRI
[AQ317470], MEL 2277219A n.v., MEL
2277220A n.v., NSW 169006 n.v.y. flowering
specimen
Eumundi, [May 1892], J. F. Bailey & J.H.
Simmonds s.n. (BRI [AQ104858]): fruiting
specimen
Eumundi, Oct 1911, J.B. Staer s.n. (NSW
169005 n.v.)
NE Queensland collection :
East Malanda, Atherton Tableland, Sep 1929,
S.F. Kajewski 1219 (BRI, A n.v., K, NY, S):
specimen in bud
Discussion
The SE Qld specimens have been classified
as Triunia robusta and the NE Qld specimen
as T. erythrocarpa following Foreman (1986,
1987, 1995) until the recent account of Olde
(2015).
458
Sleumer (1955) in his review of Helicia
Lour, accepted White’s Heliciayoungiana var.
robusta and selected as lectotype Kajewski
1219 at NSW \\QCto-typus haud vidi)’ but this
specimen does not exist at NSW (see Olde
2015). Isolectotypes of Kajewski 1219 that
Sleumer did see are at A, K, NY and S.
Foreman (1986) did not accept Sleumer’s
earlier lectotypification and selected
Simmonds s.n. (BRI AQ317462) at BRI as
lectotype for Helicia youngiana var. robusta.
Foreman (1986) transferred White’s variety to
Triunia and raised it to species rank as Triunia
robusta.
Olde (2015) has asserted that Foreman’s
(1986) lectotypification of Helicia youngiana
var. robusta C.T.White is invalid as it is later
than Sleumer’s (1955) lectotypification and
Austrobaileya 9(3): 457-460 (2015)
that Sleumer should be followed. Hence Olde
(2015) has assigned Triunia robusta to what
is known as T. erythrocarpa Foreman and
provided a new name, T. kittredgei Olde, for
the species in SE Qld.
We have examined White’s (1933)
protologue and the characters he used to
describe Helicia youngiana var. robusta and
compared them with the specimens from
locality records he cited. Table 1 provides
a list of White’s characters that he used to
describe Helicia youngiana var. robusta and
the presence of these characters for Simmonds
s.n. [BRI AQ317462] (lectotype selected by
Foreman (1986)), the other SE Qld collections
and Kajewski 1219 (lectotype selected by
Sleumer (1955)). The character list shows
that Sleumer’s (1955) lectotypification,
Kajewski 1219, is in serious conflict with
Table 1. White’s characters for Helicia youngiana var. robusta from his protologue and the
characters of the specimens he cited.
White’s protologue
Simmonds s.n.
[AQ317462]
Other SE Qld speci¬
mens from localities
cited by White
Kajewski 1219
Leaves entire or
sometimes toothed
Leaves entire
Leaves entire or
sometimes toothed
Leaves entire
Leaves to 20 cm long
Leaves 10-20 cm
long
Leaves 10-20 cm
long
Leaves 7-13 cm long
Leaves to 5.5 cm
wide
Leaves 3.5-5.5 cm
wide
Leaves 3-5.5 cm
wide
Leaves 2.5-4 cm
wide
Leaves very shining
above
Leaves very shining
above
Leaves very shining
above
Leaves slightly shin¬
ing above
Racemes to 10 cm
long
Racemes 8-10 cm
long
Racemes 8-10 cm
long
Racemes 3^1.5 cm
long
Pedicels to 7 mm
long
Pedicels 5-6 mm
long
Pedicels 6-7 mm
long
Pedicels 1-3 mm
long
Buds 15 mm long
Buds 14-15 mm long
Buds 14-15 mm long
Buds 6-10 mm long
Bracts to 10 mm
long and 4 mm wide
Bracts 5-6 mm long
and 3 mm wide
Bracts 10-11 mm
long and 4 mm wide
Bracts 7-8 mm long
and 3-4 mm wide
Fruits subglobose,
2.5 cm long, 2.5 cm
diam.
No fruits
Fruits subglobose,
2.5 cm long, 2.5 cm
diam.
No fruits
459
Guymer & Forster, Triunia kittredgei, a name to be rejected
the protologue whereas Foreman’s (1986)
lectotypification, Simmonds s.n. [AQ317462],
agrees with the protologue. Therefore,
Sleumer’s lectotypification is superseded
by Foreman’s (1986) lectotypification as per
Article 9.19(b) of the International Code of
Nomenclature for algae, fungi and plants
(Melbourne Code) (ICN) (McNeill et al.
2012). Triunia robusta Foreman remains
as the correct name to be applied to the SE
Queensland species (Foreman 1986, 1995), T.
erythrocarpa Foreman the correct name for
the NE Queensland species (Foreman 1987,
1995), and T. kittredgei is a synonym of T.
robusta. Note that the ‘protologue’ provided
by Olde (2015) for H. youngiana var. robusta
is not the actual protologue from White
(1933), but is a short Latin description from
Sleumer (1955).
Taxonomy - conspectus of Triunia Lour.
1. Triunia erythrocarpa Foreman, Muelleria
6: 302, fig. 3 (1987). Type: Queensland. Cook
District: State Forest Reserve 310, Swipers
Logging Area, 8 October 1973, B. Hyland
6919 (holo: CNS; iso: BRI, CNS, NSW).
Triunia robusta auct. non (C.T.White)
Foreman; Olde, Telopea 18: 190 (2015).
2. Triunia montana (C.T.White) Foreman,
Muelleria 6: 195 (1986); Helicia youngiana
var. montana C.T.White, Contr. Arnold
Arbor. 4: 24 (1933). Type: Queensland. Cook
District: Palm Camp, Bellenden Ker, 6 July
1889, F.M. Bailey s.n. (lectotype: BRI [AQ
317454], fide Foreman 1986; isolectotype:
MEL n.v).
Olde (2015) assumed that Sleumer (1955)
lectotypified H. youngiana var. montana
C.T.White by referring to a non-existent
specimen at NSW ‘Bellenden Ker, near the
summit, White (NSW, typus , haud vidi)’.
Foreman (1986) was the first to lectotypify
H. youngiana var. montana by selecting as
lectotype F.M. Bailey’s specimen from Palm
Camp, Bellenden Ker (BRI [AQ317454]). This
specimen agrees with White’s protologue and
has on the specimen label in C.T. White’s
handwriting ‘Type of variety’. The selection
by Foreman (1986) of this specimen as
lectotype is in accordance with the Code
Article 9 and Rec. 9A.3. Note that Olde
(2015) reproduced Sleumer’s (1955) Latin
description for H. youngiana var. montana
and not White’s (1933) protologue.
3. Triunia robusta (C.T.White) Foreman,
Muelleria 6: 196 (1986); Helicia youngiana
var. robusta C.T. White, Contr. Arnold Arbor.
4: 23-24 (1933). Type: Queensland. Moreton
District: Eumundi, November 1892, J.H.
Simmonds s.n. (lectotype: BRI [AQ317462],
fide Foreman 1986; isolectotype: BRI
[AQ317462 - 2 nd sheet]).
Triunia kittredgei Olde, Telopea 18: 192
(2015), syn. nov. Type: Queensland. Moreton
District: Brolga Park, 6 km W of Woombye,
27 October 1990, A.R. Bean 2538 (holo: NSW
n.v/, iso: BRI, MEL n.v).
4. Triunia youngiana (C.Moore &F.Muell. ex
F.Muell.) L.A.S. Johnson & B.G.Briggs, Bot. J.
Linn. Soc. 70: 175 (1975); Helicia youngiana
C.Moore & F.Muell. ex F.Muell., Fragm. 4: 84
(1864); Macadamia youngiana (C.Moore &
F.Muell. ex F.Muell.) F.Muell. inG.Bentham,
FI. Austral. 5: 406 (1870); H. youngiana var.
typica C.T.White, Contr. Arnold Arbor. 4: 23
(1933), nom. inval. Type: New South Wales.
Duck Creek, Richmond River, Richards 4, in
1863 (holo: MEL 93852A, image!, fide Olde
2015).
Acknowledgements
We thank David Halford and Rod Henderson
for reviewing the manuscript.
References
Foreman, D.B. (1986). A new species of Helicia , new
combinations and lectotypification in Triunia
(Proteaceae) from Australia. Muelleria 6: 193—
196.
- (1987). New species of Xylomelum Sm. and
Triunia Johnson & Briggs. Muelleria 6: 299-
306.
- (1995). Triunia. Flora of Australia 16: 404-407.
Forster, P.I., Bean, A.R. & Tucker, M.C. (1990).
Extinction is not always for ever: Triunia robusta
(Proteaceae). Australian Systematic Botany
Society Newsletter 63: 9.
Austrobaileya 9(3): 457^-60 (2015)
460
McNeil, J., Barrie, F.R., Buck, W.R., Demoulin, V.,
Greuter, W., Hawksworth, D.L., Herendeen,
RS., Knapp, S., Marhold, K., Prado, J.,
Prudhomme Van Reine, W.R, Smith, G.F.,
Wiersema, J.H. & Turland, N.J. (2012).
International Code of Nomenclature for algae,
fungi, and plants (Melbourne Code). Regnum
Vegetabile 154. Koeltz Scientific Books:
Konigstein.
Olde, PM. (2015). Triunia kittredgei Olde (Proteaceae:
Grevilleoideae: Roupaleae), a new name for
Triunia robusta sensu Foreman misapplied.
Telopea 18: 187-199.
Powell, M., Accad, A. & Shapcott, A. (2005).
Geographic information system (GIS)
predictions of past, present habitat distribution
and areas for re-introduction of the endangered
subtropical rainforest shrub Triunia robusta
(Proteaceae) from south-east Queensland
Australia. Biological Conservation 123: 165—
175.
Shapcott, A. (2002). Conservation genetics and ecology
of the endangered rainforest shrub, Triunia
robusta, from the Sunshine Coast, Australia.
Australian Journal of Botany 50: 93-105.
Sleumer, H.O. (1955). Studies in Old World Proteaceae.
Blumea 8: 1-95.
White, C.T. (1933). Ligneous plants collected for the
Arnold Arboretum in North Queensland by
S.F. Kajewski in 1929. Contributions from the
Arnold Arboretum of Harvard University 4:
1-113.
Austrobaileya 9(3): 461 (2015)
SHORT COMMUNICATION
461
Validating the name Habenaria vatia D.L. Jones ex M.T.Mathieson
(Orchidaceae) for a threatened orchid species from Queensland
M.T. Mathieson
Queensland Herbarium, Department of Science, Information Technology and Innovation, Brisbane
Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: Michael.
Mathieson@dsiti. qld. gov. au
The name Habenaria vatia D.L. Jones (Jones
2002) was invalidly published under Art. 40.2
of the International Code of Nomenclature
for algae, fungi and plants (Melbourne Code)
(McNeill et al. 2012) as two collections were
indicated as the holotype (APNI 2015). In a
subsequent publication attempting to validate
the name, Jones & Clements (2004) correctly
designated a single collection as the holotype
and provided a reference to the original
Latin description and diagnosis but cited
all page numbers (“516-524”) of the article
Jones (2002) (APNI 2015). Therefore the
reference given by Jones & Clements (2004)
does not unambiguously refer to the initial,
previously published description or diagnosis
of this species as required by ICN Art. 38.13
(McNeill et al. 2012).
This species is known only from Mua
(Moa) island in the Torres Strait and is listed
as Vulnerable under the Queensland Nature
Conservation Act 1992. The name Habenaria
vatia D.L.Jones ex M.T.Mathieson is here
validated.
Habenaria vatia D.L.Jones ex
M.T.Mathieson, sp. nov. - Validating
description and diagnosis: D.L.Jones, The
Orchadian 13(11): 519 (2002). Typus:
Queensland. Cook District: cultivated
Australian National Botanic Gardens ex c. 1
km NE of airport, Kubin, Moa Island, Torres
Strait, 24 October 1990, D.L. Jones 6792 (holo
CANB!; iso BRI!).
Acknowledgements
Thanks to Brendan Lepschi and Emma Toms
from the Australian National Herbarium
(CANB) for providing the type material for
examination.
References
Apni (2015). Australian Plant Name Index. IBIS database.
Centre for Australian National Biodiversity
Research, Australian Government, Canberra.
http://www.anbg.gov.au/apni/, accessed 8 July
2015.
Jones, D.L. (2002). Four new species of Habenaria
Willd. (Orchidaceae) from Australia and a new
combination for a species from New Guinea.
The Orchadian 13: 516-524.
Jones, D.L. & Clements, M.A. (2004). Miscellaneous
new species, new genera, reinstated genera and
new combinations in Australian Orchidaceae.
The Orchadian, Scientific Supplement 14(8): xv.
Mcneill, J., Barrie, F.R., Buck W.R., Demoulin V.,
Greuter, W., Hawksworth, D.L., Heredeen,
P.S., Knapp, S., Marhold, K., Prado, J.,
Prud’Homme Van Reine, W.F., Smith, G.F.,
Wiersema, J.H. & Turland, N.J. (eds.). (2012).
International Code of Nomenclature for algae,
fungi and plants (Melbourne Code) adopted
by the Eighteenth International Botanical
Congress Melbourne, Australia, July 2011.
Regnum Vegetabile 154. Koeltz Scientific
Books: Konigstein.
Accepted for publication 15 September 2015
Austrobaileya 9(3): 321^-61 (2015)
Contents
A taxonomic revision of Anisomeles R.Br. (Lamiaceae)
A. R. Bean . 321-381
Three new species of Taeniophyllum Blume (Orchidaceae) from northern
Queensland
B. Gray . 382-392
A taxonomic revision of Cynometra L. (Fabaceae) in Australia with a new
species from the Wet Tropics of Queensland and a range extension to the
mainland
WE. Cooper . 393-403
Olearia cuneifolia A.R.Bean & M.T.Mathieson (Asteraceae: Astereae), a
new species from Queensland
A.R.Bean & M.T.Mathieson .404-407
Eremophila woodiae Edginton (Scrophulariaceae), a new species from
Queensland
M.A.Edginton . 408-415
Rhynchospora croydonensis R.Booth (Cyperaceae), a new species from
northern Queensland
R.Booth .416-420
First record of the Gnetales in Australia: Gnetum gnemon L. (Gnetaceae) on
Badu and Mua Islands, Torres Strait, Queensland
D. G.Fell, D.J.Stanton, D.Williams, F.Loban, F.Nona, T.Stow, J.Wigness,
E. Manas & G.Uiduldam . 421-430
Plectranthus laetus RI.Forst. and P. ventosus RI.Forst. (Lamiaceae), new
species from Cape York Peninsula, Queensland
P. I. Forster . 431-438
Overlooked plant species names associated with the botanical collections of
Eugene Fitzalan
J.L.Dowe . 439-444
A conspectus of Polyscias J.R.Forst. & G.Forst. (Araliaceae) in Queensland,
Australia
A.R.Bean . 445-456
Triunia kittredgei Olde (Proteaceae): a name to be rejected
G.P.Guymer & P. I.Forster . 457-460
Validating the name Habenaria vatia D.L.Jones ex M.T.Mathieson
(Orchidaceae) for a threatened orchid species from Queensland
M.T.Mathieson .461